0 introductionc.ymcdn.com/.../nafs_16_second_ballot_draft.docx · web viewtwo fundamental...

NAFS 16 – Second Ballot DRAFT(March 16, 2016)

AAMA/WDMA/CSA NAFS 2016— North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights

This draft contains all of the revisions derived from adjudicating the AAMA, CSA and WDMA ballots during the spring of 2015.

1

NAFS 16, Second Ballot Draft, March 16, 2016

PREFACEThis is the fourth edition of AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS — North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights. It supersedes the previous edition published in 2011 under the same title. It is jointly published and maintained by the American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA), the Window & Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA), and the Canadian Standards Association (CSA), and the Window & Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA).

The following significant changes from the previous edition of this Standard/Specification have been made:(a) Integration of the 2013 User Guide into the main body of the standard.(b) Identification of categories for each clause.

This Standard/Specification was developed as an advisory document and is published as a public service. AAMA, CSA, WDMA, the individual members of the CSA Technical Committee on Performance Standard for Windows, and the U.S.A./Canada Joint Document Management Group (JDMG) disclaim all liability for the use, application, or adaptation of the material published in this Standard/Specification.

Intended users of this Standard/Specification include code building officials, manufacturers, architects, engineers, consumers, builders, contractors, trade associations, test labslaboratories, specifiers, product evaluation and certification agencies, and government agencies. Two fundamental applications for this Standard/Specification are product comparison and code compliance. AAMA, CSA, and WDMA intend for this Standard/Specification to be referenced in U.S. International Building Codes and in the National Building Code of Canada. This Standard/Specification presents provisions addressing fenestration product requirements, under the control of the unit manufacturer, contained in those codes.

CSA A440S1-09, Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS — North American Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights, provides additional requirements to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 for compliance in Canada. The Canadian Supplement is considered suitable for use for conformity assessment within the stated scope of the Standard. The Canadian Supplement was prepared by the CSA Technical Committee on the Performance Standard for Windows, under the jurisdiction of the Strategic Steering Committee on Building Products and Systems, and has been formally approved by the Technical Committee.

This Standard/Specification was jointly prepared by the CSA Technical Committee on Performance Standard for Windows, under the jurisdiction of the Strategic Steering Committee on Building Products and Systems, and by the U.S.A./Canada Joint Document Management Group (JDMG). This body includes representatives from AAMA, CSA, WDMA, and other interested parties. This Standard/Specification has been formally approved by the members of the American Architectural Manufacturers Association, by the CSA Technical Committee, and by the members of the Window & Door Manufacturers Association. A list of the members of the CSA Technical Committee is available upon request.

Notes:(1) Use of the singular does not exclude the plural (and vice versa) when the sense allows.(2) Although the intended primary application of this Standard is stated in its Scope, it is important to note

that it remains the responsibility of the users of the Standard to judge its suitability for their particular purpose.

(3) This publication was developed by consensus, which is defined by CSA Policy governinrggoverning standardization — Code of good practice for standardization as “substantial agreement. Consensus implies much more than a simple majority, but not necessarily unanimity”. It is consistent with this definition that a member may be included in the Technical Committee list and yet not be in full agreement with all clauses of this publication.

(4) AAMA, WDMA, and CSA and WDMA Standards are subject to periodic review, and suggestions for their improvement will be referred to the appropriate committee.

2


(5) All enquiries regarding this Standard, including requests for interpretation, should be addressed to the American Architectural Manufacturers Association, 1827 Walden Office Square, Suite 550, Schaumburg, Illinois 60173-4268 USA, to the Canadian Standards Association, 5060 Spectrum Way, Suite 100, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L4W 5N6, or to the Window & Door Manufacturers Association, 330 N. Wabash Ave., Suite 2000, Chicago, Illinois 60611; 2025 M Street NW, Suite 800, Washington, DC 20036 USA.

Requests for interpretation should(a) define the problem, making reference to the specific clause, and, where appropriate, include an illustrative sketch;(b) provide an explanation of circumstances surrounding the actual field condition; and(c) be phrased where possible to permit a specific “yes” or “no” answer.

Committee interpretations are processed in accordance with the CSA Directives and guidelines governing standardization and are published in CSA’s periodical Info Update, which is available on the CSA Web site at standardsactivities.csa.ca, and by the American Architectural Manufacturers Association and the Window & Door Manufacturers Association.

3


0 INTRODUCTIONCommentary: Clause 0 is not a mandatory part of NAFS.

0.1 GENERAL

0.1.1 APPLICABILITYThis Standard/Specification is applicable for use in testing and rating windows, doors, secondary storm products (SSPs), tubular daylighting devices (TDDs), roof windows, and unit skylights, and represents the continuing development of an internationally accepted performance Standard/Specification for all windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights. The testing provisions of this Standard/Specification apply to laboratory testing only.Commentary: NAFS may also be used as a principal document for third-party certification of windows, doors, secondary storm products (SSPs), tubular daylighting devices (TDDs), roof windows, and unit skylights. Field testing in the U.S. can be performed by following AAMA 502 and should be used for applications covered by that document.

NAFS is structured to promote clarity and ease of use. This format is indicative of the NAFS authors’ continued commitment to improvement in the testing and rating of windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights.

0.1.2 SUSTAINABILITYThis Standard/Specification does not endorse any specific sustainability program.Commentary: While NAFS does not endorse any specific program, the attributes and performance requirements of NAFS are key to sustainable design of buildings and their sub-systems. As building codes and rating systems evolve, the durability, air and water leakage resistance, and material provisions in NAFS will provide a solid, proven basis of fenestration product evaluation.

0.1.3 CONTENTThis Standard/Specification establishes levels of performance for windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights, regardless of the material used in the frame or sash members. It consists of 12 Clauses and an Annex.

Clause 1 outlines the Scope of this Standard/Specification.Clause 2 provides a listing of all other Standards referenced in this Standard/Specification.Clause 3 contains a list of definitions used in this Standard/Specification.Clause 4 provides an explanation of the rating system used in this Standard/Specification and

guidelines on this Standard/Specification’s use. Important concepts such as gateway, Performance Grade (PG), Performance Class, design pressure (DP), maximum test size, optional Performance Grade (PG), dual windows and doors, and mullions are outlined in this Clause.

Clauses 5 to 8 provide requirements and test protocols specific to certain overall product families (windows, side-hinged doors, skylights, etc.) and Performance Classes in the U.S. and Canada. These are called “Product Sections” since, for convenience of use and updating, they are based on product characteristics. Products should meet both the general requirements of this Standard/Specification and these specific requirements.

Clause 9 contains the specific levels of performance and test methods for each window, door, SSP, TDD, roof window, and unit skylight covered by this Standard/Specification. These levels of performance provide a gateway or passport into one of the four Performance Classes. There are five primary performance requirements:(a) structural strength (e.g., wind, snow, dead loads, and any other anticipated loads);(b) water penetration resistance;(c) air leakage;(d) operating force (where appropriate); and(e) forced-entry resistance (where appropriate).

4


Clause 9 also includes optional test methods to evaluate acoustical performance, impact performance, condensation resistance, and thermal transmittance.

Clause 10 presents the material requirements applicable to all windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights. These include requirements for glazing, sash, panel, leaf, and frame materials.

Clause 11 presents the component requirements applicable to all windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights. These include requirements for hardware, fasteners, weatherstripping, insect screens, reinforcing members, sealants, coatings and finishes, adhesives, integral ventilating systems/devices, between-glass shades, setting blocks, attachments, and preservatives.

Clause 12 presents the specific product performance requirements appropriate to each type of window, door, SSP, TDD, roof window, and unit skylight. These include requirements for test specimens, such as product tolerance and qualifying the test specimen for variations of design and assembly.

Table 12.2 contains a summary of all performance requirements included in this Standard/Specification. These requirements are presented in tabular format for easy use by the specifier and include references to the applicable Clauses of this Standard/Specification, organized by product type.

Annex A provides contact information for the standards development organizations listed in Clause 2.Annex B discusses some available certification processes. optional test methods to evaluate acoustical performance, impact performance, condensation

resistance, and thermal transmittance.Annex DC summarizes the progress of this standard from its early predecessors.

0.2 PERFORMANCE CLASSES AND GRADES

0.2.1 GENERALThis Standard/Specification defines requirements for four Performance Classes. The Performance Classes are designated R, LC, CW, and AW for windows, doors, and secondary storm products (SSPs). Skylights, roof windows, and TDDs are not identified with a Performance Class, but are treated in a way similar to specialty products. This classification system provides for several levels of performance. Skylights, roof windows, and TDDs are not identified with a Performance Class, but are expected to meet levels of performance similar to CW products.

It is important to note that although general suggestions for use are specified in Items (a) to (d), product selection is always based on the performance requirements of the particular project and not solely on these suggestions. The Performance Class ratings should be regarded as an indication of the level of performance, with the least stringent requirements established for the R Performance Class and the most stringent for the AW Performance Class. The following descriptions can be used as a general guide in helping to determine which class is likely best suited for a particular application:

(a) R: commonly used in one- and two-family dwellings.(b) LC: commonly used in low-rise and mid-rise multi-family dwellings and other buildings where larger

sizes and higher loading requirements are expected.(c) CW: commonly used in low-rise and mid-rise buildings where larger sizes, higher loading

requirements, limits on deflection, and heavy use are expected.(d) AW: commonly used in high-rise and mid-rise buildings to meet increased loading requirements and

limits on deflection, and in buildings where frequent and extreme use of the fenestration products is expected.

Minimum Performance Grades (PG), design pressures (DP), structural test pressures (STP), and water penetration resistance test pressures for all Performance Classes are specified summarized in Table 12.2.

0.2.2 GUIDANCE FOR THE SPECIFIER/PURCHASER

5


The purchaser or specifier selects the appropriate level of performance, depending on climatic conditions, height of installation, type of building, type of window, door, secondary storm product, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight, durability, etc.Commentary: In some cases, the appropriate level of performance classification does not correspond with the general use of the building or the use group occupancy assigned to the building in accordance with the local building code. For example, certain residential building applications require CW and/or AW Performance Class fenestration products; whereas some commercial building applications have been known to successfully use R and/or LC Performance Class fenestration products.

0.2.3 PERFORMANCE GRADE (PG) DESIGNATIONSTo qualify for a given Performance Grade (PG), one or more representative specimens of the product need to pass all required performance tests for the following, in addition to all required auxiliary (durability) tests for the applicable product type and desired Performance Class:

(a) operating force (if applicable);(b) air leakage resistance;(c) water penetration resistance;(d) uniform load deflection test;(e) uniform load structural test; and(f) forced-entry resistance (if applicable).

Performance Grades (PG) are designated by a number following the type and class designation.Commentary: For example, a Class R window designated Class R-PG15 indicates a Performance Grade (PG) of 15. This incorporates the design pressure (DP) of 720 Pa or approximately 15 psf.

0.2.4 POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE DESIGN PRESSURE (DP)

0.2.4.1 Uniform structural load test pressureThe uniform load structural test pressure (STP) is

(a) 150% of the design pressure (DP) for windows and doors, and for uplift on unit skylights, roof windows, and TDDs; and

(b) 200% of the design pressure (DP) for download on unit skylights, roof windows, and TDDs.For Canada, design pressure (DP) for vertical fenestration is to be interpreted as referring to specified wind load.Commentary: Current model building codes require windows, doors, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights to be designed and installed to sustain prescribed loads on components and cladding. These loads are affected by a number of factors, including

(a) geographic wind speed;(b) building exposure;(c) building height;(d) location of the window, door, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight on the building; and(e) static snow load.

Geographic wind speed will affect the overall value of the wind pressure that the window, door, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight will be anticipated to sustain. Positive and negative wind pressures will be increased or decreased with geographic wind speed. Risk Category will also affect the applicable geographic wind speed, when the project is subject to the provisions of ASCE/SEI 7-10. (See 0.2.4.8)

Building exposure will also affect the overall value of the wind pressure, and in addition can affect local conditions across the building’s surface by an increased or decreased presence of wind turbulence. Turbulence is caused when the wind is forced to change direction by an object in its path. The building exposure can affect the amount of turbulence based on the number of buildings, objects, or topography immediately surrounding the building. Wind speed increases greatly as height above mean ground level increases, increasing the anticipated wind pressure that the building will be expected to sustain. Exposure also influences the factored static snow load that the building surfaces need to resist.

The location of the window, door, SSP, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight on the building has the potential of significantly affecting the anticipated wind pressure on a single window, door, SSP, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight. Wind flow patterns are affected by building shape. Wind encountering a building is redirected to flow around and over the building. Wind traveling around the corners of the building separates from the building surface, causing turbulence and local negative structural pressures. Location can also influence the factored drifting or static snow loads that the building surfaces need to resist.

6


Wind loads on components and cladding are not the same as main wind force-resisting-system (building structure) wind loads, in that components and cladding experience localized higher pressure (peak load) in a relatively small area. Wind gusts can cause short-duration peak pressures on a small area of the building’s surface. The wind pressure calculation for components and cladding loads accounts for these short-duration peak loads. The highest localized loads are believed to occur near the corners of the building, roof edges, and roof peaks. Windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, or unit skylights are often located in these zones on the building.

Positive wind pressure most commonly occurs on a component or cladding product when it is located on the windward side of a building. Negative wind pressure most commonly occurs on a component or cladding product when it is located on the leeward side of a building, and/or within a specified distance from a building corner, roof edge, or roof peak on a side or leeward building surface.

ASCE/SEI 7 states that “Each component and cladding element should be designed for the maximum positive and negative pressures (including applicable internal pressures) acting on it. The pressure coefficient values should be determined for each component and cladding element on the basis of its location on the building and the effective area for the element.” It should be noted that ASCE/SEI 7 will not necessarily apply in all jurisdictions. Loads on structures and their components are determined in accordance with the requirements of the applicable building code.

As compared to ASCE/SEI-7-05, ASCE/SEI 7-10 revised the method used for establishing basic wind speed, resulting in three different wind speed contour maps of the United States, versus the previous single map. In Canada the calculations to determine the appropriate load requirements for fenestration are based on the hourly wind pressure (HWP) tabulated in the National Building Code of Canada. The CSA A440S1 defines the calculations to be used to determine the appropriate load requirements for fenestration base on the HWP data. ASCE/SEI 7-10 also revised the mechanics of the calculations used to incorporate building design considerations and convert wind speed into appropriate load requirements for fenestration, based on the wind speeds shown in the updated maps. Further, ASCE/SEI 7-10 calculations now provide design wind pressure values based on “strength design” or “load and resistance factor design” in place of previously used allowable stress design.

Through this analysis, positive and negative wind loading demands on a window, door, SSP, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight can be determined. The negative wind load will almost always be higher than the positive. As such, codes and building authorities that reference ASCE/SEI 7 or other means of determining positive and negative loads require the product to meet both the positive and negative design constraints of the application. NAFS incorporates a system for rating windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights with an appropriate separate positive and negative design pressure (DP).

(1) Where static snow load is significant, it is not unusual for the positive load to be much higher than the negative.On August 30, 2011, AAMA and WDMA, in cooperation with The Door & Access Systems Manufacturers Association (DASMA),

and the Fenestration Manufacturers Association (FMA), published a technical bulletin that provides additional information on this topic. The bulletin is titled “Relating ASCE/SEI 7-10 Design Wind Loads to Fenestration Product Ratings” and is available from any of the four organizations. The Commentary Table C0.2.4.1 below is an extract from that bulletin.

Commentary Table C.0.4.2.1Comparison of ASCE/SEI 7-05 and ASCE/SEI 7-10

Component and Cladding Design Pressures Analytical ProcedureExample Location Dallas, TX Coastal Palm Beach County, FL

ASCE/SEI Standard ASCE/SEI 7-05 ASCE/SEI 7-10 ASCE/SEI 7-05 ASCE/SEI 7-10Exposure Category B B C DBasic Wind Speed 90 mph 115 mph 150 mph 170 mph

Risk Category II IIMean Roof Height 30 ft. 150 ft.

Fenestration Tributary Area 18 sq. ft. 18 sq. ft.

Strength Design

Positive Pressure 20.5 lbf/ft2 20.9 lbf/ft2 116.8 lbf/ft2 104.6 lbf/ft2

Negative Pressure (zone 4) -22.3 lbf/ft2 -22.8 lbf/ft2 -116.8 lbf/ft2 -104.6 lbf/ft2

Negative Pressure (zone 5) -26.8 lbf/ft2 -27.4 lbf/ft2 -214.0 lbf/ft2 -191.8 lbf/ft2

Allowable Stress Design

Positive Pressure 12.8 lbf/ft2 12.6 lbf/ft2* 73.0 lbf/ft2 62.8 lbf/ft2*Negative Pressure (zone 4) -13.9 lbf/ft2 -13.7 lbf/ft2* -73.0 lbf/ft2 -62.8 lbf/ft2*

Negative Pressure (zone 5) -16.8 lbf/ft2 -16.4 lbf/ft2* -133.8 lbf/ft2 -115.1 lbf/ft2*

Minimum NAFS Performance Grade PG 20 PG 20 PG 135 PG 120

0.2.4.2 Deflection limit

7


A maximum deflection limit of L/175 (where L is the length of the unsupported span) under the uniform load deflection test has also been established for all AW and CW class products and for all glass-glazed SKG and RWG products types. AW class products are also required to pass the life cycle testing in AAMA 910.Commentary: Generally, improved water penetration resistance and air leakage requirements have been specified for AW products compared to those specified for CW products.

0.2.5 WATER PENETRATION RESISTANCE TESTING AND PERFORMANCE

0.2.5.1 GeneralClause 9 specifies that, except for side-hinged door systems, the minimum water penetration resistance test pressure to achieve a given Performance Grade (PG) is as follows:

(a) For Performance Classes R, LC, and CW: 15% of the positive design pressure (DP) associated with the Performance Grade (PG).

(b) For Performance Class AW: 20% of the positive design pressure (DP) associated with the Performance Grade (PG).

For all product types other than side-hinged door systems, the water penetration resistance test pressure is never less than 140 Pa (~2.92 psf). For U.S. applications, the water penetration resistance test pressure for all products is never more than 580 Pa (~12.11 psf). For Canadian applications, the water penetration resistance test pressure for all products is never more than 720 Pa (~15.04 psf).Note: See Tables 5.1, 5.3, 5.5, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.2, 8.4 and 8.7 3 for additional details.

0.2.5.2 Relationship between rain penetration and wind loadCommentary: AAMA publication RPC (Rain Penetration Control – Applying Current Knowledge) states that “Three things are required to move water through a surface; 1) a source of water, 2) a path for the water to follow, and 3) a force to drive the water through the opening. If any one of these items is absent, leakage cannot occur. The forces which can drive leakage are generally considered to be kinetic forces: gravity, capillary action, surface tension, and pressure differentials. In some circumstances only one or two of these forces may be present, but in a windy rainstorm all of them will likely be acting to move the water through any available leakage path. A pressure difference can drive water through any small leakage paths including those having a limited upward slope.” The direction of the flow is from the side with higher pressure to the side with lower pressure. Except for side-hinged exterior doors, NAFS requires that the minimum water penetration resistance test pressure be determined as a percentage of the positive design pressure (DP) because this condition renders the biggest pressure difference between internal pressure of the building, external wind pressure, and the conditions to drive water to the interior of the building. For Canada, driving rain wind pressure (DRWP) data are used to determine whether testing of the specified percentage of design wind load is adequate for the application.

0.2.6 OPERATION/CYCLING PERFORMANCECommentary: The multitude of factors that a fenestration product experiences in a real world application makes prediction of lifespan extremely complex. A side-hinged door, for example, has an operating frequency throughout its service life that is much higher than a window, secondary storm window, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight in the same building. While a window may be operated once or twice in a week, a side-hinged door may be opened and closed a half dozen or more times a day. Over a period of time, the exterior door system has to remain intact and operable if it is to remain resistant to environmental factors. For this reason, side-hinged door systems are cycle tested a minimum number of times and evaluated for component wear/degradation. This is not intended to predict the life of the product but to act only as a qualification that the interaction of the door components as a system will not cause premature failure of those components or the system.

0.3 SHORT-FORM SPECIFICATIONCommentary: To simplify the writing of performance specifications for windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights, the authors have prepared a “short-form specification” (See Commentary Figure C0.3) which is recommended for use whenever possible. It may be used for most common types and classes of windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights by merely inserting the applicable NAFS designation(s).

All (windows) (doors) (secondary storm products) (tubular daylighting devices) (roof windows) (unit skylights) shall conform to the _______________________________________________________ (See Note below) requirements of the voluntary specification(s) in AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-1116, be labeled with the AAMA, CSA Group, or WDMA label, have the sash arrangement(s), leaf arrangement(s), or sliding door panel arrangement(s) and be of the size(s) shown on the drawings, and be as manufactured by ___________________________________________________________________________or approved equal.

8


Note: The specification writer shall insert the product type Performance Class and Performance Grade (PG) for the window, door, SSP, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight desired by specification designation such as R-PG15-HS or R-PG720 (SI)-HS for horizontal sliding windows or AW-PG40-AP or AW-PG1920 (SI)-AP for projected windows.

Commentary Figure C0.3.1

Short-form specification US

(See Clause 0.3)


Short-form specification Canada

(See Clause 0.3)

1 SCOPE

1.1 GENERALThis fenestration Standard/Specification applies to both operating and fixed, new construction and replacement windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights installed into exterior building envelopes. This fenestration Standard/Specification establishes material-neutral, minimum, and optional performance requirements for windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights. This Standard/Specification concerns itself with the determination of Performance Grade (PG), design pressure (DP), and related performance ratings for windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights.

Performance requirements are used in this Standard/Specification when possible. Prescriptive requirements are used when necessary. When products are tested to the gateway requirements, or to the gateway and optional requirements, a rating is determined and a test report may be issued.

Certification procedures are not part of this Standard/Specification. This Standard/Specification applies to testing and rating products. The tested rating applies to products of identical construction, with width and/or height less than or equal to the tested size.

Various systems have been developed or are proposed for determining a product energy rating based on such factors as U-factor, solar heat gain coefficient, condensation resistance, and visible transmittance (visible light transmission). These rating systems are beyond the scope of this Standard/Specification.

Fenestration products not intended to be tested to excluded from the scope of this Standard/Specification include(a) interior windows, interior accessory windows (IAWs), and interior doors;(b) vehicular-access doors (garage doors) (see ANSI/DASMA 105, ANSI/DASMA 108, ANSI/DASMA

109, ANSI/DASMA 115, or other applicable DASMA Specifications);

9


All (windows) (doors) (tubular daylighting devices) (unit skylights) shall conform to all the (Performance Class – Performance Grade) requirements in AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-16 and CSA A440S1-16. The products shall have a water penetration resistance of (specify pressure using gateway or optional performance grades), and air infiltration/exfiltration level(s) of (Fixed, A2, or A3). The products shall have permanent markings to identify the manufacturer and temporary labels displaying Primary and Secondary designators (specify units, IP, SI or both as applicable), and have the sash arrangements, leaf arrangements, or sliding door panel arrangements and be of the size shown on the drawings, and be as manufactured by (name manufacturer) or approved equal.

Note. The specifier shall insert the product type performance class and performance Grade (PG) for each product type.

(c) roof-mounted smoke and heat-relief vents;(d) sloped glazing (other than unit skylights or roof windows) (see AAMA TIR A7);(e) curtain walls and storefronts (see AAMA MCWM-1);(f) folding door systems;(gf) commercial entrance systems (see AAMA SFM-1);(hg) sunrooms (see AAMA/NPEA/NSA 2100);(ih) revolving doors; and(ji) commercial steel doors rated per SDI A250.8.Commentary: The reference Standards and technical publications specified in Clause 1.1 for products not within the scope of NAFS are for the convenience of the reader and are not intended to be considered complete or all-inclusive. These products are excluded for a variety of reasons, such as: no demonstrated need, lack of standardization or representation, redundancy with other standards, etc.

1.2 TERMINOLOGYIn this Standard/Specification, “shall” is used to express a requirement, i.e., a provision that the user is obliged to satisfy in order to comply with the Standard/Specification; “should” is used to express a recommendation or that which is advised but not required; “shall be permitted to be” is used to express an option or that which is permissible within the limits of the Standard/Specification; and “can” is used to express possibility or capability. Notes accompanying clauses do not include requirements or alternative requirements; the purpose of a note accompanying a clause is to separate from the text explanatory or informative material. Notes to tables and figures are considered part of the table or figure and shall be permitted to be written as requirements. Legends to equations and figures are considered requirements. Annexes are designated normative (mandatory) or informative (non-mandatory) to define their application. Commentary, in collapsible text commentary accompanying clauses, may repeat but does not include requirements or alternate requirements; the purpose of the commentary is to add background information, explanatory language, examples, or further clarification to topics addressed by the referenced clause.

The Preface, Clause 0, commentary and any Notes not attached to figures and tables are non-mandatory.

1.3 UNITS OF MEASUREMENT

The values given in SI (metric) units are the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.

The values given in parentheses are in IP (inch-pound) units and are often inexact rounded values. Users of this Standard/Specification shall test only to the SI values or to exact conversions of the SI values.Commentary: See CAN/CSA-Z234.1 or IEEE/ASTM SI 10 for conversion factors and rounding procedures that should be used in connection with testing.

It is the policy of AAMA, CSA Group, and WDMA that all Standards developed by the associations use SI primary units, with IP units furnished for reference as necessary. This is consistent with Canadian and U.S. regulations for standardization of measurements. “In 1998 the Metric Conversion Act was amended to designate ‘the metric system of measurement as the preferred system of weights and measures for United States trade and commerce’. With the increasing importance of the global marketplace, it has become imperative for U.S. industry to extend its use of SI and for U.S. citizens to gain a working knowledge of this modern metric system” (IEEE/ASTM SI 10). SI has been the official measurement system for Canada for a long time. It therefore makes sense that the primary units of measurement in NAFS are SI.

The proper use of SI values and the conversion of SI values to IP values are outlined in CAN/CSA-Z234.1 and IEEE/ASTM SI 10. These guidelines address both the base conversion of units but also the precision of the conversion. This process is not complicated for values that do not have limits such as maximums, minimums, and tolerances. However, in NAFS some requirements do require such limits. The values shown in NAFS have been converted according to the rules of the two referenced Standards. The conversions have sometimes been modified to meet the needs of expressing maximums, minimums, and tolerances. Consequently, NAFS users are advised that if they use the IP units provided for reference purposes, the onus is on them to determine the accuracy and appropriateness of the IP values for compliance with NAFS.

The single exception to using SI values in NAFS is in the Performance Grade (PG) portion of the product designation. Here the nominal Performance Grades (PG) have been maintained as they were originally developed when the primary units of the predecessors to NAFS were in the IP system. This has been done as a convenience reflecting the acceptance of these nominal rating values in the architectural marketplace. The requirements for developing and specifying Performance Grades (PG) are provided as required in the body of NAFS. In all other instances the units of measurement and compliance are SI.

10


1.4 CLAUSE CATEGORIES

For the convenience of the user, the clauses of NAFS have been identified with categories that generally describe the content of the clause, allowing users to quickly select those clauses that relate to a particular category, Following are descriptions of each category, Clauses that are not specifically identified relate to all categories.

AWS (Air, Water and Structural)

AWS Clauses outline the primary performance requirements for safety, weather-ability and structural integrity applicable to assembled and glazed products. In general, these are also the requirements mandated by Model Building Codes, adopted by authorities having jurisdiction, and enforced for specific projects. AWS Clauses in NAFS provide fenestration product manufacturers with protocols for verifying compliance through standard whole-product testing. At the same time, AWS Clauses provide certification bodies with a basis for developing detailed rules and procedures governing product variations, changes, and quality control of assembled and glazed products.

DL (Durability and Longevity)

DL Clauses outline requirements for durability, longevity, and resistance to environmental exposure deemed critical by the industry consensus organizations authoring NAFS. These requirements are in general, only mandated by codes through reference to NAFS compliance. Like AWS Clauses, DL Clauses in NAFS provide fenestration product manufacturers with protocols for verifying compliance through standard whole-product testing, and provide certification bodies with a basis for developing detailed rules and procedures governing product variations, changes, and quality control of assembled and glazed products.

CPM (Component Parts and Materials)

CPM Clauses outline performance and prescriptive requirements for component parts and materials, including but not limited to, hardware, weather-seals, fasteners, reinforcing and material criteria. CPM Clauses in NAFS provide component and material suppliers with protocols for verifying suitability for use through standard component and material testing. At the same time, CPM Clauses provide fenestration manufacturers with a basis for component and material selection and qualification. CPM Clauses cite industry standard test methods, which in turn may cite other test methods, but it is not the intention of these Clauses to supersede or take precedence over manufacturers’ or suppliers’ quality processes or the testing protocols they contain.

COM (Commentary Information)COM Clauses contain other information germane to the various provisions of NAFS, including but not limited to, design guidance, product selection criteria, examples, and reference documents.

HS (Health and Safety)HS Clauses outline provisions for transparency in material ingredients reporting, environmental impact, handling, or disposal that may be applicable to fenestration products or component parts as related to sustainable building design, construction, operation and maintenance.

2 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONSThis Standard/Specification refers to the following publications, and where such reference is made, it shall be to the edition listed below.Commentary: Clause 2 is a listing of all publications referenced in NAFS. Users of NAFS should be aware that newer versions of referenced documents may have been published since NAFS-11 was formally approved. Determination of equivalence between different versions is the responsibility of the user.

11


Provisions in referenced Standards requiring design by engineers licensed in the United States do not apply to windows or doors installed in Canada. In Canada, provincial or territorial legislation governing engineering practices applies where design by engineers is required.

See Annex A for contact information for the standards development organizations listed in this Clause.

AAI (The Aluminum Association, Inc.)Aluminum Standards and Data — 2009

AAMA (American Architectural Manufacturers Association)

AAMA 303-08Voluntary Specification for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Exterior Profiles

AAMA 304-07Voluntary Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Exterior Profiles Capped with ASA or ASA/PVC Blends

AAMA 305-11Voluntary Specification for Fiber Reinforced Thermoset Profiles

AAMA 308-08Voluntary Specification for Cellular Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Exterior Profiles

AAMA 310-04Voluntary Specification for Reinforced Thermoplastic Fenestration Exterior Profile Extrusions

AAMA 311-05Voluntary Specification for Rigid Thermoplastic Cellulosic Composite Fenestration Exterior Profiles

AAMA 450-10Voluntary Performance Rating Method for Mulled Fenestration Assemblies

AAMA 502-11Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Newly Installed Fenestration Products

AAMA 505-09Dry Shrinkage and Composite Performance Thermal Cycling Test Procedure

AAMA 506-08Voluntary Specifications for Impact and Cycle Testing of Fenestration Products

AAMA 513-14Standard Laboratory Test Method for Determination of Forces and Motions Required to Activate Operable Parts of Operable Windows and Doors in Accessible Spaces

AAMA 611-98Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum

AAMA 612-02Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements, and Test Procedures for Combined Coatings of Anodic Oxide and Transparent Organic Coatings on Architectural Aluminum

12


AAMA 613-08Voluntary Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Organic Coatings on Plastic Profiles

AAMA 614-05Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Plastic Profiles

AAMA 615-05Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Plastic Profiles

AAMA 620-02Voluntary Specifications for High Performance Organic Coatings on Coil Coated Architectural Aluminum Substrates

AAMA 621-02Voluntary Specifications for High Performance Organic Coatings on Coil Coated Architectural Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG) and Zinc-Aluminum Coated Steel Substrates

AAMA 623-10Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Organic Coatings on Fiber Reinforced Thermoset Profiles

AAMA 624-10Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Fiber Reinforced Thermoset Profiles

AAMA 625-10Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performance Organic Coatings on Fiber Reinforced Thermoset Profiles

AAMA 633-11Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Exterior Stain Finishes on Wood, Cellulosic Composites and Fiber Reinforced Thermoset Window and Door Components

AAMA 701/702-11Voluntary Specifications for Pile Weatherstripping and Replaceable Fenestration Weatherseals

AAMA 800-10Voluntary Specifications and Test Methods for Sealants

AAMA 901-10Voluntary Specification for Rotary & Linear Operators in Window Applications

AAMA 902-07Voluntary Specification for Sash Balances

AAMA 903-12Voluntary Specification for Handle Sets used with Multipoint Hardware on Side-Hinged Doors

AAMA 904-09Voluntary Specification for Multi-bar Hinges in Window Applications

13


AAMA 906-07Voluntary Specification for Sliding Glass Door Roller Assemblies

AAMA 907-0515Voluntary Specification for Corrosion Resistant Coatings on Carbon Non-Stainless Steel Components

AAMA 908-09Voluntary Specification for Friction Based Sash Balances

AAMA 909-13Voluntary Specification for Side-Hinged Exterior Door Multipoint Locking Hardware

AAMA 910-10Voluntary “Life Cycle” Specifications and Test Methods for AW Class Architectural Windows and Doors

AAMA 920-11Specification for Operating Cycle Performance of Side-Hinged Exterior Door Systems

AAMA 925-07Specification for Determining the Vertical Loading Resistance of Side-Hinged Door Leaves

AAMA 930-03Voluntary Specification for the Water Penetration Resistance and Structural Load Performance of Locking/Latching Hardware Used in Side-Hinged Door Systems

AAMA 1002-11Voluntary Specification for Secondary Storm Products for Windows and Sliding Glass Doors

AAMA 1102-11Voluntary Specification for Side-Hinged Secondary Storm Doors

AAMA 1304-02Voluntary Specification for Forced Entry Resistance of Side-Hinged Door Systems

AAMA 1503-09Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections

AAMA 1801-11Voluntary Specification for the Acoustical Rating of Windows, Doors, Skylights and Glazed Wall Sections

AAMA 2501-06Voluntary Guideline for Engineering Analysis of Window & Sliding Glass Door Anchorage Systems

AAMA 2502-07Comparative Analysis Procedure for Window and Door Products

AAMA 2603-02Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels

AAMA 2604-10

14


Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels

AAMA 2605-11Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels

AAMA MCWM-1-89Metal Curtain Wall Manual

AAMA QAG-1-09Quality Assurance Processing & Monitoring Guide for Poured and Debridged Polyurethane Thermal Barriers

AAMA RPC-00Rain Penetration Control — Applying Current KnowledgeNote: This document was developed by AAMA and the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC).

AAMA SFM-1-87Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual

AAMA TIR A1-04Sound Control for Fenestration Products

AAMA TIR A7-11Sloped Glazing Guidelines

AAMA TIR A8-08Structural Performance of Composite Thermal Barrier Framing Systems

AAMA TIR A9-91Metal Curtain Wall Fasteners

AAMA TIR A13-09Recommended Static Water Test Pressures in Non-Hurricane-Prone Regions of the United States

AAMA/NPEA/NSA (American Architectural Manufacturers Association/National Patio Enclosure Association/National Sunroom Association)

AAMA/NPEA/NSA 2100-02Voluntary Specifications for Sunrooms

ANSI (American National Standards Institute)

ANSI A135.4-2004Basic Hardboard

ANSI/SDI A250.10-1998 (R2004)2011Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames, Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted

ANSI H35.2-20092013Dimensional Tolerances for Aluminum Mill Products

15


ANSI Z97.1-2009Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings — Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test

ANSI/BHMA (American National Standards Institute/Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association)

ANSI/BHMA A156.1-2006Butts & Hinges

ANSI/BHMA A156.2-20032011Bored and Preassembled Locks & Latches

ANSI/BHMA A156.5-2010Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products

ANSI/BHMA A156.12-20052013Interconnected Locks & Latches

ANSI/BHMA A156.13-2005Mortise Locks & Latches

ANSI/BHMA A156.17-20102004 (R2010)Self Closing Hinges & Pivots

ANSI/BHMA A156.18-2006Materials & Finishes

ANSI/BHMA A156.22-2005Door Gasketing and Edge Seal Systems

ANSI/DASMA (American National Standards Institute/Door & Access Systems Manufacturers’ Association, International)

ANSI/DASMA 105-1992 (R2004)2012Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Air Infiltration of Garage Doors

ANSI/DASMA 108-20052012Standard Method for Testing Sectional Garage Doors and Rolling Doors: Determination of Structural Performance Under Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

ANSI/DASMA 109-2001 (R2007)2007Standard Method for Testing Sectional Garage Doors: Determination of Life Cycling Performance

ANSI/DASMA 115-2005Standard Method for Testing Garage Doors: Determination of Structural Performance Under Missile Impact and Cyclic Wind Pressure

ASCE/SEI (American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute)

ASCE/SEI 7-10Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures

16


ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials)

ASTM A123/A123M-09Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

ASTM A480/A480M-11a13Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip

ASTM A568/A568M-1114Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Structural, and High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements for

ASTM A641/A641M-09aStandard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire

ASTM A653/A653M-1015Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM A792/A792M-10Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55 % Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM A794/A794M-0912Standard Specification for Commercial Steel (CS), Sheet, Carbon (0.16 % Maximum to 0.25 % Maximum), Cold-Rolled

ASTM A879/A879M-0612Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated by the Electrolytic Process for Applications Requiring Designation of the Coating Mass on Each Surface

ASTM A924/A924M-10a14Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM B209M-07-14Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate [Metric]

ASTM B456-03(2009)11e1Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium

ASTM B633-0713Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel

ASTM B766-86(20082015)Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium

ASTM C509-06(2011)Standard Specification for Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gasket and Sealing Material

ASTM C864-05(2011)Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers

17


ASTM C920-1114aStandard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

ASTM C1036-0611e1Standard Specification for Flat Glass

ASTM C1048-0412e1Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass — Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated GlassHeat-Strengthened and Fully Tempered Flat Glass

ASTM C1115-06(2011)Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Silicone Rubber Gaskets and Accessories

ASTM C1172-09e114Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass

ASTM D256-10Standard Test Methods for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics

ASTM D618-0813Standard Practice for Conditioning Plastics for Testing

ASTM D635-1014Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position

ASTM D638-1014Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics

ASTM D790-10Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials

ASTM D1003-1113Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastics

ASTM D1037-06aStandard Test Methods for Evaluating Properties of Wood-Base Fiber and Particle Panel Materials

ASTM D1308-02(20072013)Standard Test Method for Effect of Household Chemicals on Clear and Pigmented Organic Finishes

ASTM D1929-1014Standard Test Method for Determining Ignition Temperature of Plastics

ASTM D2287-96(2010)12Standard Specification for Nonrigid Vinyl Chloride Polymer and Copolymer Molding and Extrusion Compounds

ASTM D2565-99(2008)Standard Practice for Xenon-Arc Exposure of Plastics Intended for Outdoor Applications

18


ASTM D2843-10Standard Test Method for Density of Smoke from the Burning or Decomposition of Plastics

ASTM D3656/D3656M-0713Standard Specification for Insect Screening and Louver Cloth Woven from Vinyl-Coated Glass Yarns

ASTM D4101-1114Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion Materials

ASTM D4549-11Standard Classification System and Basis for Specification for Polystyrene and Rubber-Modified Polystyrene Molding and Extrusion Materials (PS)

ASTM D4673-02(2008)Standard Classification System for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastics and Alloys Molding and Extrusion Materials

ASTM D4726-0915Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Exterior-Profile Extrusions Used for Assembled Windows and Doors

ASTM D5572-95(20052012)Standard Specification for Adhesives Used for Finger Joints in Nonstructural Lumber Products

ASTM D5751-99(20052012)Standard Specification for Adhesives Used for Laminate Joints in Nonstructural Lumber Products

ASTM D6098-10Standard Specification for Extruded and Compression Molded Shapes Made from Polycarbonate (PC)

ASTM D6110-10Standard Test Method for Determining the Charpy Impact Resistance of Notched Specimens of Plastics

ASTM D6865-11Standard Classification System and Basis for Specifications for Acrylonitrile-Styrene-Acrylate (ASA) and Acrylonitrile-EPDM-Styrene (AES) Plastics and Alloys Molding and Extrusion Materials

ASTM E29-0813Standard Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data to Determine Conformance with Specifications

ASTM E84-10b15bStandard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

ASTM E90-09Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements

ASTM E283-04(2012)Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen

ASTM E330/330M-02(2010)14

19


Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

ASTM E331-00(2009)Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

ASTM E413-10Classification for Rating Sound Insulation

ASTM E547-00(2009)Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference

ASTM E987-88(2009)Standard Test Methods for Deglazing Force of Fenestration Products

ASTM E1300-09a12ae1Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings

ASTM E1332-10aStandard Classification for Rating Outdoor-Indoor Sound Attenuation

ASTM E1423-06Standard Practice for Determining Steady State Thermal Transmittance of Fenestration Systems

ASTM E1425-07Standard Practice for Determining the Acoustical Performance of Windows, Doors, Skylight, and Glazed Wall Systems

ASTM E1613-0412Standard Test Method for Determination of Lead by Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometry (ICP-AES), Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (FAAS), or Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (GFAAS) Techniques

ASTM E1753-0413Standard Practice for Use of Qualitative Chemical Spot Test Kits for Detection of Lead in Dry Paint Films

ASTM E1996-09Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes

ASTM E2068-00(2008)Standard Test Method for Determination of Operating Force of Sliding Windows and Doors

ASTM E2190-10Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation

ASTM E2203-02(2008)14Standard Specification for Dense Thermoplastic Elastomers Used for Compression Seals, Gaskets, Setting Blocks, Spacers and Accessories

20


ASTM F588-0714Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Forced Entry Resistance of Window Assemblies, Excluding Glazing Impact

ASTM F842-0414Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Forced Entry Resistance of Sliding Door Assemblies, Excluding Glazing Impact

ASTM F2006-10Standard Safety Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices for Non-emergency Escape (Egress) and Rescue (Ingress) Windows

ASTM F2090-10Standard Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices with Emergency Escape (Egress) Release Mechanisms

ASTM G155-05a13Standard Practice for Operating Xenon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Non-metallic Materials

CFR (Code of Federal Regulations)

16 CFR 1201Consumer Product Safety Commission. Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials. 16 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1201. 2011 ed.

CGSB (Canadian General Standards Board)

CAN/CGSB 12.1-M90Tempered or Laminated Safety Glass

CAN/CGSB 12.2-M91Flat, Clear Sheet Glass

CAN/CGSB 12.3-M91Flat, Clear Float Glass

CAN/CGSB 12.4-M91Heat Absorbing Glass

CAN/CGSB 12.8-97Insulating Glass Units

CAN/CGSB 12.9-M91Spandrel Glass

CAN/CGSB 12.10-M76Glass, Light and Heat Reflecting

CAN/CGSB 12.11-M90Wired Safety Glass

CAN/CGSB 12.12-M90

21


Plastic Safety Glazing Sheets

CAN/CGSB 12.20-M89Structural Design of Glass for Buildings

CSA (Canadian Standards Association)

CAN/CSA-A440-00/A440.1-00 (R2005)Windows/User Selection Guide to CSA Standard CAN/CSA-A440-00, Windows

CAN/CSA-A440.2-09/A440.3-09Fenestration energy performance/User guide to CSA A440.2-09, Fenestration energy performance

A440S1-09Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS — North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights

CAN/CSA-Z234.1-00 (R2011)Metric practice guide

GANA (Glass Association of North America)

Glazing Manual (200850th Anniversary Edition)

IEEE/ASTM International (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers/American Society for Testing and Materials)

IEEE/ASTM SI 10-200210IEEE/ASTM Standard for Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Modern Metric SystemAmerican National Standard for Metric Practice

IGMA (Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance)

IGMA TM-3000-90(04)North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use

ISO/IEC (International Organization for Standardization/International Electrotechnical Commission)

ISO/IEC 17025:2005General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories

ISWA (Insect Screen Weavers Association)

ISWA IWS 089 (1990)Recommended Standards and Specifications for Insect Wire Screening (Wire Fabric)Note: ISWA no longer exists.

NFRC (National Fenestration Rating Council)NFRC 100-2010Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors

NFRC 500-2010Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Condensation Resistance Values

22


NIOSH (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health)

NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods, 4th ed., 3rd supp. (2003)Fourth Edition: DHHS (NIOSH) Publication No. 94-113, with Third Supplement: DHHS (NIOSH) Publication No. 2003-154

SDI (Steel Door Institute)

SDI A250.8-2003 (R2008)2014Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames

SDI A250.10-1998 (R2004)2011Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames

SMA (Screen Manufacturers Association)

SMA 1101-2007R13Specifications for Retractable Insect Screens Systems

SMA 1201-2007R13Specifications for Insect Screens for Windows, Sliding Doors, and Swinging Doors

SMA 7001-1992R13Warning Label Standard for Window Insect Screens

WDMA (Window & Door Manufacturers Association)

WDMA I.S.4-0915Industry Specification for Preservative Treatment for Millwork

WDMA I.S.10-0513Industry Standard for Testing Cellulosic Composite Materials for Use in Fenestration Products

WMDA I.S.11-0913Voluntary Analytical Method for Design Pressure Rating of Fenestration Products

WDMA T.M.6-08Test Method for Determining the Durability of Adhesives Used in Doors under Accelerated Aging Conditions

WDMA T.M.11-06Test Method for Factory Applied Pigmented Primer Coatings for Wood and Wood Cellulosic Composites Used for Millwork

WDMA T.M.12-0613Test Method for Factory Applied Pigmented Finish Coatings for Wood and Wood Cellulosic Composites Used for Millwork

WDMA T.M.14-1013Test Method for Factory Applied Clear and Pigmented Coatings for Interior Prefinished Wood and Wood Cellulosic Composites Used for Millwork

Other publication

23


Hatch, J.E., ed. 1984. Aluminum: Properties and Physical Metallurgy. Materials Park, Ohio: American Society for Metals.

3 DEFINITIONSThe following definitions shall apply in this Standard/Specification. Any terms not explicitly defined shall have ordinarily accepted meanings as the context implies.

Active Door (or Leaf) – First operating door of a pair, when unlocking; the door usually equipped with cylinder control for locking mechanism

Adjustable — accessible without major reconstruction of the window, door, TDD, SSP, roof window, or unit skylight to bring the parts of the product to a true or more effective relative position.

Air leakage — the flow of air that passes through fenestration products.

Airspace — the space between adjacent layers in a multi-layer glazing system.

Alteration — any modification of the original test specimen as defined in the bill of materials or drawings.

Architectural terrace door — a door primarily used for terrace access in high-rise applications/buildings.Commentary: Architectural terrace doors typically consist of one or more glazed panels contained within one master frame. The operable panels will be hinged on either jamb and can swing either to the exterior or interior (not both). The door typically is not used as a primary entrance door because of the nature of the sill/threshold design used to meet performance requirements. Architectural terrace doors are typically not tested for Limited Water and will meet the requirements of AAMA 910.

Auxiliary tests — additional mandatory testing of a specimen as outlined in Clause 9.3.6.

Awning, hopper, projected window — a window consisting of one or more sash hinged at the top or bottom which project outward or inward from the plane of the frame. An awning rotates about its top hinge(s) and projects outward. A hopper window rotates about its bottom hinge(s) and projects inward.

Awning window — see Awning, hopper, projected window.

Balance — a mechanical device used in hung windows as a means of counterbalancing the weight of the sash.

Basement window — any window type intended for ventilating or illuminating a basement or cellar.

Bite — the dimension by which the inner or outer edge of the frame or glazing stop overlaps the edge of the glazing.

Brickmold — a molding used as an exterior door or window casing.

British thermal unit (Btu) — the heat required to increase the temperature of 1 lb. of water 1°F.

Building envelope — the assembly or assemblies of materials and components that enclose building spaces and are exposed to exterior space or separate conditioned interior space from unconditioned interior space.

Casement window — a window consisting of one or more sash hinged to open from the side (adjacent to the jambs), which project outward or inward from the plane of the frame in the vertical plane.

Cellulosic composite material — a composite material whose ingredients include cellulosic elements.

24


Commentary: The cellulosic elements within a cellulosic composite material will appear in forms such as, but are not limited to, distinct fibers, fiber bundles, particles, wafers, flakes, strands, and veneers. Cellulosic composite materials are not to be confused with composite units.

Certification — a process that indicates a representative sample of a product line has been tested, that the product meets specified requirements, and that the product is subject to ongoing inspections by an outside certification agency.

Check rail — see Meeting rail.

Chemically bonded (when related to a welded corner) — a process where the two polymer profiles or pieces are heated and fused together with the aid of a chemical reaction. The reaction and bonding is similar to the original extrusion process.

Cladding — see Fenestration cladding.

Closing force — see Operating force and Force to latch door.

Combination assembly — an assembly formed by a combination of two or more separate fenestration products whose frames are mulled together utilizing a combination mullion or reinforcing mullion.

Commercial entrance system — a system of products used for ingress, egress, and rescue generally in non-residential buildings.

Commentary: Commercial entrance systems typically utilize panic hardware, automatic closers, and relatively large amounts of glass. Commercial entrance systems are often site assembled. They are typically subject to high use and possibly abuse and are designed to withstand such use and abuse.

Composite unit — a fenestration product consisting of two or more sash, leaves, lites, or sliding door panels within a single frame utilizing an integral mullion.Commentary: Composite units are not to be confused with products made from cellulosic composite materials.

Concentrated load — a force applied to a fixed point on a window, door, TDD, SSP, roof window, or unit skylight component.

Condensation — the deposition of moisture (liquid water or frost) on the surface of an object caused by warm, moist air coming into contact with a colder object.

Conditioned space — an area or room within a building that(a) is heated or cooled by any equipment or appliance;(b) contains uninsulated ducts; or(c) has a fixed opening directly into an adjacent area or room that is heated or cooled by any equipment

or appliance or contains uninsulated ducts.

Corrosion — the deterioration of a material by chemical or electrochemical reaction resulting from exposure to weathering, moisture, chemicals, or other agents or media.

Curtain wall — a non-load-bearing exterior wall cladding that is hung to the exterior of the building, usually spanning from floor to floor.Commentary: Curtain wall systems can be factory-glazed or designed to accommodate field fabrication and glazing, including optional structural glazing. Curtain wall typically employs deep rectilinear framing profiles (approximately 150 mm [6 in] or greater), which are often made available in “stock lengths”. Curtain wall vertical framing members run past the face of floor slabs, and provision for anchorage is typically made at vertical framing members only. In contrast to combination assemblies and composite units, non-residential curtain wall systems often need to meet additional performance requirements for interstory differential movement, seismic drift, dynamic water infiltration, etc. Operating vents and entrance doors are provided as separate inserts. Curtain walls are not to be confused with Storefronts or Window walls.

Deflection — displacement due to flexure of a member under an applied load.

25


Design pressure (DP) — a rating that identifies the load, induced by wind and/or static snow, that a product is rated to withstand in its end-use application.Commentary: Design pressure (DP) is not to be confused with Performance Grade (PG) or structural test pressure (STP). Loads induced by static snow are applicable only to TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights. See Clause 9.3.4.3.

Design wind load — the wind load pressure a product is required by the specifier to withstand in its end-use application.Commentary: When other loads such as snow load are combined with a wind load, “design load” is the proper term to use.

Divider — a member that divides glazing into separate vision areas. Dividers are either structural or decorative. Other common terms are muntin, true divided lite (TDL), simulated divided lite (SDL), grill, grid, or bar-in-glass.

Door — a means of access for the purpose of ingress and egress. See also Commercial entrance system, Dual-action side-hinged door, Folding door system, Interior door, Passive door, Revolving door, Secondary storm product, Side-hinged door system, Sliding door, Storm door, and Vehicular-access door.

Double-hung window — a hung window with two sash in which both sash are operable.

Dual-action side-hinged door — a door system consisting of one or more leaves contained within an overall frame and designed such that one of the leaves is operable in a swing mode and can be tilted inward from the top for ventilation.

Dual-action window — a window consisting of a sash that tilts from the top and swings inward from the side for cleaning of the outside surface. Also referred to as a tilt-turn window.

Dual door — a side-hinged door composed of one of the configurations listed in Clause 4.5.1.

Dual glazing — two layers of glazing material mounted in a common frame and/or sash, separated by a space, and sealed or non-sealed.

Dual mode — the primary and secondary window/door, or both primary windows/doors, are closed, the primary windows/doors are locked, and the insect screen (when offered or specified by the manufacturer) is in the stored position.

Dual window — a window composed of one of the configurations listed in Clause 4.5.1 and offered by the manufacturer as a complete factory pre-assembled or integral unit.

Fenestration — openings in the building envelope, such as windows, doors, secondary storm products (SSPs) curtain walls, storefronts, roof windows, tubular daylighting devices (TDDs), sloped glazing, and skylights, designed to permit the passage of air, light, or people.

Fenestration cladding — the exterior components that cover the frame, sash, leaf, or sliding door panel members and constitute the weather-resistant surface.Commentary: Some claddings function only as an aesthetic covering, while others contribute partially to the structural strength of the product. This use of cladding is not to be confused with the definition of “Components and Cladding — Elements of the building envelope that do not qualify as part of the main wind-force resisting system” found in ASCE/SEI 7.

Fixed door — one or more non-operable assembled leaves or sliding door panels within a door frame and threshold/sill.

Fixed window — a window that is designed to be non-operable and consists of a glazed frame or a non-operating sash within a frame. excluding non-operable unit skylights and TDDs, as well as products fabricated from curtain wall or storefront systems that are used in window openings.

Float glass — flat glass that has been formed on molten metal, commonly tin. The surface in contact with the tin is known as the tin surface or tin side. The top surface is known as the atmosphere side or air side.

26


Folding door system — a door system that has, at a minimum, a hinge or pivot attachment of any type between two leaves (panel) and three vertical axes about which the leaves rotate. The leaves can be folded to the interior or exterior of the opening. These systems are either top hung or bottom supported by hardware that attaches to a single track system and include, at a minimum, two pivoting/folding leaves, a frame, and a track and roller assembly. The frame has vertical and horizontal members that are joined at the intersections that fully encompass the operating and inactive leaves in a closed position. A flush set track assembly can exist in place of a sill assembly. Additional hinged and pivoting/folding leaves and/or a single-side hinged leaf can be included in the door system.

Forced-entry resistance (FER) — the ability of a window or door in the locked position to resist entry under a specified load and conditions.

Force to latch door — the force required to close a door and fully engage the latch in accordance with Clause 6.4.5.1.

Frame — the enclosing structure of a window, door, TDD, roof window, SSP, or unit skylight which fits into or attaches to the wall or roof opening and receives glazing, sash, panels, leaves, or vents.

Fully tempered glass — glass that has been heat treated to a high surface and/or edge compression to meet the requirements of ASTM C1048 (kind FT) or CAN/CGSB 12.1.Commentary: Fully tempered glass, if broken, will fracture into many small pieces (dice) which are more or less cubical. Fully tempered glass is approximately four times stronger than annealed glass of the same thickness when exposed to uniform static pressure loads. Also referred to as “toughened glass” as in European standards.

Fusion welded — see Welded.

Garage door — see Vehicular-access door.

Garden window — see Greenhouse window.

Gateway performance requirements — the requirements for minimum gateway test size, air leakage resistance, structural design load and overload testing, water penetration testing, forced-entry resistance, and auxiliary testing which are the conditions permitting a product entry into a Performance Class. They are specifically indicated for each product operator type in Table 12.2.

Gateway test size — the minimum test specimen size specified to enter a Performance Class.

Glass — a hard, brittle substance, usually transparent, made by fusing materials such as soda ash (NA2CO3), limestone (CaCO3), and sand under high temperatures.

Glazing — (n): an infill material such as glass or plastic. (v): the process of installing an infill material into a prepared opening in windows, doors, TDDs, roof windows, SSPs, or unit skylights.

Grade — see Performance Grade (PG).

Greenhouse window (garden window) — a window consisting of a three-dimensional, five-sided structure, with provisions made for supporting plants in the enclosed space outside the plane of the wall. Operating sash are allowed but are not required.

Handle — a component which enables the movement of a sash, leaf, or panel, or which activates a mechanism which locks or unlocks a sash, leaf, or panel.

Hardware — all the necessary equipment to retain, operate, and lock or unlock the sash, leaf, or panel within the frame.

Head — the horizontal member forming the top of the frame.

27


Heat-strengthened glass — glass that has been heat treated to a specific surface and/or edge compression range to meet the requirements of ASTM C1048 (kind HS).Commentary: Heat-strengthened glass is approximately two times as strong as annealed glass of the same thickness when exposed to uniform static pressure loads. Heat-strengthened glass is not considered safety glass by most building codes and will not completely fracture into many small pieces (dice) as with fully tempered glass.

Heat treated — see Fully tempered glass and Heat-strengthened glass.

Hinged rescue window — any window that is mounted into a stationary perimeter frame and is permanently hinged at one jamb.

Hopper window — see Awning, hopper, projected window.

Horizontally pivoted window — see Pivoted window.

Horizontal sliding window — a window that consists of one or more sash that slide or roll horizontally within a common frame and can also contain fixed lites/sash.Commentary: For horizontal sliding windows, operating sash are typically identified with an (X) and fixed lites or fixed sash are typically identified with an (O).

Hung window — a window consisting of vertically sliding sash which utilize counterbalancing devices to allow the sash to be opened to any variable position between its fully open and fully closed limits. See also Vertical sliding window.Commentary: Common types of hung windows are single hung, double hung, and triple hung.

Inoperable — no longer opening, closing, locking, or unlocking as originally designed.

Insulating glass unit (IG unit or IGU) — two or more lites of glass spaced apart and hermetically sealed to form a single unit with an air- or gas-filled space between each lite.

Integral ventilating system/device — an apparatus that is independent from but installed into a window, door, or unit skylight product for the purpose of controlling the transfer of air through the window, door, or unit skylight product.

Interior accessory window (IAW) — a glazed frame and/or sash, attached inboard of existing prime windows, curtain wall, or storefront, in commercial buildings, to enhance control of thermal transmittance, solar heat gain, sound, air leakage, and/or daylight. IAWs are not intended for occupant operation or to be used with the exterior windows in the open position, nor are they intended to provide any specific resistance to air leakage or water penetration, or withstand structural load (see Clause 9.3.4.1.4).Commentary: The IAW frame is typically anchored to surrounding construction, to the existing window frame, or to the curtain wall or storefront interior frame. Unlike SSPs and multiple glazing panels, interior accessory windows are intended for use by trained custodial personnel only and are fitted with limited-access custodial locks to hinge or lift out for periodic cleaning of the non-hermetically sealed air space created. If IAWs are intended for regular occupant operation, or used with the exterior windows in the open position, the product should instead be rated as a prime window or SSP.

Interior door — a door system not intended for use in exterior applications.

Interior window — a window system not intended for use in exterior applications.

Jal-awning window — a window consisting of a multiplicity of top-hinged sash arranged in a vertical series within a common frame, each operated by its own control device which swings the bottom edges of the sash outward. See also Jalousie window and Tropical awning window.

Jalousie window — a window consisting of a series of overlapping horizontal frameless louvers which pivot simultaneously in a common frame and are actuated by one or more operating devices so that the bottom edge of each louver swings outward and the top edge swings inward during operation.

Jambs — the upright or vertical members forming the side of the frame.

28


Laminated glass — two or more lites of glass permanently bonded together with one or more polymer interlayers.

Leaf — a part of a side-hinged door system, glazed or unglazed, surrounded by a frame. Leaves can be fixed in place (non-operable) or movable (operable).

Limited Water (LW) (as a designation) — that the water penetration resistance performance is achieved by testing at a pressure less than the minimum test pressure required for the indicated Performance Class and Performance Grade (PG).

Lite (light) — a pane of glass or an insulating glass (IG) unit used in a window, door, TDD, roof window, SSP, or unit skylight. Frequently spelled “lite” in industry literature to avoid confusion with visible light.

Manufacturer — a company which fabricates and/or assembles one or more parts, components, and/or accessories or supplies entire fenestration systems.

Meeting rail or check rail — one of the two adjacent horizontal sash members that come together when in the closed position.

Meeting stile — one of the two adjacent vertical leaf, sash, or panel members that come together when in the closed position.

Minimum gateway test size — the test specimen size specified to enter a Performance Class at the lowest or minimum level.

Moisture content — the percentage of dry weight that is composed of water, such as in wood.

Mullion Assembly (MA)—the functional term for an integral, combination, or reinforcing mullion as a Product Type that can be rated for Class as well as air-water-structural performance. Mullion Assemblies can be rated for a particular span and tributary width. There are three types of mullions:

Mullion assembly (see also Clause 4.6) —

Combination mullion — a horizontal or vertical member formed by joining two or more individual fenestration units together without a mullion stiffener.

Integral mullion — a horizontal or vertical member which is bounded at either end or both ends by crossing frame members.

Mullion stiffener — an additional reinforcing member used in a reinforcing mullion. Mullion stiffeners carry the entire load or share the load with adjacent framing members.

Reinforcing mullion — a horizontal or vertical member with an added continuous mullion stiffener and joining two or more individual fenestration units along the sides of the mullion stiffener.

Mullion stiffener — an additional reinforcing member used in a reinforcing mullion. Mullion stiffeners carry the entire load or share the load with adjacent framing members.

Mullion tributary area – The maximum area that a specific mullion or divider design, span and anchorage is permitted rated to support under a specific wind load.Commentary: “Mullion tributary area”, should not be confused with “combination assembly area”.

Mullion tributary width – The maximum distance perpendicular to the mullion used in calculating mullion tributary area, that a specific mullion design, span and anchorage is rated to support under a specific wind load.

29


Commentary:The clause 4.8 commentary contains a figure and text mullion example showing mullion tributary area and mullion tributary width. Note that the various mullion tributary area components may be triangular, rectangular and/or trapezoidal. The calculation of mullion tributary areas can be cumbersome, and some users confused mullion tributary area with combination assembly total area. The mullion (MA) Primary Designator now uses mullion tributary width.

Multiple glazing panel (MGP) — a glazed panel that can be installed in or on a sash, leaf, or panel on either the interior side or exterior side of the primary glazing. An MGP is tested only in conjunction with a specific primary window or door.

Muntin — see Divider.

Negative pressure — pressure acting in the outward direction.

Non-hung window — a window consisting of vertically sliding sash which utilize mechanical retainers or slide bolts to allow the sash to be opened to any one of the pre-selected positions between its fully open and fully closed limits. See also Vertical sliding window.

Non-operable — intended to not open or close.

Normal use (pertaining to windows, doors, secondary storm products, operable unit skylights, and roof windows) — intended for operation for reasons in addition to cleaning and maintenance of the window(s), door(s), secondary storm product(s), operable unit skylight(s), or roof window(s) in question.

Operable — intended to be opened and closed.

Operating force — the force required to initiate or maintain a sash, leaf, or panel motion in either the opening or closing direction.

Outdoor-Indoor Transmission Class (OITC) — a single-number rating calculated in accordance with ASTM E1332, using values of outdoor-indoor transmission loss, that provides an estimate of the sound insulation performance of a facade or building elements.Commentary: The frequency range used for OITC ratings is typical of outdoor traffic noises. OITC is not to be confused with Sound transmission class (STC).

Overall dimensions — the external height and width of the product, expressed in millimeters or inches.

Panel — the members of a sliding door or sliding door side lite within a frame which are designed to accommodate the glazing.

Parallel opening window — a window consisting of an operable sash that moves outward in a horizontal direction perpendicular to the plane of the frame for the purpose of ventilation. The sash remains parallel to the frame throughout its range of motion.

Passive door — one or more hinged leaves or sliding door panels that are normally held inactive by latching or locking hardware, but can become active on the release of the latching or locking hardware.

Performance Class — one of the four Performance Classes (R, LC, CW, AW) within the classification system that provides for several levels of performance.Commentary: The various Performance Classes allow the purchaser or specifier to select the appropriate level of performance depending on climatic conditions, height of installation, type of building, etc.

Performance Grade (Grade or PG) — a numeric designator that defines the performance of a product in accordance with this Standard/Specification.Commentary: Performance Grade (Grade or PG) is not to be confused with design pressure (DP) or structural test pressure (STP). Performance Grade (PG) is achieved only on successful completion of all applicable tests specified in Clause 9. See Clause 0.2.3 for additional details.

Pivot — an axis or the hardware about which a window, sash, panel, or leaf rotates.

30


Pivoted window — a window consisting of a sash which pivots about an axis within the frame. The pivoting action of the window allows for easy access to clean the outside surfaces of the window. Two common types are the 180° compression seal pivoting window and the 360° pivoting window.

Plastic glazing — plastic infill materials (including, but not limited to, acrylic, co-polyester, fiberglass-reinforced plastic, and polycarbonate) that are glazed or set in a frame or sash.

Positive pressure — pressure acting in the inward direction.

Primary door — that door in a dual-door system so designated by the manufacturer, capable of protecting the building’s interior from climatic elements (as opposed to a secondary door used mainly for performance enhancement).

Primary window — that window in a dual-window unit so designated by the manufacturer, capable of protecting the building’s interior from climatic elements (as opposed to a secondary window used mainly for performance enhancement).

Rail — a horizontal member of a sash, leaf, or panel.

Reinforcement — the material added to individual sash, leaf, panel, or frame members to increase strength and/or stiffness.

Revolving door — an exterior door consisting of two or more leaves that pivot about a common vertical axis within a cylindrically shaped vestibule.

Roof window — a sloped application of a fenestration product that provides for in-reach operation.Commentary: Roof windows used for emergency escape and rescue usually have a balanced sash.

Rough opening — the opening in a wall or roof into or over which a window, door, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight is to be installed.

Safety glass glazing — a strengthened or reinforced glass or plastic glazing that is less subject to breakage or splintering, such as glass forused in most doors, unit skylights and roof windows, and in some windows. See also Fully tempered glass and Laminated glass.

Sash — the members of a window, secondary storm product, roof window or unit skylight that fit within a frame which are designed to accommodate the glazing.

Screen — a product that is used with a window, door, secondary storm product, or unit skylight, consists considtingconsisting of a mesh of wire or plastic strand material used to keep out insects, and isbut not for providing security or retention of objects or persons from the interior. Alternately, a glass retention screen specified for use in building codes when used under sloped products glazed with certain glass assemblies in certain spaces that could expose occupants to injury from sudden breakage

Sealant — a compound used to fill and seal a joint or opening.

Secondary door — that door in a dual-door system so designated by the manufacturer, used on the exterior of, or interior of, and in tandem with, a primary door designated by the manufacturer to be used for the purpose of performance enhancement, and not to be used by itself as a primary door.

Secondary storm product (SSP) — a door, window, or skylight product intended to be used only in conjunction with a primary door, window, or skylight product for the purpose of enhancement of performance in a system with the primary product. A secondary storm product can be attached to the internal or external frame or sash of the primary product. A secondary storm product is also considered a secondary door or window.

31


Secondary window — that window in a dual-window unit so designated by the manufacturer, used on the exterior of, or interior of, and in tandem with, a primary window for the purpose of performance enhancement, and not to be used by itself as a primary window.

Serviceable — accessible without major reconstruction of the window, door, SSP, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight.

Setting block — a device or member that supports the weight of the glazing and is in direct contact with an edge of the glazing after final installation.

Side-hinged door system — a door system having, at a minimum, a hinge attachment of any type between a leaf and jamb, mullion, or edge of another leaf but having a single, fixed vertical axis about which the leaf rotates between open and closed positions. These systems include, at a minimum, a single operating leaf, surrounding frame, and components. The surrounding frame has vertical and horizontal members that are joined at the intersections and fully encompass the operating and/or fixed leaf/leaves.Commentary: Additional operating, passive and/or fixed leaves, side lites, transoms, framing, and mullions are often included.

Side-hinged (inswinging) window — a window that consists of sash hinged at the jambs that swings inward using exposed butt hinges or concealed butt hinges, and in some cases friction hinges. It is used primarily for cleaning or emergency escape and rescue purposes, but not for ventilation other than in the case of emergency. The gateway test size is larger than for casement windows, but otherwise the same requirements are met. See also Hinged rescue window and Top-hinged window.

Side lite — an operable or non-operable product that is designed to be a companion product installed on one or both sides of an operable door or a fixed door. Side lites often have their own separate frame or are contained within the frame of a composite assembly.

Single glazing — glazing that is just one layer of glass or other glazing material.

Single-hung window — a hung window with only one operable sash.

Single mode — the primary window/door is closed and latched, the secondary window/door or outer primary window/door is opened fully, and the insect screen (when offered or specified by the manufacturer) is in the functional position.

Slider — see Horizontal sliding window.

Sliding door — a door that consists of manually operated door panels, one or more of which slide or roll horizontally within a common frame, and can also contain fixed lites/panels.Commentary: For sliding doors, operating panels are typically identified with an (X) and fixed lites or fixed panels are typically identified with an (O).

Sloped glazing (other than unit skylights) — a glass or other transparent or translucent glazing material and framing assembly that is sloped more than 15° from the vertical. and which forms essentially the entire roof of the structure. Includes glazing in solariums, sunrooms, roofs and sloped walls.Commentary: Generally, this is a single slope construction, but can also include curved elements, and ridged or pyramidal assemblies using multiple flat panels.

Sound Transmission Class (STC) — a single-number rating calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, using sound transmission loss values, that provides an estimate of the sound insulation performance of an interior partition in certain common sound insulation problems.Commentary: The frequency range used for STC ratings is typical of indoor office noises. STC is not to be confused with Outdoor-indoor transmission class (OITC).

Spacer — the linear material that separates and maintains the space between the glass surfaces of insulating glass units.

32


Span — the clear distance measured parallel to the length of a mullion or divider between support points.

Spandrel — the opaque areas of a building envelope which typically occur at locations of floor slabs, columns, and immediately below roof areas.

Specification — a written document often accompanying architectural drawings, giving such details as scope of work, materials to be used, installation method, required performance, and quality of work for work under contract.

Stile — a vertical member of a sash, leaf, or panel.

Storefront — a non-residential, non-load-bearing assembly of commercial entrance systems and windows usually spanning between the floor and the structure above, designed for high use/abuse and strength.Commentary: Storefront systems are typically designed to accommodate field fabrication and glazing and employ exterior glazing stops at one side only. Storefront employs shallow rectilinear framing profiles (approximately 150 mm [6 in] or less), which are often made available in “stock lengths”. Vertical framing members run between the top of the floor slab and structure above, with provision for anchorage at all perimeter conditions. Operating vents and entrance doors are provided as separate inserts. Store fronts are not to be confused with Curtain walls or Window walls.

Storm door — see Secondary door.

Storm window — see Secondary window.

Structural test pressure (STP) — the pressure differential applied to a window, door system, TDD, roof window, SSP, or unit skylight.Commentary: Structural test pressure (STP) is not to be confused with design pressure (DP) or Performance Grade (PG).

Sunroom — a multi-sided structure consisting of a high percentage of glazed area versus framing area.Commentary: Usually a non-conditioned area attached to the exterior of an existing building.

System — the parts, components, hardware, and/or accessories that yield a complete, fully functional assembly.

Tempered glass — see Fully tempered glass.

Test specimen — a complete, fully functioning window, door, SSP, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight supplied by the applicant and fitted in the test apparatus in accordance with the manufacturer’s written installation instructions (including the manufacturer’s instructions for clearance, shimming, and anchoring).

Thermal barrier — an element made of material with relatively low thermal conductivity, which is inserted between two members having high thermal conductivity, in order to reduce the heat transfer.

Thermal break — see Thermal barrier.

Thermoplastic — a polymer material that turns to liquid when heated and becomes solid when cooled and is able to repeat these processes.

Top-hinged window — a window consisting of sash hinged at the head which swings inward or outward using a continuous top hinge or individual hinges, primarily for cleaning or emergency escape and rescue purposes and not for ventilation.

Top turn reversible window- a window consisting of an operable sash hinged on each vertical side that projects outward from the plane of the frame at the bottom but then pivots to allow complete reversibility of the sash for cleaning from the inside. The opening may be limited in a pre-determined position for safety or to hold the sash in position under wind load. The sash will also be restricted in the fully reversed position for safety during cleaning.

33


Torsion — the twist induced in a product by the application of a static load to an extreme free corner of that product and normal to its plane.

Transom — an operable or non-operable product that is designed to be a companion product installed above a fenestration product.Commentary: Transoms often have their own separate frame or are contained within the frame of a composite unit.

Tributary width — the width of wind-bearing area contributing to the load on a mullion or divider.

Tropical awning window — a window consisting of one or more top-hinged or pivoted sash that swing outward at the bottom edge and are operated by one control device that securely closes them at both jambs without the use of any additional manually controlled locking devices.

Tropical window — see Jal-awning window, Jalousie window, and Tropical awning window.

True divided lite (TDL) — a lite in which dividers (muntins) separate the glazing into individual smaller glazing lites.

Tubular daylighting device (TDD) — a non-operable fenestration unit primarily designed to transmit daylight from a roof surface to an interior space via a closed-end tubular conduit. The basic unit generally consists of an exterior glazed weathering surface, a light-transmitting tube with a reflective inner surface, and an interior closure glazing in a retainer frame. The interior closure glazing is generally sealed. A TDD product line can be tested and rated in either or both of the following configurations:(a) Closed ceiling (CC): the tubular conduit passes through unconditioned space.(b) Open ceiling (OC): the tubular conduit is suspended in conditioned space.

Turn-tilt window unit — see Dual-action window.

Unit skylight — a complete factory-assembled glass- or plastic-glazed fenestration unit consisting of not more than one panel of glass or plastic installed in a sloped or horizontal orientation primarily for natural daylighting. Unit skylights are either fixed (non-operable) or venting (operable).

Vehicular-access door — a door that is used for vehicular traffic at entrances of buildings such as garages, loading docks, parking lots, factories, and industrial plants, and is not generally used for pedestrian traffic.

Vertical fenestration — fenestration products that are installed at an angle less than 15° from vertical.

Vertically pivoted window — see Pivoted window.

Vertical sliding window — a hung or non-hung window consisting of at least one manually operated sash that slides vertically within a common frame.

Water penetration — penetration of water beyond the plane intersecting the innermost projection of the test specimen, not including interior trim and hardware, under the specified conditions of air pressure difference across the specimen.Commentary: Any form of liquid water (including percolating water) beyond the inner-most plane, independent of amount or means of occurrence, is considered water penetration as defined by ASTM E331 and E547.

Weatherstrip (weatherseal) — a flexible component used to reduce air leakage, water penetration, or both between sash, leaf, panel, and/or frame.

Weephole (weep) — an opening that allows water to drain.

Welded — when materials are fused by heat to become one when cooled.

34


Window — an operable or non-operable assembly that is installed in an opening within an exterior wall or roof intended to admit light or air to an enclosure, and is usually framed and glazed.Commentary: Windows are typically designed to accommodate factory fabrication and glazing.

Window wall — a non-load-bearing fenestration system provided in combination assemblies and composite units, including transparent vision panels and/or opaque glass or metal panels, which span from the top of a floor slab to the underside of the next higher floor slab.Commentary: Window walls are available with separate or integral slab edge covers and can be fabricated from windows or curtain wall or storefront systems. Primary provision for anchorage occurs at head and sill conditions. Receptor systems can be designed as a part of drainage and movement accommodation provisions. Window walls are not to be confused with Curtain walls or Storefronts.

4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

4.1 GENERALCommentary: Clause 4.1 explains the general requirements applicable to all products rated for compliance to NAFS.

4.1.1 INTERPRETATIONS No entity shall claim partial compliance with the requirements of this Standard/Specification.

Because of the specialized and highly detailed nature of the requirements in this Standard/Specification, the Joint Document Management Group (JDMG), as the coordinator for the three associations, shall have the sole authority to issue formal technical interpretations of this Standard/Specification.Commentary: Clause 4.1.1 explains that partial compliance to NAFS cannot be claimed, and also states that only the sponsors, through their coordinating committee, can issue formal technical interpretations to NAFS.

4.1.2 PARTIAL COMPLIANCE This voluntary Standard/Specification covers requirements for primary and dual windows, primary and dual side-hinged door systems, sliding doors, secondary storm products (SSPs), tubular daylighting devices (TDDs), roof windows, and unit skylights for new construction and replacement applications. All products rated in accordance with this Standard/Specification shall conform to all the applicable requirements of this Standard/Specification. No entity shall claim partial compliance with the requirements of this Standard/Specification. All products covered by this Standard/Specification shall be installed in full accordance with the manufacturer’s documented instructions.Commentary: Process control requirements, component interchangeability, and requirements for retesting to NAFS are addressed by independent certification programs.

4.1.3 ADDITIONAL STANDARDS FOR CANADA The CSA A440S1 Canadian Supplement provides additional requirements to this Standard/Specification for compliance in Canada.

4.2 GATEWAY PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSEach product type has a defined “gateway” set of primary requirements for the applicable product type (see Table 12.2). Gateway performance requirements are the minimum allowable performance levels that a gateway test specimen shall achieve. Once achieved, a product will be rated with the applicable Performance Class (R, LC, CW, or AW), except for roof windows, unit skylights, and TDDs. The gateway test specimen size shall be equal to or larger than the specified minimum test size, in both height and width, as specified in Table 12.2, unless the product is being qualified for Performance Class R in accordance with Clause 5.3.5. Typically, the minimum allowable performance levels and the gateway size change as the Performance Class changes. All gateway test specimens shall achieve certain minimum Performance Grades (PG) with corresponding performance levels for air leakage resistance, water

35


penetration resistance, uniform load resistance, and, where required, forced-entry resistance and operating force. Also, all gateway test specimens shall achieve certain additional minimum performance levels for auxiliary (durability) and material tests specific to the product operator type. See Clause 9 for additional details. For additional details related to roof windows, unit skylights, and TDDs, see Clause 8.Commentary: Minimum allowable performance levels required to conform are given in Clause 4.2, as well as the minimum product test sizes. Meeting both conditions will allow further testing of other sizes and/or testing to higher performance levels.

4.3 PERFORMANCE GRADES (PG)Commentary: Clause 4.3 explains the concept of Performance Grades. See Section 2405.5 of the 2006 IBC (or later) for an example of the use of this term in building codes.

4.3.1 ASSIGNMENT OF PERFORMANCE GRADE (PG)Performance Grade (PG) shall be achieved only upon successful completion of all applicable tests specified in Clause 9.

After complying with all minimum requirements specified, the product shall be assigned a Performance Grade in multiple increments of 240 Pa (~5.01 psf), as specified in Tables 5.1, 5.3, 5.5, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, and/or 8.2, 8.4 and 8.73. Optional Performance Grades (PG) shall not exceed the applicable Performance Grades (PG) limit specified in Tables 5.1, 5.3, 5.5, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.3, 8.6, and/or 8.2, 8.4 and 8.73. Clause 9.1 defines the testing sequence.Note: See Clause 0.2.3 for additional details.Commentary: Clause 4.3.1 specifies that Performance Grades (PG) cannot be assigned or claimed unless all applicable test requirements of Clause 9 have been successfully completed.

4.3.1.1 Optional Performance Grades (PG)Commentary: Clause 4.3.1.1 contains additional requirements and tests for products that are to be tested for higher performance levels beyond gateway. It incorporates uniform load deflection test, uniform load structural test, and water penetration resistance test pressures higher than the minimums specified in NAFS Table 12.2.

The following requirements shall apply to testing for optional Performance Grades (PG):

(a) the original specimen shall be permitted to be tested; or(b) another specimen of any smaller size shall be permitted to be tested. If the additional specimen is

either wider or taller than the gateway specimen, all tests in Clause 9 applicable to the product type shall be conducted.

Clause 4.3.1.1 shall be used in conjunction with Clauses 5.3.5 and 12. All products tested under Clause 4.3.1.1 shall be required to conform to all the requirements of Clauses 9 to 12 and Table 12.2 applicable to the product designation under consideration. Prior to being considered for an optional Performance Grade (PG), a product shall comply with

(a) the general requirements of Clauses 9 to 12;(b) all appropriate material and component requirements specified in Clauses 10 and 11;(c) all specific product performance requirements specified in Clause 5.3.5 or 12 for the product type;

and(d) the gateway performance requirements for the minimum Performance Grade (PG) listed in Clause

5.3.5 or 12.After complying with all minimum requirements specified in Items (a) to (d), the product shall be

permitted to be tested in any test size for conformance to an optional Performance Grade (PG), within the same Performance Class.

4.4 PRODUCT DESIGNATIONSCommentary: Clause 4.4 explains the NAFS product designation system for product labels, literature and other identification.

4.4.1 GENERAL

36


A Primary Designator shall be used to designate products included in this Standard/Specification. An optional Secondary Designator shall be permitted if desired. The use of a Secondary Designator, or any portion thereof, shall only be permitted in conjunction with the Primary Designator and shall be preceded by the Primary Designator. All written presentations of any Secondary Designator, or any portion thereof, in any manner, shall have a text size not larger than that of the Primary Designator. For the purpose of compliance with this Standard/Specification, all written presentations shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

(a) product labels;(b) technical literature;(c) web-based or other electronic publications; and(d) advertising.

4.4.2 PRIMARY DESIGNATORCommentary: Clause 4.4.2 contains requirements for the three or four-part Primary Designator.

4.4.2.1 GeneralThe Primary Designator in this Standard/Specification is a three- or four-part code, which includes Performance Class, Performance Grade (PG), maximum size tested to achieve this rating, and (optionally) product type. When used, the product type shall be presented in full or represented by abbreviations as shown in Figures 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 6.1, and 8.1. The abbreviations shall be as indicated in Table 4.1.

Primary Designators shall only be permitted in the format indicated in the following examples.as follows:

Casement Window:Class R — PG25: Size tested 760 × 1520 mm (~30 × 60 in)Class R — PG25: Size tested 29.9 × 59.8 inClass R — PG1200 (SI): Size tested 760 × 1520 mm

For all designators, there is an option to add the product type at the end of the designator at the manufacturer’s discretion.

Examples:Class R — PG25: Size tested 760 × 1520 mm (~30 × 60 in) — CasementorClass R — PG25: Size tested 760 × 1520 mm (~30 × 60 in) — Type C

Legend:

Class R — Performance Class (see Clauses 0.2.1 and 4.4.2.3)PG25 — Performance Grade (PG) (IP) (see Clauses 0.2.3 and 4.4.2.4)PG1200 (SI) — Performance Grade (PG) (SI) (see Clauses 0.2.3 and 4.4.2.4)Size tested 760 × 1520 mm— maximum size tested (SI) (see Clause 4.4.2.5)Size tested 29.92 × 59.84 in— maximum size tested (IP) (see Clause 4.4.2.5)Casement or Type C — product type (see Clause 4.4.2.2)

37


Figure 4.1

Primary Designator (Example 1)

(See Clause 4.4.2.1)

An asterisk (*) added to the Primary Designator indicates that the tested specimen size was smaller, in either width or height, than the gateway test size specified in Table 12.2 for the product type and Performance Class. An asterisk shall be added to the Primary Designator when a smaller specimen was tested to achieve an optional Performance Grade (PG) as specified in Clause 4.3.1.1 or the alternative minimum test size option was used as specified in Clause 5.3.5. An example of asterisk use is shown in Figure 4.2.

Hung Window — Downsized:Class R — PG30 — Size tested 800 × 1800 mm* (~32 × 71 in*)Class R — PG30 — Size tested 31.5 × 70.9 in*Class R — PG1440 (SI) — Size tested 800 × 1800 mm*

For all designators, there is an option to add the product type at the end of the designator at the manufacturer’s discretion.

Examples:Class R — PG30: Size tested 800 × 1800 mm* (~32 × 71 in*) — HungorClass R — PG30: Size tested 800 × 1800 mm* (~32 × 71 in*) — Type H

Legend:

Class R — Performance Class (see Clauses 0.2.1 and 4.4.2.3)PG30 — Performance Grade (PG) (IP) (see Clauses 0.2.3 and 4.4.2.4)PG1440 (SI) — Performance Grade (PG) (SI) (see Clauses 0.2.3 and 4.4.2.4)Size tested 800 × 1800 mm— maximum size tested (SI) (see Clause 4.4.2.5)Size tested 31.50 × 70.87 in— maximum size tested (IP) (see Clause 4.4.2.5)* — Test specimen size is smaller than gateway test sizeHung or Type H — product type (see Clause 4.4.2.2)

Figure 4.2



Unit Skylight – plastic glazed:SKP — PG40: Size tested 1188 × 1212 mm (~48 × 48 in)SKP — PG40: Size tested 47.5 × 48.5 inSKP — PG1915 (SI): Size tested 1188 × 1212 mm

For all designators, there is an option to add the product type at the end of the designator at the manufacturer’s discretion as follows.

SKP — PG40: Size tested 1188 × 1212 mm (~48 × 48 in) – Unit skylight – plastic glazed

38


Figure 4.3



4.4.2.2 Product typeProduct type designations shall be as specified in Table 4.1 for the window, door, SSP, TDD, roof window, and unit skylight product types covered in this Standard/Specification.Commentary: Clause 4.4.2.2 contains the product type designations used in the Primary Designator, and references the Commentary Figure C4.4.2.2 illustrating product type. These are illustrative examples only, and are not intended to be all inclusive, nor a definition of test sample configuration.

Table 4.1

Product types

(See Clauses 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 12.1, and 12.3.2)

AP = Awning, hopper, projected window RWP = Roof window — plastic glazed

ATD = Architectural terrace door SD = Sliding door

BW = Basement window SHD = Side-hinged door

C = Casement window SHW = Side-hinged (inswinging) window

DASHD = Dual-action side-hinged door SKG = Unit skylight — glass glazed

DAW = Dual-action window SKP = Unit skylight — plastic glazed

FD = Fixed door SLT = Side lite

FLD = Folding door SP = Specialty product

FW = Fixed window SSP = Secondary storm product

GH = Greenhouse window TA = Tropical awning window

H = Hung window TDDCC = Tubular daylighting device — closed ceiling

HE = Hinged rescue window TDDOC = Tubular daylighting device — open ceiling

HP = Horizontally pivoted window TH = Top-hinged window

HS = Horizontal sliding window TTR = Top Turn Reversible

J = Jalousie window TR = Transom

JA = Jal-awning window VP = Vertically pivoted window

LWDASHD = Limited Water dual-action side-hinged door VS = Vertical sliding window

LWFLD = Limited Water folding door XSHD = Exception hardware side-hinge door

39


LWSHD = Limited Water side-hinged door XDASHD =

Exception hardware dual-action side-hinged door

MA = Mullion Assembly XLWSHD = Exception hardware Limited Water side-hinged door

POW = Parallel opening window XLWDASHD =Exception hardware Limited Water dual-action side-hinged door

RWG = Roof window — glass glazed

40


Commentary Figure C4.4.2.2

Product type illustrations


41


Commentary Figure C4.4.2.2 (Continued)

42


Commentary Figure C4.4.2.2 (Continued)

43


Top-Turn Reversible Window

Commentary Figure C4.4.2.2 (Concluded)

4.4.2.3 Performance Class

44


Window and door products included in this Standard/Specification shall be classified according to one or more of the four Performance Classes (R, LC, CW, and AW) described in Clause 0.2.1 and Table 6.53. A single product may qualify for multiple Performance Classes provided that all requirements are met for each Performance Class.

4.4.2.4 Performance Grade (PG)Throughout this Standard/Specification, products shall be designated by “Performance Grade”, “grade”, or “PG”. Performance Grade (PG) designations shall be achieved only upon successful completion of all applicable tests specified in Clause 9.

Note: See Clause 0.2.3 for additional details.Commentary: Clause 4.4.2.4 explains that “Performance Grade”, “grade” and “PG” all mean the same thing,

4.4.2.5 Maximum size tested (MST)The maximum size tested (MST) shall be required on designations reporting or recording individual product performance. The MST shall be designated by width times (X) height in millimeters, e.g., 705 × 1503. The MST shall be permitted to be additionally shown in inches, e.g., 705 × 1503 (~27.8 × 59.2).

Test size is a critical factor in determining compliance with this Standard/Specification. Each product type has a defined gateway set of requirements. See Clauses 5.3.5 and 12 for additional details. One of these gateway requirements is minimum gateway test size. Products shall be tested at the minimum gateway test size or a larger specimen size as a condition of entering an applicable Performance Class. An optional alternative to this, for Class R products only, is specified in Clause 5.3.5. After passing all of the performance requirements for the product type, Performance Class (where applicable), and Performance Grade (PG), the product shall be designated with the appropriate Primary Designator. This designation shall only be applied to production sizes of identical construction equal to or smaller than the size tested in both width and height. See Clause 10.2.3.3 for glazing exceptions. For downsized door products where structural material within the leaf has been removed, e.g., to accommodate a lite insert equal to that of a larger leaf, an additional positive and negative uniform load structural test shall be conducted on the downsized specimen to verify structural performance.

Persons wishing to prove compliance with both the gateway and the optional performance requirements on the same test specimen shall test a specimen equal to or greater than the minimum gateway test size for that product type.

Any geometric shape that fits within the gateway size and shape (or larger test size) for a particular product type shall be permitted to be qualified by the shape, provided that the frame, sash, leaves, panels, hardware, hardware location, components, and construction remain the same. Further guidelines for qualification are provided in Clause 12.Commentary: The user is cautioned not to confuse the terms “minimum test size” and “maximum size tested”. In order to claim that a product is entitled to be included in a given Performance Class, it needs to meet or exceed all of the minimum requirements for the product type and/or Performance Class. This set of minimum requirements is called the gateway requirements. “Minimum gateway test sizes (or larger)” is one of the gateway requirements for qualifying for a Primary Designator, except as specified in Clause 5.3.5 for Class R products. The manufacturer is permitted to test products larger than the minimum gateway size and still qualify for a rating in that Performance Class. After meeting the minimum requirements, the manufacturer is permitted to test a second time at a reduced specimen size. The first test at the “minimum gateway test size (or larger)” provides apples to apples comparisons of products rated in the same product type and/or Performance Class. Since the second test is not required to be at the minimum test size, it becomes necessary to report to the user the actual specimen size during the second test. Indicating the “maximum size tested” fulfills this reporting function. For this reason, the MST is a mandatory part of the product rating but should never be included in a project specification. (See insertions)

Any geometric shape that fits within the gateway size and shape (or larger test size) for a particular product type is allowed to be qualified by the shape, provided that the frame, sash, leaves, panels, hardware, hardware location, components, and construction remain the same. The guiding principles behind the creation of NAFS Figure 12.3 are to clarify and further develop rules for grouping of composite unit test specimens within NAFS in order to qualify the maximum number of unit variations with the minimum amount of testing.

45


Figure 4.4Special shapes and sizes — Single-hung windows

(See Clauses 12.3.2 and 12.3.3)(Continued)

46


Figure 4.4 (Concluded)

4.4.2.6 Special shapes and sizes — Single-hung windowsWhen the single-hung window is limited to a two-lite-high single-hung window, and if the manufacturer provides a comparative analysis in accordance with AAMA 2502, the structural testing of an even split unit shall also qualify an uneven split unit, provided that the lower portion is less than H/2 and the overall frame size of the uneven split unit is equal to or less than that of the even split unit.Commentary: The terms “even” and “uneven” refer to the relative sizes of the sash or panel pairs, e.g., “even” where HU = HL, “uneven” where HU ≠ HL.

47


Figure 4.5Special shapes and sizes — Double-hung windows

(See Clauses 12.3.2 and 12.3.3)

(Continued)

48



4.4.2.7 Special shapes and sizes — Double-hung windowsWhen the double-hung window is limited to a two-lite-high double-hung window, structural testing of the maximum upper and lower sash shall qualify all sash sizes equal to or smaller than those tested in both height and width.

49


Figure 4.6Special shapes and sizes — Single sliding windows and doors


50



4.4.2.8 Special shapes and sizes — Single sliding windows and doorsWhen the single sliding windows and doors are limited to a two-lite-wide OX or XO horizontal sliding window or door, and if the manufacturer provides a comparative analysis in accordance with AAMA 2502, the structural testing of an even split unit shall also qualify an uneven split unit, provided that one portion is less than W/2 and the overall frame size of the uneven split unit is equal to or less than that of the even split unit (see the Note to Clause 4.4.2.6).

51


Commentary: The terms “even” and “uneven” refer to the relative sizes of the sash or panel pairs, e.g., “even” where WL = WR, “uneven” where WL ≠ WR.

Figure 4.7Special shapes and sizes — Double sliding windows and doors


52



53


Figure 4.8Special shapes and sizes — Specialty products


4.4.3 SECONDARY DESIGNATORCommentary: Clause 4.4.3 contains requirements for the optional Secondary Designator elements.

4.4.3.1 GeneralThe Secondary Designator is an optional supplement to the Primary Designator. The use of a Secondary Designator, or any portion thereof, shall only be permitted in conjunction with the Primary Designator and shall be preceded by the Primary Designator. All written presentations of any Secondary Designator, or

54


any portion thereof, in any manner, shall have a text size not larger than that of the Primary Designator. For the purpose of compliance with this Standard/Specification, all written presentations shall include, but not be limited to, product labels, technical literature, web-based or other electronic publications, and advertising.

The Secondary Designator consists of up to four items of text that indicate(a) positive design pressure (DP);(b) negative design pressure (DP);(c) water penetration resistance test pressure; and(d) Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration level.Any of Items (a) to (d) shall be permitted to be included or excluded at the manufacturer’s discretion. Any of Items (a) to (d) that are used shall be presented in the order shown above. Items (a) and (b) shall be permitted to be combined into a single line item that indicates design pressure (DP) +/–.

4.4.3.2 Positive design pressure (DP)In the Secondary Designator, the positive design pressure (DP) indicates the product’s design pressure (DP) rating in the positive direction (e.g., higher pressure on exterior relative to interior). For unit skylights, roof windows, and TDDs, the positive design pressure (DP) represents download. Positive DP refers to “allowable stress design” (as opposed to “strength design”), as referenced in ASCE/SEI 7.Commentary: For example, a product with a positive design pressure (DP) of 2400 Pa (~50.13 psf) is permitted to have the following line of text in the Secondary Designator: Positive Design Pressure (DP) = 2400 Pa (~50.13 psf). Positive design pressure (DP) is only permitted in increments of 240 Pa (~5.01 psf), as indicated in NAFS Tables 5.1, 5.3, 5.5, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.2, 8.4 and 8.73.

Users of this Standard/Specification are advised that the positive design pressure (DP) is not an indication of water penetration resistance performance. To determine water penetration resistance performance, the user is referred to the Performance Grade (PG) portion of the Primary Designator and/or the water penetration resistance test pressure portion of the Secondary Designator.

4.4.3.3 Negative design pressure (DP)In the Secondary Designator, the negative design pressure (DP) indicates the product’s design

pressure (DP) rating in the negative direction (e.g., higher presser on interior relative to exterior to interior). For unit skylights, roof windows, and TDDs, the negative design pressure (DP) represents uplift. Negative DP refers to “allowable stress design” (as opposed to “strength design”), as referenced in ASCE/SEI 7.

No part of the Primary Designator provides a means for indicating the Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration level. However, it is recognized that some method for doing so is often desirable for both manufacturers and specifiers. Therefore, it shall be permitted to report the achieved Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration level in the Secondary Designator.Commentary: For example, a product with a negative design pressure (DP) of 3120 Pa (~65.16 psf) is permitted to have the following line of text in the Secondary Designator: Negative Design Pressure (DP) = 3120 Pa (~65.16 psf). Negative design pressure (DP) is only permitted in increments of 240 Pa (~5.01 psf), as indicated in NAFS Tables 5.1, 5.3, 5.5, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.2, 8.4 and 8.73.

It is recognized that ASCE/SEI 7 has gained wide acceptance in the United States as a suitable approach for assessing minimum design load requirements for structures and their components. It is also recognized that the calculations specified in ASCE/SEI 7 result in separate positive and negative design wind loads, with the negative design wind loads very frequently being of greater magnitude than the positive design wind loads, particularly for vertical products. Positive or negative DP refers to “allowable stress design” (as opposed to “strength design”), as referenced in ASCE/SEI 7.

Unit skylights, TDDs, and roof windows often require different download and/or uplift design loads for applicable project requirements. For example, in a skylight product intended for coastal application, the specified negative design wind load (uplift) is often significant and the positive design load (download) is minimal, while in a product intended for an area that receives large quantities of snow and ice, the reverse would apply.

ASCE/SEI 7 may not be the only means for complying in all jurisdictions. Loads on structures and their components are determined in accordance with the requirements of the applicable building code. In Canada the calculations to determine the appropriate load requirements for fenestration are based on the hourly wind pressure (HWP) tabulated in the National Building Code of Canada. The CSA A440S1 defines the calculations to be used to determine the appropriate load requirements for fenestration base on the HWP data.

4.4.3.4 Water penetration resistance test pressure

55


The Performance Grade (PG) rating for a product is sometimes limited by structural performance rather than by water penetration resistance performance. In these cases, the tested specimen might have successfully passed a water penetration resistance test at a pressure significantly greater than the minimum specified for the Performance Class and Performance Grade (PG).

For example, a product that was successfully tested to a water penetration resistance test pressure of 580 Pa (~12.11 psf) shall be permitted to have the following line of text in the Secondary Designator: Water Penetration Resistance Test Pressure = 580 Pa (~12.11 psf).The water penetration resistance test pressure shall be reported only in the increments specified in Tables 5.1, 5.3, 5.5, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.2, 8.4, and 8.73, except that reporting a water penetration resistance test pressure of 0 Pa (0.00 psf) shall be permitted for Limited Water side-hinged doors, dual action side-hinged doors and folding doors. Testing and rating at test pressures greater than the specified minimum test pressures is permitted.

4.4.3.5 Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration levelClauses 5.2.2, 6.3.2, and 8.3.1 define combined Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration levels. No part of the Primary Designator provides a means for indicating the Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration level. However, it is recognized that some method for doing so is often desirable for both manufacturers and specifiers. Therefore, it shall be permitted to report the achieved Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration level in the Secondary Designator.Commentary: For example, a product that successfully achieved the Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration A3 level is allowed to have the following line of text in the Secondary Designator: Canadian Air Infiltration/Exfiltration = A3 Level.

4.4.3.6 ExamplesThe examples in Clauses 5.2.2, 6.3.2, and 8.3.1 illustrate the use of Secondary Designators in conjunction with Primary Designators.

4.5 DUAL WINDOWS OR DUAL DOORSCommentary: Clause 4.5 contains the requirements for dual window and dual doors.

4.5.1 GENERALWhen the manufacturer chooses to test and market a product as a dual window or dual door incorporating an SSP, this Clause and Clause 4.5.2 shall apply.

Operation of the primary and secondary sash and/or leaf or leaves shall be performed independently of each other. Dual windows and doors are marketed and tested as integral units.

Only units that are tested as an integral product shall be rated as dual windows (DW) or dual doors (DD).

Dual window or door configurations include(a) interior primary/exterior secondary;(b) exterior primary/interior secondary; and(c) interior primary/exterior primary.

4.5.2 REQUIREMENTSCommentary: Clause 4.5.2 contains the detailed requirements for dual windows and dual doors.

4.5.2.1 RemovabilityExterior secondary window sash shall not be operable or removable from the outside when closed.

4.5.2.2 Hold open devicesNormally operated secondary window sash shall have hardware devices designed to hold sash secure and level in ventilating positions.

4.5.2.3 Secondary storm products in dual windows

56


In addition to meeting the applicable Clauses of this Standard/Specification, SSPs, when provided as a component of a dual window, shall comply with AAMA 1002.10, and exterior storm doors, when provided as a component of a side-hinged dual door, shall comply with AAMA 1102.7.

When SSPs are rated independently, they shall comply with all applicable Clauses of this Standard/Specification as well as AAMA 1002.10 and AAMA 1102.7.

4.5.2.4 Hold open devices in SSPs DLOn non-hung, vertically sliding products and on SSPs, normally operated secondary window sash shall have hardware devices designed to prevent unintended closure of the sash. There shall be a latch position to provide an open space at least 25 mm (~1 in) but not more than 100 mm (~4 in) high between sash and sill. The upper sash shall be held in place by means other than the screen insert.

4.5.2.5 Additional testingWhen a secondary window or door is included with the test specimen, performance shall be determined for the primary window or door alone for all tests specified in Clause 9.3. In addition, the dual window or door system shall be tested in both the single mode (where applicable) and dual mode for(a) force to latch door in accordance with Clause 6.4.5.1;(b) water penetration resistance in accordance with Clause 9.3.3;(c) uniform load resistance in accordance with Clause 9.3.4; and(d) operating force in accordance with Clause 9.3.1.1. (Force shall be in accordance with Tables 5.64,

7.53, and 8.64 for the operator type and Performance Class.)Testing of two separate specimens, one in the dual mode and one in the single mode, shall be

permitted.The performance of each configuration shall be measured and recorded in the test report.In addition to the mandatory testing specified in this Clause and at the manufacturer’s discretion, the

dual window or door system shall be permitted to also be tested in the single mode (where applicable), the dual mode, or both modes, in accordance with any or all of the other tests specified in Clause 9.3. At the manufacturer’s discretion, the results of this optional testing shall be permitted to be included in the test report.

4.6 MULLIONSCommentary: Clause 4.6 contains the requirements for mullions.

4.6.1 MULLION RATING AWSTesting composite units or mulled combination assemblies (including window wall assemblies) in accordance with this Standard/Specification qualifies mullions in similar units or assemblies with equal or smaller spans, and equal or smaller tributary widths, and horizontal mullions with equal or smaller supported mass.

For testing combination assemblies, see Clause 4.6.3.2.Mullion ratings shall be determined according to the requirements and procedures of AAMA 450 (i.e.,

air, water, and structural) and the ratings shall become a part of the test record for the composite units or mulled combination assembly.

Provisions in referenced Standards requiring design by engineers licensed in the United States do not apply to windows or doors installed in Canada. In Canada, provincial or territorial legislation governing engineering practices shall apply where design by engineers is required.

Integral mullions, combination mullions, or reinforcing mullions shall be capable of withstanding the design loads outlined in Clause 5.3.5 or 12. Mullions shall be designed to transfer the design loads applied by the adjacent fenestration units to the rough opening substrate.

See Clause 11.4 for additional information on reinforcing.Commentary: Commentary Figure C4.6.1 provides guidance on various types of mullions and their application (see also the definitions in Clause 3).

57


Commentary Figure C4.6.1Mullion types and applications

(See Clause 4.6.1)(Continued)

58


Commentary Figure C4.6.1 (Continued)(Continued)

59


Commentary Figure C4.6.1 (Continued)(Continued)

60


Commentary Figure C4.6.1 (Concluded)

4.6.2 COMPOSITE UNITS AWSComposite units utilize integral mullions within a single frame. Composite units shall be tested as a complete unit according to the provisions of the appropriate clauses of this Standard/Specification.

61


Testing shall be in accordance with Clause 12.3.6 or the composite unit shall be reviewed by a qualified engineer.Commentary: In the U.S., a qualified engineer for this purpose is defined as a professional engineer in accordance with AAMA 450, Option 3. In Canada, a qualified engineer is determined by the appropriate provincial or territorial professional engineering association.

4.6.3 COMBINATION ASSEMBLIESCommentary: Clause 4.6.3 explains the requirements for combination assembles.

4.6.3.1 General AWSCombination assemblies utilize combination mullions and/or reinforcing mullions between separate window or door units. Combination assemblies shall be qualified:

(a) by testing as combination assemblies; or(b) by testing as individual units, with mullion performance tested separately or calculated in accordance

with AAMA 450.

4.6.3.2 Testing as a combination assembly AWSIf tested as a combination assembly, the individual units making up the combination assembly shall also qualify as individual units with unit width and height less than or equal to individual test unit size, provided that the individual units also comply with Clause 4.4.2.5. Also, the mullion shall qualify for spans and tributary widths less than or equal to those of the tested combination assembly.

4.6.4 FIELD MULLING WITHOUT MANUFACTURER’S INVOLVEMENTWindows and doors combined into assemblies consisting of two or more individual units in the field without the manufacturer’s involvement, testing, or evidence of compliance are not covered in this Standard/Specification. Manufacturer’s involvement includes published installation procedures and manufactured parts, such as mullion stiffeners, brackets, and fasteners.

4.6.5 UNIFORM LOAD DEFLECTIONCommentary: Clause 4.6.5 contains the uniform load deflection testing criteria for mullions.

4.6.5.1 General AWSMullions shall be designed to withstand the full design load specified, regardless of the fenestration product Performance Class.

4.6.5.2 Tests AWSThe uniform load deflection test at design pressure (DP) shall be conducted in accordance with Clause 9.3.4.2. Deflection of all mullions tested at design pressure (DP) shall be recorded. Evidence of compliance for all Performance Classes shall be permitted to be by mathematical calculation using accepted engineering methods.

The uniform load structural test at 150% of design pressure (DP) shall be conducted in accordance with Clause 9.3.4.3. Mullions shall be capable of resisting a load 150% of the design pressure (DP) loads applied by the product assemblies to be supported without exceeding the appropriate material stress levels. The 150% of design pressure (DP) load shall be sustained for 10 seconds, and the permanent deformation shall not exceed 0.4% of the mullion span for R and LC products, 0.3% of the mullion span for CW products, and 0.2% of the mullion span for AW products after the 150% design pressure (DP) load is removed.

4.6.5.3 Integral mullions used with Class CW and AW products AWSIntegral mullions used with CW and AW class products (only) shall not exceed a deflection of 1/175th of the span of the mullion when the unit is loaded at design pressure (DP). Deflection limits for integral mullions apply only to CW and AW classes.

62


4.6.5.4 Combination mullions and reinforcing mullions used with products of any Performance Class AWSCombination mullions and reinforcing mullions used with products of any Performance Class shall be capable of resisting the design pressure (DP) loads applied by the adjacent product assemblies to be supported.

Combination mullions and reinforcing mullions of combination assemblies rated per option 2 of AAMA 450 shall not exceed a deflection of 1/175th of the span of the mullion when the combination assembly is loaded at design pressure (DP). Deflection limits for combination mullions and reinforcing mullions shall apply to the mullion only. The mullion bending moment shall not exceed the option 2 bench test derived values.

Combination mullions and reinforcing mullions of combination assemblies rated per option 3 of AAMA 450 shall not exceed a deflection of 1/175th of the span of the mullion when the combination assembly is loaded at design pressure (DP). Deflection limits for combination mullions and reinforcing mullions shall apply to the mullion only. Neither the mullion bending stress nor the bending moment shall exceed the published allowable values or test derived design parameters.

4.6.6 OPERATIONAL INTERFERENCE AWSOperation of windows or doors shall not be impaired by the vertical deflection of horizontal mullions. The vertical deflection of horizontal mullions shall be determined for the most severe type of loading (magnitude and location) applied to the member. This shall require that units/assemblies be evaluated with the heaviest glazing configuration available from the manufacturer. If the horizontal mullion supports a fixed lite or transom, the method shall assume that both ends are simply supported and that the loads are applied at quarter points. The deflection shall be determined by test or calculation, knowing the stiffness value of the member and the magnitude of the total load, which shall be determined from the mass of the sash or panels supported by the member.

4.6.7 VERTICAL (DEAD LOAD) DEFLECTION AWSThe vertical deflection of horizontal mullions shall not exceed 3 mm (~1/8 in) or half the clearance between the product frame and operating portion, whichever is less. Also, there shall be no permanent deformation of any part of the test specimen that would inhibit operation of any adjacent products.

4.7 MULLION ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCEIn addition to testing for AWS performance, the Performance Class attributes of Mullion Assemblies shall be recorded, reported and where necessary, labeled. When mullions are qualified by engineering (in accordance with Clause 4.6), they shall be designed for a deflection limit of L/175 under design pressure for all Performance Classes. However when qualified by testing, R and LC mullions are not required to be evaluated for deflection. CW and AW mullions are required to be limited to L/175 deflection. When qualified by testing, all mullions are required to be tested to Class-specific permanent set values.Commentary: Clause 4.7 contains the water and air leakage testing requirements for mullions.\

4.7.1 WATER TESTING AWSThe mullion’s water penetration resistance rating is the test combination assembly’s overall water penetration resistance rating in Pa (psf).

4.7.2 AIR LEAKAGE TESTING AWSSince mullions often have zero width and no area, the mullion’s air leakage rate is the test combination assembly’s overall air leakage rate in L/S/M2 (cfm/ft2).

4.8 MULLION ASSEMBLY PRIMARY DESIGNATOR

63


Figure 4.9 provides the Primary Designator for mullions in combination assemblies. of manufactured units and reinforcing mullions. The This mullion designator can be used for the permanent labeling of a combination assembly and the following designator for a and on temporary labels. This designator would work for options 1, 2, and 3 and assemblies qualified through grouping per AAMA 450.

The maximum area tested, in conjunction with the span identified means “mullion tributary area”, not “combination assembly area”.Commentary: The Mullion Assembly Primary Designator example in Figure 4.9 is for a vertical mull between two units as shown in the illustration below. The left unit is an operating casement, frame = 914 mm (36.00 in.) W x 2286 mm (90.00 in.) H. The right unit is a fixed window, frame = 2438 mm (96.00 in.) W x 2286 mm (90.00 in.) H. There is a 51mm (2 in.) wide mullion spread between the units. The 51mm (2 in.) spread may or may not contain a mullion stiffener, so this may refer to a combination mull or a reinforcing mull.

The left unit's trapezoidal tributary width is 457 mm (18.00 in.). The right unit's triangular tributary width is 1143 mm (45.00 in.). This mull's total wind load tributary width = 457 mm (18 in.) + 51 mm (2 in.) + 1143 mm (45 in.) = 1651 mm (65.00 in.).

See AAMA 450 for explanation of how to determine the various triangular and trapezoidal wind load mullion tributary areas, which lead to the tributary widths. By using AAMA 450 with a professional engineer's analysis, a MA rating can be applied to any of a group of different adjacent products, and/or the analysis might also include calculations for improved structural performance when the mullion span and/or tributary width is reduced.

64


Mullion Assembly Primary Designator:

Class R — PG1200 — MA: Size tested 2438 mm span/6.0 m2

Class R — PG25 — MA: Size tested 96.0 in span/64.6 ft2

Class R - PG40 - Size Tested 2286 mm Span / 1651 mm TribWd MA

Class R - PG40 - Size Tested 90.00 in Span / 65.00 in TribWd MA

At the right end of the designator the Mullion Assembly acronym (MA) must be listed.

Legend:Class R — Performance Class (see Clauses 0.2.1 and 4.4.2.3)PG1200 PG40 (SI) — Performance Grade (PG) (SI) (see Clauses 0.2.3 and 4.4.2.4)PG25PG40 — Performance Grade (PG) (IP) (see Clauses 0.2.3 and 4.4.2.4)MA — Mulled Mullioned assembly product type (see Clauses 4.6.5.3 and 4.6.5.4)Size tested 2438 2286 mm span— maximum mullion span tested (SI) (see Clause 4.4.2.5)Size tested 96.0 90.00 in span— maximum mullion span tested (IP) (see Clause 4.4.2.5)Size Tested - 1651 mm TribWd (SI) (see Clause 4.4.2.5) Size Tested - 65.00 in TribWd (IP) (see Clause 4.4.2.5) 6.0 m² — maximum area tested (SI) in conjunction with the span identified (see Clause 4.4.2.5)64.6 ft² — maximum area tested (IP) in conjunction with the span identified (see Clause 4.4.2.5)

Figure 4.9

Mullion Assembly designator

(See Clause 4.8)

4.9 CANADIAN MULLION ASSEMBLY SECONDARY DESIGNATOR Figure 4.9 provides the Secondary Designator for mullions in combination assemblies for products sold in Canada. These mullion designators can be used for permanent labeling and on temporary labels. This designator would work for options 1, 2, and 3 and assemblies qualified through grouping per AAMA 450.Commentary: See the Clause 4.8 for Mullion Assembly Primary Designator. For additional information on labeling performance of mullion assemblies for Canada consult the Fenestration Canada document “Voluntary NAFS Labeling Guidelines for Products with Mullions”.

Mullion Assembly Primary Designator:

Class R PG40 - Size Tested 2286 mm Span / 1651 mm TribWd MA

Class R - PG40 - Size Tested 90.00 in Span / 65.00 in TribWd MA

Mullion Assembly Secondary Designator:

Positive Design Pressure (DP) = 1920 Pa (40 psf)

Negative Design Pressure (DP) = 1920 Pa (40 psf)

65


Water Penetration Resistance Test Pressure = 220 Pa (4.50 psf)

Canadian Air Infiltration/Exfiltration = A2

At the right end of the designator the Mullion Assembly acronym (MA) must be listed.

Figure 4.10

Mullion Assembly designator

(See Clause 4.9)

5 CLASS R AND LC WINDOWS AND SLIDING DOORSCommentary: Clause 0.2.1 defines requirements for four Performance Classes. Clause 5 provides performance requirements for class R and LC windows and sliding doors. It separates those requirements that are specific to either the U.S. or Canada and those requirements that are applicable to both countries. It also differentiates between identifies gateway performances and optional performances.

5.1 CLASS R AND LC REQUIREMENTS (SPECIFIC TO THE U.S.)Commentary: Clause 5.1 highlights the performance requirements that are specific to the U.S. for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors.

5.1.1 GENERAL AWS DLTables 5.1 and 5.2 provides requirements specific to the U.S. for air leakage.Commentary: NAFS Table 5.1 lists requirements for U.S. optional Performance Grades for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors. NAFS Table 5.1 does not include the gateway requirements for any Performance Class.

It should be noted that in the U.S. the water penetration resistance test pressure is capped at 580 Pa (12.11 psf) for optional grade PG80 and above. Where products are subjected to increased risks of wind-driven rain events, or where a higher pressure is specified by a designer, the water penetration resistance test pressure specified in NAFS Table 5.1 may be increased to a maximum of 720 Pa (15.04 psf). Additional guidance on the selection of water test pressures may be found in AAMA TIR A13, “Recommended Static Water Test Pressures in Non Hurricane-Prone Regions of the United States”.

NAFS Table 5.2 lists requirements for U.S. only operating force requirements for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors.In the U.S., for all Class R and LC window product types (excluding sliding doors), the maximum operating force to initiate

motion is not part of the performance requirements but is measured and reported as part of the product testing.NAFS Table 5.21 lists requirements for U.S. only maximum allowable air leakage requirements for Class R and LC windows and

sliding doors. In the U.S., for all Class R and LC windows and sliding doors, the maximum allowable air leakage is measured in infiltration mode only.

It should be noted that in the U.S. the water penetration resistance test pressure is capped at 580 Pa (12.11 psf) and does not increase for Performance Grades above PG80. Where products are subjected to increased risks of wind-driven rain events, or where a higher pressure is specified by a designer, the water penetration resistance test pressure specified in NAFS Table 5.3 may be increased to a maximum of 720 Pa (15.04 psf). Additional guidance on the selection of water test pressures may be found in AAMA TIR A13,

66


Table 5.1 AWSU.S. (only) optional Performance Grades (PG)

(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 5.1.1, 6.4.2, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3

Performance Class and optional Performance Grades (PG)

Design pressure (DP)

Structural test pressure (STP)

Water penetration resistance test pressure

R LC Pa ~psf Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf)

20 — 960 (20.05) 1440 (30.08) 150 (3.13)

25 — 1200 (25.06) 1800 (37.59) 180 (3.76)

30 30 1440 (30.08) 2160 (45.11) 220 (4.59)

35 35 1680 (35.09) 2520 (52.63) 260 (5.43)

40 40 1920 (40.10) 2880 (60.15) 290 (6.06)

45 45 2160 (45.11) 3240 (67.67) 330 (6.89)

50 50 2400 (50.13) 3600 (75.19) 360 (7.52)

55 55 2640 (55.14) 3960 (82.71) 400 (8.35)

60 60 2880 (60.15) 4320 (90.23) 440 (9.19)

65 65 3120 (65.16) 4680 (97.74) 470 (9.82)

70 70 3360 (70.18) 5040 (105.26) 510 (10.65)

75 75 3600 (75.19) 5400 (112.78) 540 (11.28)

80 80 3840 (80.20) 5760 (120.30) 580 (12.11)

85 85 4080 (85.21) 6120 (127.82) 580 (12.11)

90 90 4320 (90.23) 6480 (135.34) 580 (12.11)

95 95 4560 (95.24) 6840 (142.86) 580 (12.11)

100 100 4800 (100.25) 7200 (150.38) 580 (12.11)

Notes:

(1) The IP equivalents identified are for approximate reference only and do not in any way imply accuracy of the measurement or the equipment. See Clause 1.3. Precision and bias statements are provided in the applicable test methods referenced in this Standard/Specification.

(2) Where products are subjected to increased risks of wind-driven rain events, or for other reasons, the water penetration resistance test pressure specified in this Table may be increased to a maximum of 720 Pa (~15.04 psf). Refer to AAMA TIR A13 for guidance.

67


Table 5.2 AWS DLU.S. (only) operating force requirements

(See Clauses 4.5.2.5, 5.1.1, and 9.3.1.1, and Table 0.1)

Product typePerformance Class

Point of force application

Direction of force

Maximum force to initiate motion

Maximum force to maintain motion

N (~lbf) N (~lbf)

Hung window — Vertical sliding

R Midpoint of operating handle(s) or of meeting rails

Upward and downward, parallel to plane of glazing

Report only 155 (34.85)


LC Midpoint of operating handle(s) or of meeting rails



Non-hung window — Vertical sliding


Upward, parallel to plane of glazing






Horizontal sliding window


Horizontal to left and right, parallel to plane of glazing






Horizontal sliding door

R and LC Midpoint of operating handle(s) or of meeting rails


135 (30.35) 90 (20.23)

Casement or projecting or parallel opening window with rotary operator

R and LC End of crank handle

Perpendicularto crank handle and screw


68


Casement or projecting, or parallel opening or top turn reversible window with lever-type operator

R and LC End of lever Perpendicular

to lever in the plane of its motion


Other casement projecting, or parallel opening or top turn reversible window

R and LC Midpoint of sash opposite hinges or operating handles

Perpendicular

to plane of glazing


Note: The IP equivalents identified are for approximate reference only and do not in any way imply accuracy of the measurement or the equipment. See Clause 1.3. Precision and bias statements are provided in the applicable test methods referenced in this Standard/Specification.

Table 5.21 AWSU.S. (only) Maximum allowable air leakage for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors

(See Clauses 5.1.1, 9.3.2.1, and 9.3.2.4)

Performance Class

Positive test pressure

Maximum allowable leakage

Pa (~psf) L/s•m² (~cfm/ft²)

R (jalousie windows only) 75 (1.57) 6.0 (1.18)

R, LC (except jalousie windows) 75 (1.57) 1.5 (0.30)


5.2 CLASS R AND LC REQUIREMENTS (SPECIFIC TO CANADA)Commentary: Clause 5.2 highlights the performance requirements that are specific to Canada for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors.

5.2.1 GENERAL AWS DLTable 5.3 provides requirements specific to Canada (see also Clause 4.1) for air infiltration/exfiltration levels.Commentary: NAFS Table 5.3 lists requirements for Canadian optional Performance Grades for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors. NAFS Table 5.3 does not include the gateway requirements for any Performance Class.

It should be noted that in Canada the water penetration resistance test pressure is capped at 720 Pa (15.04 psf) and does not increase for optional gradesPerformance Grades above PG100. The selection of the water penetration resistance test pressure is defined in accordance with the A440S1-09 (Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS).

For Canada, product selection based only on design pressure might not adequately address driving rain loads. Specified DRWP defines the water penetration resistance test pressure to be used in testing conducted in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 to achieve compliance with the product selection requirements of Clause 4.4 of A440S1-09. Where the specified DRWP is higher than that specified for the product selection requirements, the higher water tightness test results are given in the Secondary Designator.

69


NAFS Table 5.5 lists requirements for the Canadian only operating force for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors.In Canada, for all Class R and LC windows and sliding doors, both the maximum operating force to initiate motion and maximum

force to maintain motion are part of the performance requirements.

70


Table 5.3 AWSCanadian (only) optional Performance Grades (PG)

(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 5.2.1, 6.4.2, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)





R LC Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf)

20 — 960 (20.05) 1440 (30.08) 150 (3.13)

25 — 1200 (25.06) 1800 (37.59) 180 (3.76)

30 30 1440 (30.08) 2160 (45.11) 220 (4.59)

35 35 1680 (35.09) 2520 (52.63) 260 (5.43)

40 40 1920 (40.10) 2880 (60.15) 290 (6.06)

45 45 2160 (45.11) 3240 (67.67) 330 (6.89)

50 50 2400 (50.13) 3600 (75.19) 360 (7.52)

55 55 2640 (55.14) 3960 (82.71) 400 (8.35)

60 60 2880 (60.15) 4320 (90.23) 440 (9.19)

65 65 3120 (65.16) 4680 (97.74) 470 (9.82)

70 70 3360 (70.18) 5040 (105.26) 510 (10.65)

75 75 3600 (75.19) 5400 (112.78) 540 (11.28)

80 80 3840 (80.20) 5760 (120.30) 580 (12.11)

85 85 4080 (85.21) 6120 (127.82) 610 (12.95)

90 90 4320 (90.23) 6480 (135.34) 650 (13.58)

95 95 4560 (95.24) 6840 (142.86) 680 (14.41)

100 100 4800 (100.25) 7200 (150.38) 720 (15.04)


71


Table 5.5 AWS DLCanadian (only) operating force requirements

(See Clauses 4.5.2.5, 5.2.1, and 9.3.1.1 and Table 0.1)

Product type

Application specified by applicable building code


Direction of force



N (~lbf) N (~lbf)


Normal use Midpoint of operating handle(s) or of meeting rails


200 (44.96) 100 (22.48)


Operated only for cleaning and maintenance

Midpoint of operating handle(s) or of meeting rails


230 (51.71) 200 (44.96)




110 (24.73) 90 (20.23)





230 (51.71) 155 (34.85)




90 (20.23) 45 (10.12)





180 (40.47) 115 (25.85)


All Midpoint of operating handle(s) or of meeting rails

Horizontal toleft and right, parallel to plane of glazing

135 (30.35) 90 (20.23)

Casement or projecting or parallel opening

Normal use End of crank handle

Perpendicular

to crank

60 (13.49) 30 (6.74)

72


window with rotary operator

handle and screw

Casement or projecting, or parallel opening or top turn reversible window with rotary operator


End of crank handle

Perpendicular

to crank handle and screw

70 (15.74) 45 (10.12)

Casement or parallel opening window with lever-type operator

Normal use End of lever Perpendicular


155 (34.85) 100 (22.48)


5.2.2 CANADIAN (ONLY) AIR INFILTRATION/EXFILTRATION FOR GATEWAY SIZE (OR MAXIMUM SIZE TESTED) (SEE CLAUSE 4.4.3) AWSPerformance can be measured in either liters per second per square meter (L/s•m2) or cubic feet per minute per square foot (cfm/ft2). Both infiltration and exfiltration using the Secondary Designator explained in Clause 4.4.3.5 shall be permitted to be recorded as indicated in Table 5.42. Two options are provided for measuring infiltration/exfiltration for all operable product types. An additional level is provided for measuring the performance of infiltration/exfiltration of fixed windows, which have the glazing directly glazed in the frame without the use of a sash surrounding the glazing..

At a minimum, operating windows and doors shall meet the A2 level air leakage requirements, and fixed windows and fixed doors shall meet the fixed level air leakage requirements, specified in Table 5.6 2 for both infiltration and exfiltration.

Table 5.4 2 AWSCanadian (only) air infiltration/exfiltration levels for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors

(See Clause 5.2.2)

Performance Class

Pressure difference

Maximum allowable levels for both infiltration and exfiltration

A2 level A3 level Fixed level

Pa (~psf) L/s•m² (~cfm/ft²) L/s•m² (~cfm/ft²) L/s•m² (~cfm/ft²)

R, LC (operable)

75 (1.57) 1.5 (0.30) 0.5 (0.10) N/A

R, LC (fixed) 75 (1.57) N/A N/A 0.2 (0.04)


Table 5.42 defines combined Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration levels for all product types. No part of the Primary Designator provides a means for indicating the Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration level. However,

73


it is recognized that some method for doing so is often desirable for both manufacturers and specifiers. Therefore, it shall be permitted to report the achieved Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration level in the Secondary Designator.

For example, a product that successfully achieved the Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration A3 level shall be permitted to have the following line of text in the Secondary Designator: Canadian Air Infiltration/ Exfiltration = A3 Level.Commentary: NAFS Table 5.42 lists requirements for the Canadian only air infiltration/exfiltration levels for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors. In Canada, for all Class R and LC windows and sliding doors, the maximum allowable air leakage is measured for both infiltration and exfiltration. To achieve a given level of performance, both infiltration and exfiltration measured values must meet the corresponding maximum value stated in NAFS Table 5.42.

5.3 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO THE U.S. AND CANADACommentary: Clause 5.3 highlights the performance requirements that are applicable to both the U.S. and Canada for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors.

5.3.1 GENERAL AWSTable 5.5 3 provides allowable Performance Grade (PG) requirements applicable to the U.S. and Canada.

Table 5.5Gateway requirements

(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 5, 5.3.1, 6.4.2, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)

Performance Class

Minimum Performance Grade (PG)

Minimum design pressure (DP)

Minimum structural test pressure (STP)

Minimum water penetration resistance test pressure

Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf)

R 15 720 (15.04) 1080 (22.56) 140 (2.92)

LC 25 1200 (25.06) 1800 (37.59) 180 (3.76)Note: The IP equivalents identified are for approximate reference only and do not in any way imply accuracy of the measurement or the equipment. See Clause 1.3. Precision and bias statements are provided in the applicable test methods referenced in this Standard/Specification.

74


Table 5.3Available Performance Grade (PG) requirements for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors

(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 5.1.1, 5.2.1, 6.4.2, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)

Performance Classs and allowable Performance Grades (PG) Design pressure (DP)



R LC Pa ~psf Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf)Gateway

Performance Grade 15

— 720 (15.04) 1080 (22.56) 140 (2.92)

20 — 960 (20.05) 1440 (30.08) 150 (3.13)

25Gateway


1200 (25.06) 1800 (37.59) 180 (3.76)

30 30 1440 (30.08) 2160 (45.11) 220 (4.59)

35 35 1680 (35.09) 2520 (52.63) 260 (5.43)

40 40 1920 (40.10) 2880 (60.15) 290 (6.06)

45 45 2160 (45.11) 3240 (67.67) 330 (6.89)

50 50 2400 (50.13) 3600 (75.19) 360 (7.52)

55 55 2640 (55.14) 3960 (82.71) 400 (8.35)

60 60 2880 (60.15) 4320 (90.23) 440 (9.19)

65 65 3120 (65.16) 4680 (97.74) 470 (9.82)

70 70 3360 (70.18) 5040 (105.26) 510 (10.65)

75 75 3600 (75.19) 5400 (112.78) 540 (11.28)

80 80 3840 (80.20) 5760 (120.30) 580 (12.11)

85 85 4080 (85.21) 6120 (127.82) 580 (12.11)

90 90 4320 (90.23) 6480 (135.34) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

95 95 4560 (95.24) 6840 (142.86) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

100 100 4800 (100.25) 7200 (150.38) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

Notes:


(2) In the U.S. the water penetration resistance test pressure is capped at 580 Pa (12.11 psf) and does not increase for Performance Grades above PG80. Where products are subjected to increased risks of wind-driven rain events, or where a higher pressure is specified by a designer, the water penetration resistance test pressure specified in NAFS Table 5.3 may be increased to a maximum of 720 Pa (15.04 psf). Additional guidance on the selection of water test pressures may be found in

75


AAMA TIR A13

(3) In Canada the water penetration resistance test pressure is capped at 720 Pa (15.04 psf) and does not increase for Performance Grades above PG100. The selection of the water penetration resistance test pressure is defined in accordance with the A440S1-09 (Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS)

5.3.2 TEST SPECIMEN INSTALLATION AWSTest specimens shall be installed as specified in Clause 9.2.5.

5.3.3 OPERATING FORCE AWS Operating force requirements for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors shall be as specified in Table 5.4Commentary: For all Class R and LC windows and sliding doors, both the maximum operating force to initiate motion and maximum force to maintain motion are part of the performance requirements.

Testing in compliance with AAMA 513 may be used to demonstrate that the unit’s hardware and weather seal package, as designed, is capable of being operated with forces and motions consistent with ICC/ANSI A117.1, Section 309.4 limitations, if properly installed, adjusted, and maintained, when tested in the laboratory at the gateway minimum test size.

The user is cautioned that sizes and/or aspect ratios different than gateway minimum test size (even if smaller), can affect operating force, due to added friction, change in location of the glazed sash center-of-gravity, racking, etc. This test method addresses only gateway minimum test size.

Accessible operating window, sliding glass door and terrace door units can be expected to require added care in installation and final adjustment, and more frequent maintenance. Install in a plumb, square, and level condition, without twist, bow or racking, and per manufacturer’s instructions.

With properly designed building conditions and correct installation, products complying with requirements of AAMA 513 may meet ICC A117.1 accessibility criteria. Hardware, approach area, reach, force(s), motion, etc. all affect accessibility.Special Applications/Uses

Projects in certain geographic areas, or for certain specialized occupancies, may have critical functionality and performance requirements beyond those addressed in NAFS. Some examples are listed below.

Psychiatric or Behavioral Care OccupancyBlast Hazard MitigationTornado Hazard MitigationBallistic ResistanceFire ResistanceHigh Levels of SecurityWhile these are not included in the scope of NAFS, any one of these requirements, or a combination of one or more of these

requirements plus the basic requirements of NAFS, could drive product selection, project specifications, code compliance, and/or fitness for use. Other standards, guidelines and specifications may exist addressing these topics. The specifier is cautioned against reliance solely on NAFS-compliant testing and analysis in situations where one or more of these special situations exist.

76


Table 5.4 AWS DLOperating force requirements for Class R and LC windows and sliding doors

(See Clauses 4.5.2.5, 5.3.3, and 9.3.1.1)



Direction of force



N (~lbf) N (~lbf)




200 (44.96)

155 (34.85)




230 (51.71)

180 (40.47)




110 (24.73)

90 (20.23)




200 (44.96)

155 (34.85)




110 (24.73)

90 (20.23)




180 (40.47)

115 (25.85)


R and LC Midpoint of operating handle(s) or of meeting rails


135 (30.35) 90 (20.23)


R and LC End of crank handle

Perpendicularto crank handle and screw

60 (13.49)

30 (6.74)

77


Casement or projecting, parallel opening or top turn reversible window with lever-type operator

R and LC End of lever Perpendicular


155 (34.85)

100 (22.48)

Other casement projecting, parallel opening or top turn reversible window

R and LC Midpoint of sash opposite hinges or operating handles

Perpendicular

to plane of glazing

155 (34.85)

100 (22.48)


5.3.4 UNIFORM LOAD DEFLECTION TEST AWSDeflection of R and LC specimen members shall be measured and recorded in the test report, but shall not be limited by this Standard/Specification.

5.3.5 ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TEST SIZES AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE GRADES (PG) FOR SELECTED CLASS R PRODUCTS (OPTIONAL) AWSThis Clause establishes optional alternative minimum test sizes that are smaller than the gateway test sizes specified in Table 12.2. An increased minimum Performance Grade (PG) is associated with each smaller size. Products tested and rated in accordance with this Clause are permitted to enter Class R by complying with the minimum Performance Grade (PG) associated with the smaller size. Such products shall not be required to comply with the gateway test size requirements of Table 12.2.

This optional alternative shall be permitted only for Class R products and shall not be permitted for any other Performance Class.

Table 5.75 defines the alternative minimum test sizes and the corresponding minimum Performance Grades (PG) for the indicated product types. For compliance with this Clause, any test specimen of a size equal to or larger than the applicable alternative minimum test size, but smaller than the gateway size specified in Table 12.2, shall be tested to the specified minimum Performance Grade (PG) or greater for the alternative size.

Interpolation between the applicable entry in Table 5.75 and the gateway requirements of Table 12.2, or between the two entries for fixed windows in Table 12.2, shall not be permitted. If the actual size of a test specimen lies between such entries, the specimen shall be tested to the higher Performance Grade (PG). For example, a fixed window test specimen with a width and height of 990 mm (~39 in) shall comply with a minimum Performance Grade (PG) of 35.

For compliance with this Clause, test specimens of a size smaller than the applicable size indicated in Table 5.75 shall not be permitted.Commentary: The user should not confuse this option with the option of testing smaller specimens to achieve optional Performance Grades (PG), as specified in Clause 4.3.1.1. During testing to achieve optional Performance Grades (PG), testing of smaller specimens is permitted only after all gateway requirements have been met. In contrast, the option specified in Clause 5.3.5 permits a product to enter Performance Class R via the testing of a specimen with a reduced size compared to the gateway test size requirements specified in NAFS Table 12.2.

78


Furthermore, NAFS does not cover testing of a size smaller than those in Table 5.75, unless the product has a qualified, identically configured gateway specimen.

79


Table 5.75Alternative minimum test sizes and associated minimum Performance Grades (PG) for selected

Class R products(See Clause 5.3.5)

Alternative minimum test sizes for selected Class R products, width × height

Product typemm (~in)


AP 1100 x 300 (43.31 x 11.81) 25

C 500 x 1400 (19.69 x 55.12) 20

DAW 1000 x 1400 (39.37 x 55.12) 20

HS 1500 x 1000 (59.06 x 39.37) 25

H/VS 900 x 1500 (35.43 x 59.06) 25

SLT 300 x 1900 (11.81 x 74.80) 25

TR 1700 x 200 (66.93 x 7.87) 25

FW 1000 x 1000 (39.37 x 39.37) 25

FW 800 x 1000 (31.50 x 39.37) 35


5.3.6 AUXILIARY/DURABILITY TESTS FOR CLASS R AND LC WINDOWS DLTables 5.8 6 to 5.13 11 establish the criteria for auxiliary/durability tests for R and LC windows.

Table 5.86Deflection limits for sash vertical deflection test

(See Clauses 5.3.6 and 9.3.6.4.2)

Sash type Performance Class

Load Deflection limit

N (~lbf)

Casement R, LC 200 (44.96) 2% of sash width

Note: The IP equivalents identified are for approximate reference only and do not in any way imply accuracy of the measurement or the equipment. Refer to Clause 1.3. Precision and bias statements are provided in the applicable test methods referenced in this Standard/Specification.

80


Table 5.97Deflection limits for sash/leaf concentrated load test on latch rail

(See Clauses 5.3.6 and 9.3.6.4.3 )9.3.6.4.3)

Sash or leaf typePerformance Class Load direction


N (~lbf) mm (~in)

Dual-action window R, LC Horizontal 135 (30.35) 1.5 (0.06)

Dual-action window R Vertical 135 (30.35) 1.5 (0.06)

Dual-action window LC Vertical 180 (40.47) 2.3 (0.09)


Table 5.108Loads for distributed load test

(See Clauses 5.3.6 and 9.3.6.5.2)


Load*

Pa (~psf)

Casement R 240 (5.01)

Casement LC 300 (6.27)

*The load specified includes the weight of the glazed sash.


Table 5.119Loads for stabilizing arm load test

(See Clauses 5.3.6 and 9.3.6.5.4)

Sash or leaf type Performance Class

Load

Point of load applicationN (~lbf)

Dual-action window R 445 (100.04) Sash corners

Dual-action window LC 890 (200.08) Sash corners

Dual-action window R 890 (200.08) Top rail at center

Dual-action window LC 1780 (400.16) Top rail at center


81


Table 5.1210Deflection limits for sash blocked operation test

(See Clauses 5.3.6 and 9.3.6.5.5)

Sash typePerformance Class


N (~lbf) mm ( ~in)

Awning, hopper, projected R, LC 70 (15.74) Reported


Table 5.1311Limits for vertical load hardware deflection test

(See Clauses 5.3.6 and 9.3.6.5.7)


Load

Deflection limitN (~lbf)

POW R, LC 200 (44.96) 1% of sash width


5.3.7 SAFETY DROP TEST (NON-HUNG VERTICAL OPERATING PRODUCTS ONLY) DLThe test specimen shall be mounted in a test fixture.

For products with pre-set sash-retention positions, the test specimen shall be examined to identify the two adjacent positions with the maximum spacing. The operable sash shall be raised to the upper of these two positions and then allowed to free fall. This procedure shall be conducted for each operable sash. When dropped, the sash shall automatically stop at the lower of the two pre-set positions. There shall be no breakage or permanent deformation of any part of the test specimen that would impair its operation. There shall be no glazing breakage.

For products without pre-set sash-retention positions, the operable sash shall be raised to its fullest extent within the frame and then released. This procedure shall be conducted for each operable sash. When released, the sash shall travel not more than 25 mm (~0.98 in) before coming to a complete stop. There shall be no breakage or permanent deformation of any part of the test specimen that would impair its operation. There shall be no glazing breakage.

Where a manufacturer offers or specifies either interior or exterior multiple glazing panels (MGPs) in the primary sash, and it is desired to achieve conformance to this Standard/Specification both with and without the MGPs installed, all safety drop tests shall be conducted with all MGPs installed.

5.3.8 UNIT DEAD LOAD TEST (GREENHOUSE WINDOWS ONLY) DLA uniform load of 40 kg/m2 (~8.19 lb/ft2) of shelf area (including the bottom pan area) shall be applied simultaneously to each shelf and to the bottom pan of a glazed vertically mounted unit for a period of 5 minutes. The maximum vertical displacement of the specimen in relation to its mounting shall not be greater than L/175, L being defined as the width of the unit.

82


Commentary: Clause 5.3.8 highlights the performance requirements and test method for unit dead load test on Class R and LC greenhouse windows that are applicable to both the U.S. and Canada.

Commentary Figure C5.3.8Set-up for unit dead load test

(See Clause 5.3.8)

6 SIDE-HINGED AND FOLDING DOORS (ALL CLASSES)Commentary: Clause 0.2.1 defines requirements for four Performance Classes. Clause 6 provides performance requirements for all classes of side-hinged and folding doors. It separates those requirements that are specific to either the U.S. or Canada, and those requirements that are applicable to both countries. It also differentiates betweenidentifies gateway performances and optional performances.

6.1 GENERALCommentary: Side-hinged door systems have requirements that are different from window, sliding door, and unit skylight products, both in design and application. As the primary means of entry to a building, exterior side-hinged doors are required to not only protect against the elements but are also required to and allow for ease of access and emergency escape and rescue. Issues concerning accessibility by the disabled need to be addressed in product design. Additional consideration is given to escape during

83


emergencies such as a fire and, iIndesign. In some cases, the side-hinged door system is required to act as a barrier to fire. A side-hinged door system can be expected to be operated a significantly greater number of times and to a greater severity during its design life than a typical operable window, sliding door, or unit skylight assembly. For this reason, cycling performance is evaluated. Lastly, it is not always feasible for side-hinged door systems to meet the substantial water penetration resistance requirements of other fenestration products in cases such as, but not limited to, accessibility requirements and/or the application of products in weather-protected areas. Folding door systems have requirements that are a combination of sliding door and side-hinged door. For these reasons, when a folding door is configured with an active hinged panel it will have similar requirements to the side-hinge door noted above.

6.2 SIDE-HINGED DOOR REQUIREMENTS (SPECIFIC TO THE U.S.) AWSTables 6.1 and 6.2 provides requirements specific to the U.S. for air leakage.Commentary: In the U.S., the maximum allowable air leakage is measured in infiltration mode only.

It should be noted that in the U.S. the water penetration resistance test pressure is capped at 580 Pa (12.11 psf) for optional gradeand does not increase for Performance Grades above PG80 and above. Where products are subjected to increased risks of wind-driven rain events, or where a higher pressure is specified by a designer, the water penetration resistance test pressure specified in NAFS Table 6.1 may be increased to a maximum of 720 Pa (15.04 psf). Additional guidance on the selection of water test pressures may be found in AAMA TIR A13., “Recommended Static Water Test Pressures in Non Hurricane-Prone Regions of the United States”.

Table 6.1U.S. (only) optional Performance Grades (PG)

(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 6.2, 6.4.2, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)


Design pressure(DP)



R, LC, CW AW

R LC CW AW Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf)

20 — — — 960 (20.05) 1440 (30.08) 150 (3.13) —

25 — — — 1200 (25.06) 1800 (37.59) 180 (3.76) —

30 30 — — 1440 (30.08) 2160 (45.11) 220 (4.59) —

35 35 35 — 1680 (35.09) 2520 (52.63) 260 (5.43) —

40 40 40 — 1920 (40.10) 2880 (60.15) 290 (6.06) —

45 45 45 45 2160 (45.11) 3240 (67.67) 330 (6.89) 440 (9.19)

50 50 50 50 2400 (50.13) 3600 (75.19) 360 (7.52) 480 (10.03)

55 55 55 55 2640 (55.14) 3960 (82.71) 400 (8.35) 530 (11.07)

60 60 60 60 2880 (60.15) 4320 (90.23) 440 (9.19) 580 (12.11)

65 65 65 65 3120 (65.16) 4680 (97.74) 470 (9.82) 580 (12.11)

70 70 70 70 3360 (70.18) 5040 (105.26) 510 (10.65) 580 (12.11)

75 75 75 75 3600 (75.19) 5400 (112.78) 540 (11.28) 580 (12.11)

80 80 80 80 3840 (80.20) 5760 (120.30) 580 (12.11) 580 (12.11)

85 85 85 85 4080 (85.21) 6120 (127.82) 580 (12.11) 580 (12.11)

90 90 90 90 4320 (90.23) 6480 (135.34) 580 (12.11) 580 (12.11)

95 95 95 95 4560 (95.24) 6840 (142.86) 580 (12.11) 580 (12.11)

84


100 100 100 100 4800(100.25)

7200 (150.38) 580 (12.11) 580 (12.11)

— — — Nolimit*

Nolimit*

1.5 × design pressure (DP)

580 (12.11) 580 (12.11)

*There is no limit for optional Performance Grades (PG) in the AW Performance Class.Notes:

(1)The IP equivalents identified are for approximate reference only and do not in any way imply accuracy of the measurement or the equipment. See Clause 1.3. Precision and bias statements are provided in the applicable test methods referenced in this Standard/Specification.

(2)Where products are subjected to increased risks of wind-driven rain events, or for other reasons, the water penetration resistance test pressure specified in this Table may be increased to a maximum of 720 Pa (~15.04 psf). Refer to AAMA TIR A13 for guidance.

Table 6.21 AWSU.S. (only) air leakage levels side-hinged and folding doors

(See Clauses 6.2, 9.3.2.1, and 9.3.2.4)

Performance Class




R, LC, CW 75 (1.57) 1.5 (0.30)

AW 300 (6.27) 0.5 (0.10)


6.3 SIDE-HINGED DOOR REQUIREMENTS (SPECIFIC TO CANADA)Commentary: Clause 6.3 highlights the performance requirements that are specific to Canada.

6.3.1 GENERALTable 6.32 provides requirements specific to Canada (see also Clause 4.1) for air infiltration/exfiltration levels.Commentary: It should be noted that in Canada the water penetration resistance test pressure goes up tois capped at 720 Pa (15.04 psf) and does not increase for optional grade Performance Grades above PG100. The selection of the water penetration resistance test pressure is defined in accordance with the A440S1-09 (Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS). For Canada, product selection based only on design pressure might not adequately address driving rain loads. Specified DRWP defines the water penetration resistance test pressure to be used in testing conducted in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 to achieve compliance with the product selection requirements of Clause 4.4 of A440S1-09. Where the specified DRWP is higher than that specified for the product selection requirements, the higher water tightness test results are given in the Secondary Designator.

85



(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 6.3.1, 6.4.2, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)


Design pressure(DP)



R, LC, CW AW


20 — — — 960 (20.05) 1440 (30.08) 150 (3.13) —

25 — — — 1200 (25.06) 1800 (37.59) 180 (3.76) —

30 30 — — 1440 (30.08) 2160 (45.11) 220 (4.59) —

35 35 35 — 1680 (35.09) 2520 (52.63) 260 (5.43) —

40 40 40 — 1920 (40.10) 2880 (60.15) 290 (6.06) —

45 45 45 45 2160 (45.11) 3240 (67.67) 330 (6.89) 440 (9.19)

50 50 50 50 2400 (50.13) 3600 (75.19) 360 (7.52) 480 (10.03)

55 55 55 55 2640 (55.14) 3960 (82.71) 400 (8.35) 530 (11.07)

60 60 60 60 2880 (60.15) 4320 (90.23) 440 (9.19) 580 (12.11)

65 65 65 65 3120 (65.16) 4680 (97.74) 470 (9.82) 630 (13.16)

70 70 70 70 3360 (70.18) 5040 (105.26) 510 (10.65) 680 (14.20)

75 75 75 75 3600 (75.19) 5400 (112.78) 540 (11.28) 720 (15.04)

80 80 80 80 3840 (80.20) 5760 (120.30) 580 (12.11) 720 (15.04)

85 85 85 85 4080 (85.21) 6120 (127.82) 620 (12.95) 720 (15.04)

90 90 90 90 4320 (90.23) 6480 (135.34) 650 (13.58) 720 (15.04)

95 95 95 95 4560 (95.24) 6840 (142.86) 690 (14.41) 720 (15.04)

100 100 100 100 4800 (100.25) 7200 (150.38) 720 (15.04) 720 (15.04)

— — — Nolimit*

Nolimit*

1.5 × design pressure (DP)

720 (15.04) 720 (15.04)


6.3.2 CANADIAN (ONLY) AIR INFILTRATION/EXFILTRATION FOR GATEWAY SIZE (OR MAXIMUM SIZE TESTED) (SEE CLAUSE 4.4.3) AWSPerformance can be measured in either liters per second per square meter (L/s•m2) or cubic feet per minute per square foot (cfm/ft2). Both infiltration and exfiltration using the Secondary Designator explained in Clause 4.4.3.5 shall be permitted to be recorded as indicated in Table 6.42. Two options are

86


provided for measuring infiltration/exfiltration for all operable product types. An additional level is provided for measuring the performance of infiltration/exfiltration of fixed doors, which have the glazing directly glazed in the frame without the use of a sash surrounding the glazing.

At a minimum, operating doors shall meet the A2 level air leakage requirements, and fixed doors shall meet the fixed level air leakage requirements, specified in Table 6.42 for both infiltration and exfiltration.Commentary: In Canada, the maximum allowable air leakage is measured for both infiltration and exfiltration. To achieve a given level of performance, both infiltration and exfiltration measured values must meet the corresponding maximum value stated in Table 6.42.

For example, a product that successfully achieved the Canadian air infiltration/exfiltration A3 level is permitted to have the following line of text in the Secondary Designator: Canadian Air Infiltration/ Exfiltration = A3 Level.

Example: Performance Class was LC, positive design pressure (DP) achieved was 2400 Pa (~50.13 psf), negative design pressure (DP) achieved was 2880 Pa (~60.15 psf), and water penetration resistance test pressure was 140 Pa (~2.92 psf).

Measured air infiltration was 0.4 L/s•m2 (~0.08 cfm/ft2) at 75 Pa (~1.57 psf), and measured air exfiltration was 0.35 L/s•m2 (~0.07

cfm/ft2) at 75 Pa (~1.57 psf), both of which are less than the requirement for A3 level infiltration/exfiltration. The appropriate Primary Designator and appropriate Secondary Designator shall only be permitted in the format indicated in the following examples.

Primary Designator:Class LC-PG2400 (SI) — Size tested 900 × 2100 mm — Limited Water Side-Hinged Door — Dual DoororClass LC-PG50 — Size tested 35.4 × 82.7 in — LW SHD DDSecondary Designator:Positive Design Pressure (DP) = 2400 Pa (~50.1 psf)Negative Design Pressure (DP) = –2880 Pa (~–60.2 psf)Water Penetration Resistance Test Pressure = 140 Pa (~2.9 psf)Canadian Air Infiltration/exfiltration = A3 Level

Commentary Figure C6.3.2Secondary Designator (Example 1)

(See Clause 4.4.2.1

87


Table 6.42 AWSCanadian (only) air infiltration/exfiltration levels for side-hinged and folding doors

(See Clause 6.3.2)

Performance Class

Pressure difference




R, LC, CW (operable)

75 (1.57) 1.5 (0.30) 0.5 (0.10) N/A

R, LC, CW (fixed) 75 (1.57) N/A N/A 0.2 0.04

AW (operable) 300 (6.27) 0.5 (0.10) 0.5 (0.10) N/A

AW (fixed) 300 (6.27) N/A N/A 0.2 0.04


6.4 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO THE U.S. AND CANADACommentary: Clause 6.4 highlights the performance requirements that are applicable to both the U.S. and Canada for all classes.

6.4.1 GENERALFor side-hinged door, dual-action side-hinged door and folding door systems, an allowable exception is to test and rate the products for water penetration resistance at an air pressure differential that ranges from 0 Pa (0.0 psf) to any pressure less than the minimum water penetration resistance test pressure required for the indicated Performance Class and Performance Grade (PG). Side-hinged door, dual- action side-hinged door and folding door systems tested and rated to this exception have a designation identifying the product for “Limited Water” performance. This exception is permitted for side-hinged door, dual action side-hinged door and folding door systems only and is not permitted for any other product type. A second exception for side hinged door and dual action side-hinged door types is to test water resistance without the hardware exposed to water. The use of this exception will require use of the designator "X" to be added as a prefix to the existing SHD or DASHD categories. Testing and rating at test pressures greater than the specified minimum test pressures is permitted.

6.4.2 GATEWAY REQUIREMENTSTable 6.53 provides allowable Performance Grade (PG) requirements applicable to the U.S. and Canada.

Table 6.5Gateway requirements

(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.2.3, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 6, 6.4.2, 6.4.4, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)

Performance Class






88


R 15 720 (15.04) 1080 (22.56) 140 (2.92)

LC 25 1200 (25.06) 1800 (37.59) 180 (3.76)

CW 30 1440 (30.08) 2160 (45.11) 220 (4.59)

AW 40 1920 (40.10) 2880 (60.15) 390 (8.15)


Table 6.3Available Performance Grades (PG) requirements for side-hinged and folding doors

(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 6.2, 6.4.2, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)

Performance Class and allowable Performance Grades (PG)

Design pressure(DP)



R, LC, CW AW


15 — — — 720 (15.04) 1080 (22.56) 140 (2.92) —

20 — — — 960 (20.05) 1440 (30.08) 150 (3.13) —

25 25 — — 1200 (25.06) 1800 (37.59) 180 (3.76) —

30 30 30 — 1440 (30.08) 2160 (45.11) 220 (4.59) —

35 35 35 — 1680 (35.09) 2520 (52.63) 260 (5.43) —

40 40 40 40 1920 (40.10) 2880 (60.15) 290 (6.06) —

45 45 45 45 2160 (45.11) 3240 (67.67) 330 (6.89) 440 (9.19)

50 50 50 50 2400 (50.13) 3600 (75.19) 360 (7.52) 480 (10.03)

55 55 55 55 2640 (55.14) 3960 (82.71) 400 (8.35) 530 (11.07)

60 60 60 60 2880 (60.15) 4320 (90.23) 440 (9.19) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3)

65 65 65 65 3120 (65.16) 4680 (97.74) 470 (9.82) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3)

89


70 70 70 70 3360 (70.18) 5040 (105.26) 510 (10.65) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3)

75 75 75 75 3600 (75.19) 5400 (112.78) 540 (11.28) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3)

80 80 80 80 3840 (80.20) 5760 (120.30) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3)

85 85 85 85 4080 (85.21) 6120 (127.82) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3)

90 90 90 90 4320 (90.23) 6480 (135.34) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3)

95 95 95 95 4560 (95.24) 6840 (142.86) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3)

100 100 100 100 4800 (100.25) 7200 (150.38) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3) 580(2,3) (12.11)(2,3)

— — — No limit*

No limit*

1.5 x design pressure (DP)

*There is no upper limit for allowable Performance Grades (PG) in the AW Performance Class.Notes:(1) The IP equivalents identified are for approximate reference only and do not in any way imply accuracy of the

measurement or the equipment. See Clause 1.3. Precision and bias statements are provided in the applicable test methods referenced in this Standard/Specification.

(2) In the U.S. the water penetration resistance test pressure is capped at 580 Pa (12.11 psf) and does not increase for Performance Grades above PG80. Where products are subjected to increased risks of wind-driven rain events, or where a higher pressure is specified by a designer, the water penetration resistance test pressure specified in NAFS Table 5.3 may be increased to a maximum of 720 Pa (15.04 psf). Additional guidance on the selection of water test pressures may be found in AAMA TIR A13

(3) In Canada the water penetration resistance test pressure is capped at 720 Pa (15.04 psf) and does not increase for Performance Grades above PG100. The selection of the water penetration resistance test pressure is defined in accordance with the A440S1-09 (Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS).

The characters shown in the product type in Figure 6.1 indicate Limited Water penetration resistance. Limited Water ratings shall only be permitted for side-hinged door, dual action side-hinged door and folding door systems, and shall not be permitted for any other product types. Side-hinged doors, dual action side-hinged doors and folding doors claiming a Limited Water rating shall spell out “Limited Water” in the designator as shown in Figure 6.1. Also, Limited Water ratings shall only be permitted where the representative test specimen has successfully passed a water penetration resistance test at a pressure differential of 0 Pa (0.0 psf) or higher, but less than the minimum test pressure required for the indicated Performance Class and Performance Grade (PG). If the test specimen is not successfully tested to a water penetration resistance test pressure equal to or greater than 0 Pa (0.0 psf), that side-hinged door, dual action side-hinged door or folding door system shall not be considered to be in compliance with this Standard/Specification.

Also the test protocol is permitted to seal off locking and latching hardware when performing water resistance testing. This test method, when used, will require a designator of X to be added as a prefix to the designators.

90


Limited Water Side-Hinged Door:

Class R — Limited Water PG40 — Size tested 900 × 2000 mm (~36 × 79 in)

Class R — Limited Water PG40 — Size tested 35.4 × 78.7 in

Class R — Limited Water PG1920 (SI) — Size tested 900 × 2000 mm

For all designators, there is an option to add “SHD” at the end of the designator at the manufacturer’s discretion.

Examples:Class R — Limited Water PG40 — Size tested 900 × 2000 mm (~36 × 79 in) — Side-Hinged Door

or

Class R — Limited Water PG40 — Size tested 900 × 2000 mm (~36 × 79 in) — Type SHD

Legend:

Class R — Performance Class (see Clauses 0.2.1 and 4.4.2.3)PG40 — Performance Grade (PG) (IP) (see Clauses 0.2.3 and 4.4.2.4)PG1920 (SI) — Performance Grade (PG) (SI) (see Clauses 0.2.3 and 4.4.2.4)Size tested 900 × 2000 mm— maximum size tested (SI) (see Clause 4.4.2.5)Size tested 35.43 × 78.74 in— maximum size tested (IP) (see Clause 4.4.2.5)LW SHD — Limited Water side-hinged door — Product type (see Clause 4.4.2.2)

Figure 6.1Primary Designator

(See Clauses 4.4.2.1 and 6.4.2)

Products that have been tested as dual doors as specified in Clause 4.5 shall have the code DD added to their product designation after the product type. An example of a product designation for a dual door would be “LC — PG25 1000 × 2100-SHD-DD”.

6.4.2.1 Exclusion for water penetration through side-hinged door and dual-action side-hinged door system locking/latching hardware AWSWhen evaluating side-hinged door and dual-action side-hinged door systems, water penetration through the locking/latching hardware is permitted to be excluded, provided that the exclusion is clearly identified in the test report. This shall include a complete description of the exclusion method employed, as per Clause 9.4. A statement shall also be included in the summary of test results, as per Figure 9.6, to clearly identify that the locking/latching hardware was excluded from the water penetration evaluation. Notwithstanding the aforementioned exclusion, a product manufacturer wishing to evaluate his product including the locking/latching hardware shall perform the water penetration tests with the exterior side of locking/latching hardware fully exposed to the water spray with no exclusion methods employed. In this case no exclusion statement is required.

6.4.3 TEST SPECIMEN INSTALLATION AWS91


Test specimens shall be installed as specified in Clause 9.2.5.Commentary: For details on test specimen installation see Clause 9.2.5. Evaluation of actual field installation details (anchorage, perimeter seals, etc.) and attachment into various rough opening materials is not part of this Standard/Specification. AAMA 2501 provides a guide for engineering analysis of alternative anchorage conditions.

6.4.4 LIMITED WATER TESTING AWSWhen testing for a Limited Water rating at a test pressure of 0 Pa (0.0 psf), the specimens shall be tested for water penetration resistance in accordance with ASTM E331. The test duration shall be 15 minutes. When testing for a Limited Water rating greater than 0 Pa (0.0 psf), the specimens shall be tested for water penetration resistance in accordance with ASTM E547 for the desired Performance Class as specified in Clause 9.3.3.1. Limited Water ratings and designations shall only be permitted for side-hinged door, dual action side-hinged door and folding door systems.

Except when testing for a Limited Water rating, the minimum water penetration resistance test pressure shall be as specified in Tables 5.1, 5.3, 5.5, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.2, 8.4 and 8.73.

6.4.5 FORCE-TO-LATCH FOR SIDE-HINGED DOOR SYSTEMS DLCommentary: Clause 6.4.5 highlights the performance requirements and test method for force-to-latch and force-to-engage for side-hinged door systems that are applicable to both the U.S. and Canada.

6.4.5.1 Force-to-latch test procedure (for latch) DLThe force-to-latch test shall be performed by positioning the side-hinged door leaf so that the latch bolt is not farther than 155 mm (~6 in) from the strike plate. A force meter with a tether (designed to stop travel of the force meter 6 to 12 mm [~1/4 to 1/2 in] before latch engagement occurs) shall be applied perpendicular to the face of the door at a point 25 mm (~1 in) from the lock side door leaf edge and within 75 mm (~3 in) vertically from the latch bolt centerline. The door leaf shall be closed by applying the tethered force meter against the door leaf until the tether stops the meter and the latch bolt fully enters the strike opening. The test door leaf shall not close on a confined space in such a way that air pressure differential slows movement. The minimum force required to latch shall be measured and reported.

6.4.5.2 Force-to-engage test procedure (for deadbolt) DLAfter the side-hinged door is latched, the deadbolt (if provided) shall be engaged. If necessary, a force shall be applied perpendicular to the door leaf at the location specified in Clause 6.4.5.1 to facilitate engagement of the deadbolt. This force shall be measured and reported. In addition, the force or torque to operate the deadbolt shall be measured and reported. For deadbolts with a lever, push button, or similar mode of operation, the force shall be measured by applying a force gauge to the end of the device in the direction of its normal operation. For deadbolts with thumb-turn, key-turn, or a similar rotating mode of operation, the torque shall be measured by applying a torque gauge to the device and turning in the direction of its normal operation.

6.4.6 UNIFORM LOAD DEFLECTION TEST AWSDeflection of R and LC specimen members (except for TDDs) shall be measured and recorded in the test report, but shall not be limited by this Standard/Specification.Commentary: NAFS Tables 6.64 and 6.75 provides requirements applicable to the U.S. and Canada for auxiliary/durability tests for R, LC and CW side-hinged doors. For details on specific auxiliary/durability test see applicable clauses in Clause 9.

Table 6.64 DL

Deflection limits for sash/leaf concentrated load test on latch rail

(See Clause 9.3.6.4.3)

Sash or leaf typePerformance Class

Load direction


N (~lbf) mm (~in)

92


http://www.astm.org/Standards/E547.htm

Dual-action hinged glass door R, LC, CW Horizontal 135 (30.35) 1.5 (0.06)

Dual-action hinged glass door R Vertical 135 (30.35) 1.5 (0.06)

Dual-action hinged glass door LC, CW Vertical 230 (51.71) 3.3 (0.13)


Table 6.75

Loads for stabilizing arm load test(See Clause 9.3.6.5.3)


Load


Dual-action hinged door R 445 (100.04) Leaf corners

Dual-action hinged door LC, CW 890 (200.08) Leaf corners

Dual-action hinged door R 890 (200.08) Top rail at center

Dual-action hinged door LC, CW 1780 (400.16) Top rail at center


6.4.7 OPERATION CYCLING PERFORMANCE (SIDE-HINGED DOOR SYSTEMS ONLY) DLThe active leaf of a side-hinged door system shall comply with AAMA 920 for the corresponding Performance Class. requirements in Table 6.8, except that the cycle rate for Class R products shall be 12 to 24 cycles per minute. The glazing selection criteria for this test shall comply with Clause 10.2.3.3.6.

Table 6.8 DLOperation cycling performance (side-hinged door systems)


Performance Class Number of cycles

R 25 000

LC 100 000

CW 250 000

AW (except architectural terrace doors) 500 000

AW (architectural terrace doors) 25 000

6.4.8 VERTICAL LOADING RESISTANCE (SIDE-HINGED DOOR SYSTEMS ONLY) DL

93


Side-hinged door systems shall comply with AAMA 925 for the corresponding Performance Class requirements.

6.4.9 COMPOSITE UNITS AND UNIQUE FRAMING MEMBERSEach unique intermediate framing member (i.e., in a composite unit) shall be tested in the longest dimension for which compliance is desired. Intermediate framing members which are longer or which are not tested shall not comply. Framing members shall be of identical cross-section to those tested to claim compliance.

Figure 6.2 illustrates typical configurations but shall not be regarded as all-inclusive. They are intended primarily for composite units with integral mullions. Other configurations shall be permitted to be evaluated, provided that they follow the size guidelines listed in Table 12.2.

94


Note:(1) The requirements for side lites in Clause 6.4.9 are different from those required for storefront and

commercial entrance systems.(2) The following qualification requirements shall apply:

(a) frame size shall not be bigger than tested height or width;(b) individual leaf size shall not be bigger than tested height or width; and(c) individual side lites may be bigger in width or height than the tested fixed lite if in compliance

with Clause 12.3(3) The symbolism used in this Standard/Specification for a hinged leaf is a line in the shape of a V. The

open end of the V indicates the locking edge of the leaf and the point of the V indicates the edge of the leaf where the hinges or pivots are attached.

(4) Inswing shall only qualify inswing; outswing shall only qualify outswing.

95


Figure 6.2

Side-hinged door assembly qualification

(See Clauses 6.4.9 and 12.3.6 and Figure 12.3)

6.4.10 FOLDING DOOR ASSEMBLY QUALIFICATION Use Figure 6.3 to determine what test configurations are needed to qualify the appropriate frame and panel designs. Folding door types are as follows:

Type A – folding panel(s) only Type B – with one single active panel hinged to jamb frame Type C – with one single active panel hinged to another panel Type D – with one single active panel hinged to jamb frame and one single active panel hinged to

another panel. See Figure 6.3 for additional clarification

96


Figure 6.3

Folding door assembly qualification

(See Clause 6.4.10)

6.4.10.1 Folding door assembly qualification limitsThe following qualification requirements shall apply:a) Individual panel size shall not be bigger than tested height or widthb) Folding door assemblies shall only be qualified in the direction of operation tested (e.g. exterior

folding shall only qualify exterior folding; interior folding shall only qualify interior folding, etc.)c) Panels can be hinged or center pivot; panel operator hardware can be top or bottom but each require

separate testing to qualify. Not all configurations illustrated.d) An unlimited number of panels may be qualified as long as individual panel size does not exceed

tested panel size.

6.4.10.2 Folding door assembly side-hinged panel testingOnly the side hinged panels of folding door assemblies shall be required to be tested to clause 6.4.5. (See Table 12.2)

7 CLASS CW AND AW WINDOWS AND SLIDING DOORSCommentary: Clause 0.2.1 defines requirements for four Performance Classes. Clause 7 provides performance requirements only for class CW and AW windows and sliding doors. It separates those requirements that are specific to either the U.S. or Canada and those requirements that are applicable to both countries. It also differentiates between gateway performances and optional performances.

7.1 CLASS CW AND AW REQUIREMENTS (SPECIFIC TO THE U.S.) AWS DLTable 7.1 provides requirements specific to the U.S.There are no requirements specific to the U.SCommentary: Operating Force

Testing in compliance with AAMA 513, -12 “Standard Laboratory Test Method for Determination of Forces and Motions Required to Activate Operable Parts of CW and AW Class Operable Windows, Sliding Glass Doors and Terrace Doors in Accessible Spaces,” may be used to demonstrate that the unit’s hardware and weather seal package, as designed, is capable of being operated with forces and motions consistent with ICC/ANSI A117.1, Section 309.4 limitations, if properly installed, adjusted, and maintained, when tested in the laboratory at the CW or AW Class gateway minimum test size.

The user is cautioned that sizes and/or aspect ratios different than gateway minimum test size (even if smaller), can affect operating force, due to added friction, change in location of the glazed sash center-of-gravity, racking, etc. This test method addresses only CW or AW Class gateway minimum test size.


With properly designed building conditions and correct installation, products complying with requirements of AAMA 513-12 may meet ICC A117.1 accessibility criteria. Hardware, approach area, reach, force(s), motion, etc. all affect accessibility.Special Applications/Uses

Projects using CW and AW Performance Class windows in certain geographic areas, or for certain specialized occupancies, may have critical functionality and performance requirements beyond those addressed in NAFS. Some examples are listed below.



97


Table 7.1 AWS DLU.S. (only) optional Performance Grades (PG)

(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 6.4.2, 7.1, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)





CW AW

CW AW Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf)

35 — 1680 (35.09) 2520 (52.63) 260 (5.43) —

40 — 1920 (40.10) 2880 (60.15) 290 (6.06) —

45 45 2160 (45.11) 3240 (67.67) 330 (6.89) 440 (9.19)

50 50 2400 (50.13) 3600 (75.19) 360 (7.52) 480 (10.03)

55 55 2640 (55.14) 3960 (82.71) 400 (8.35) 530 (11.07)

60 60 2880 (60.15) 4320 (90.23) 440 (9.19) 580 (12.11)

65 65 3120 (65.16) 4680 (97.74) 470 (9.82) 580 (12.11)

70 70 3360 (70.18) 5040 (105.26) 510 (10.65) 580 (12.11)

75 75 3600 (75.19) 5400 (112.78) 540 (11.28) 580 (12.11)

80 80 3840 (80.20) 5760 (120.30) 580 (12.11) 580 (12.11)

85 85 4080 (85.21) 6120 (127.82) 580 (12.11) 580 (12.11)

90 90 4320 (90.23) 6480 (135.34) 580 (12.11) 580 (12.11)

95 95 4560 (95.24) 6840 (142.86) 580 (12.11) 580 (12.11)

100 100 4800 (100.25) 7200 (150.38) 580 (12.11) 580 (12.11)

— No limit* No limit* 1.5 × design pressure (DP)

580 (12.11) 580 (12.11)

*There is no limit for optional Performance Grades (PG) in the AW Performance Class.

Notes:(1) The IP equivalents identified are for approximate reference only and do not in any way imply

accuracy of the measurement or the equipment. See Clause 1.3. Precision and bias statements are provided in the applicable test methods referenced in this Standard/Specification.

(2) Where products are subjected to increased risks of wind-driven rain events, or for other reasons, the water penetration resistance test pressure specified in this Table may be increased to a maximum of 720 Pa (~15.04 psf). Refer to AAMA TIR A13 for guidance.


(See Clauses 4.5.2.5, 7.1, and 9.3.1.1 and Table 0.1)

Product type Performance Class


Direction of force



98


N (~lbf) N (~lbf)


CW and AW Midpoint of operating handle(s) or of meeting rails




CW Midpoint of operating handle(s) or of meeting rails










180 (40.47) 115 (25.85)


CW and AW End of crank handle

Perpendicular to crank handle and screw


Casement or projecting or parallel opening window with lever-type operator

CW and AW End of lever Perpendicular to lever in the plane of its motion


Other casement or parallel opening projecting window

CW and AW Midpoint of sash opposite hinges or operating handles

Perpendicular to plane of glazing



99


Table 7.3 AWSMaximum allowable air leakage

(See Clauses 9.3.2.1 and 9.3.2.4 and Table 0.1)

Performance Class




CW 75 (1.57) 1.51.0 (0.300.20)

AW (sliding seal products) 300 (6.27) 1.5 (0.30)

AW (compression seal and fixed products)

300 (6.27) 0.5 (0.10)


7.2 CLASS CW AND AW REQUIREMENTS (SPECIFIC TO CANADA)There are no requirements specific to Canada.

7.2.1 GENERAL Table 7.2 provides requirements specific to Canada (see also Clause 4.1).Commentary: Air Infiltration and Model Energy Codes

Air infiltration performance complying with NAFS may or may not meet energy code requirements. Check with the applicable local building code official for code compliance.

100



(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 6.4.4, 7.2.1, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)





CW AW

CW AW Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf)

35 — 1680 (35.09) 2520 (52.63) 260 (5.43) —

40 — 1920 (40.10) 2880 (60.15) 290 (6.06) —

45 45 2160 (45.11) 3240 (67.67) 330 (6.89) 440 (9.19)

50 50 2400 (50.13) 3600 (75.19) 360 (7.52) 480 (10.03)

55 55 2640 (55.14) 3960 (82.71) 400 (8.35) 530 (11.07)

60 60 2880 (60.15) 4320 (90.23) 440 (9.19) 580 (12.11)

65 65 3120 (65.16) 4680 (97.74) 470 (9.82) 630 (13.16)

70 70 3360 (70.18) 5040 (105.26) 510 (10.65) 680 (14.20)

75 75 3600 (75.19) 5400 (112.78) 540 (11.28) 720 (15.04)

80 80 3840 (80.20) 5760 (120.30) 580 (12.11) 720 (15.04)

85 85 4080 (85.21) 6120 (127.82) 620 (12.95) 720 (15.04)

90 90 4320 (90.23) 6480 (135.34) 650 (13.58) 720 (15.04)

95 95 4560 (95.24) 6840 (142.86) 690 (14.41) 720 (15.04)

100 100 4800 (100.25) 7200 (150.38) 720 (15.04) 720 (15.04)

— No limit* No limit* 1.5 × design pressure (DP)

720 (15.04) 720 (15.04)

*There is no limit for optional Performance Grades (PG) in the AW Performance Class.


101


Table 7.5 DLCanadian (only) operating force requirements


Product type



Direction of force



N (~lbf) N (~lbf)




200 (44.96) 200 (44.96)





200 (44.96) 200 (44.96)




110 (24.73) 90 (20.23)

Non-hung Window — Vertical sliding




230 (51.71) 155 (34.85)




90 (20.23) 45 (10.12)





180 (40.47) 115 (25.85)


All Midpoint of operating handle(s) or of meeting rails


135 (30.35) 90 (20.23)

Casement or projecting or parallel opening window with rotary

Normal use End of crank handle


60 (13.49) 30 (6.74)

102


operator



End of crank handle


70 (15.74) 45 (10.12)

Casement or parallel opening window with lever-type operator

Normal use End of lever Perpendicular to lever in the plane of its motion

155 (34.85) 135 (30.35)


7.2.2 CANADIAN (ONLY) AIR INFILTRATION/EXFILTRATION FOR GATEWAY SIZE (OR MAXIMUM SIZE TESTED) (SEE CLAUSE 4.4.3) AWS Performance can be measured in either liters per second per square meter (L/s•m2) or cubic feet per minute per square foot (cfm/ft2). Both infiltration and exfiltration using the Secondary Designator explained in Clause 4.4.3.5 shall be permitted to be recorded as indicated in Table 7.6. Two options are provided for measuring infiltration/exfiltration for all product operator types. An additional level is provided for measuring the performance of infiltration/exfiltration of fixed windows, which have the glazing directly glazed in the frame without the use of a sash surrounding the glazing..

At a minimum, operating windows and doors shall meet the A2 level air leakage requirements, and fixed windows and fixed doors shall meet the fixed level air leakage requirements, specified in Table 7.6 for both infiltration and exfiltration.Commentary: In Canada, both infiltration and exfiltration are measured for fenestration assemblies. In addition, there are two levels of performance (designated A2 and A3) for operable assemblies. Fixed fenestration assemblies must meet the Fixed Level air leakage requirement. It should also be understood that where supplemental sealants are not employed, fenestration assemblies incorporating fixed sash, these fixed products are rated as operable (i.e., A2 or A3) assemblies.A fixed window, test specimen size was 1680 × 1680 mm (~66.14 × 66.14 in), Performance Class was CW, Performance Grade (PG) achieved was 60. Both positive and negative design pressures (DP) achieved were 2880 Pa (~60.15 psf), water penetration

resistance test pressure was 580 Pa (~12.11 psf), measured air infiltration was 0.15 L/s•m2 (~0.03 cfm/ft2) at 75 Pa (~1.57 psf), and

air exfiltration was 0.13 L/s•m2 (~0.03 cfm/ft2) at 75 Pa (~1.57 psf), both of which are less than the requirement for the fixed level. The appropriate Primary Designator and appropriate Secondary Designator are shown in the following example.

Commentary Figure C7.2.2Secondary Designator (Example)

(See Clauses 4.4.2.1 and 7.2.3 and Table 0.1)

Table 7.6 AWSCanadian (only) air infiltration/exfiltration levels

103


Primary designator — Fixed Window:

Class CW — Grade PG2880 (SI) — Size tested 1680 × 1680 mm — Fixed Window

or

Class CW — PG60 — Size tested 66.1 × 66.1 in — FW

Secondary designator:

(See Clause 7.2.2 and Table 0.1)

Performance Class

Pressure difference




CW (operable) 75 (1.57) 1.5 (0.30) 0.5 (0.10) N/A

CW (fixed) 75 (1.57) N/A N/A 0.2 0.04

AW (sliding seal products)

300 (infiltra-tion)

(6.27) (infiltra-tion)

1.5 (0.30) 0.5 (0.10) N/A

75 (exfiltra-tion)

(1.57) (exfiltra-tion)

AW (compression seal products)

300 (6.27) 0.5 (0.10) 0.5 (0.10) N/A

AW (fixed) 300 (6.27) N/A N/A 0.2 (0.04)


7.3 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO THE U.S. AND CANADACommentary: Clause 7.3 contains the testing requirements applicable to all CW and AW window and sliding door products.

7.3.1 GATEWAY REQUIREMENTSTables 7.31 and 7.42 provide requirements applicable to the U.S. and Canada.

Table 7.3 AWS

Gateway requirements(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 6.4.2, 7, 7.3.1, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)

Performance Class






CW 30 1440 (30.08) 2160 (45.11) 220 (4.59)

AW 40 1920 (40.10) 2880 (60.15) 390 (8.15)


104


Table 7.1Available Performance Grade (PG) requirements for Class CW and AW windows and sliding doors

(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 6.4.2, 7.1, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)

Performance Classs and allowable Performance Grades (PG) Design pressure (DP)



CW AW Pa ~psf Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf)

Gateway Performance

Grade 30 30 1440 (30.08) 2160 (45.11) 220 (4.59)

35 35 1680 (35.09) 2520 (52.63) 260 (5.43)

40Gateway


1920 (40.10) 2880 (60.15) 290 (6.06)

45 45 2160 (45.11) 3240 (67.67) 330 (6.89)

50 50 2400 (50.13) 3600 (75.19) 360 (7.52)

55 55 2640 (55.14) 3960 (82.71) 400 (8.35)

60 60 2880 (60.15) 4320 (90.23) 440 (9.19)

65 65 3120 (65.16) 4680 (97.74) 470 (9.82)

70 70 3360 (70.18) 5040 (105.26) 510 (10.65)

75 75 3600 (75.19) 5400 (112.78) 540 (11.28)

80 80 3840 (80.20) 5760 (120.30) 580 (12.11)

85 85 4080 (85.21) 6120 (127.82) 580 (12.11)

90 90 4320 (90.23) 6480 (135.34) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

95 95 4560 (95.24) 6840 (142.86) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

100 100 4800 (100.25) 7200 (150.38) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

No limit* No limit* 1.5 × design pressure (DP)

580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

Notes:


(2) In the U.S. the water penetration resistance test pressure is capped at 580 Pa (12.11 psf) and does not increase for Performance Grades above PG80. Where products are subjected to increased risks of wind-driven rain events, or where a higher pressure is specified by a designer, the water penetration resistance test pressure specified in NAFS Table 7.1 may be increased to a maximum of

105


720 Pa (15.04 psf). Additional guidance on the selection of water test pressures may be found in AAMA TIR A13.


Products that have been tested as dual windows as specified in Clause 4.5 shall have the code “DW” added to their product designation after the product type. An example of a product designation for a dual window would be “CW — PG45 1800 × 1500 HS-DW”.

Table 7.2 AWSAir infiltration/exfiltration levels for Class CW and AW windows and sliding doors

Performance Class

Pressure difference Maximum allowable leakage


CW (sliding seal products)Infiltration

75 (1.57) 1.0 (0.20)

CW (sliding seal products)Exfiltration 75 (1.57) 1.0 (0.20)

CW (compression seal products / fixed)Infiltration 75 (1.57) 0.5 (0.10)

CW (compression seal products / fixed)Exfiltration 75 (1.57) 0.5 (0.10)

AW (sliding seal products)Infiltration 300 (6.27) 1.5 (0.30)

AW (sliding seal products)Exfiltration 75 (1.57) 0.5 (0.10)

AW (compression seal products / fixed)Infiltration 300 (6.27) 0.5 (0.10)

AW (compression seal products / fixed)Exfiltration 75 (1.57) 0.5 (0.10)


7.3.2 TEST SPECIMEN INSTALLATION AWSTest specimens shall be installed as specified in Clause 9.2.5.Commentary: Evaluation of actual field installation details (anchorage, perimeter seals, etc.) and attachment into various rough opening materials is not part of NAFS. AAMA 2501 provides a guide for engineering analysis of alternative anchorage conditions.

7.3.3 OPERATING FORCE AWS 106


Operating force requirements for Class CW and AW windows and sliding doors shall be as specified in Table 7.3Commentary: For all Class CW and AW windows and sliding doors, both the maximum operating force to initiate motion and maximum force to maintain motion are part of the performance requirements.

Testing in compliance with AAMA 513 may be used to demonstrate that the unit’s hardware and weather seal package, as designed, is capable of being operated with forces and motions consistent with ICC/ANSI A117.1, Section 309.4 limitations, if properly installed, adjusted, and maintained, when tested in the laboratory at the gateway minimum test size.

The user is cautioned that sizes and/or aspect ratios different than gateway minimum test size (even if smaller), can affect operating force, due to added friction, change in location of the glazed sash center-of-gravity, racking, etc. This test method addresses only gateway minimum test size.


With properly designed building conditions and correct installation, products complying with requirements of AAMA 513 may meet ICC A117.1 accessibility criteria. Hardware, approach area, reach, force(s), motion, etc. all affect accessibility.Special Applications/Uses

Projects in certain geographic areas, or for certain specialized occupancies, may have critical functionality and performance requirements beyond those addressed in NAFS. Some examples are listed below.



Table 7.3 AWS DLOperating force requirements for Class CW and AW windows and sliding doors

(See Clauses 4.5.2.5, 7.3.3, and 9.3.1.1)



Direction of force



N (~lbf) N (~lbf)




230 (51.71)

200 (44.96)




230 (51.71)

155 (34.85)




180 (40.47)

115 (25.85)


CW and AW Midpoint of operating handle(s) or of meeting

Horizontal to left and right, parallel to plane of

180 (40.47) 115 (25.85)

107


rails glazing


CW and AW End of crank handle


70 (15.74)

45 (10.12)

Casement or projecting or parallel opening window with lever-type operator

CW and AW End of lever Perpendicular to lever in the plane of its motion

155 (34.85)

135 (30.35)

Other casement or parallel opening projecting window

CW and AW Midpoint of sash opposite hinges or operating handles


155 (34.85)

135 (30.35)


7.3.3 4 UNIFORM LOAD DEFLECTION TEST AWSFor CW and AW specimens only, no main frame or sash member shall deflect more than L/175, where L is the length of the unsupported span.

7.3.4 5 AUXILIARY/DURABILITY TESTS FOR CLASS CW AND AW WINDOWS AND SLIDING DOORS DLCommentary: Clause 7.3.5 describes the auxiliary/durability tests applicable to CW and AW products.

7.3.5.1 General DLTables 7.64 to 7.1513 establish the criteria for auxiliary/durability tests for Class CW and AW windows and sliding doors.

Table 7.64 DLDeflection limits for sash vertical deflection test

(See Clauses 7.3.5.1 and 9.3.6.4.2)


Load


Casement CW, AW 270 (60.70) 2% of sash width

108



7.3.5.2 Sash/leaf torsion test DLThis test is performed on an unglazed sash or leaf. The sash or leaf is supported on fulcrums at diagonally opposite corners, with a third corner diagonally opposite the loaded corner secured in the same plane by a fulcrum support block and clamp.

A concentrated load acting at the unrestrained corner of the sash or leaf for a period of 10 seconds shall not cause a deflection measured to the nearest 0.25 mm (~0.01 in) at the unrestrained corner greater than indicated in Table 7.75and 7.86.

This test shall be repeated for each design of operable sash or leaf of the test specimen.Commentary: Clause 7.3.5.2 explains how to conduct the sash/leaf torsion test.

109


Commentary Figure C7.3.5.2Set-up for sash/leaf torsion test

Table 7.75 DL

Deflection limits for sash/leaf torsion test

(See Clauses 7.3.5.1 and 7.3.5.2)


Load Deflection limit*

N (~lbf) mm (~in)

Awning, hopper, projected AW 70 (15.74) 33.3 × A (0.12 × B)

Dual-action hinged door AW 70 (15.74) 57.8 × A (0.21 × B)

Vertically/horizontally pivoted CW 70 (15.74) 29.5 × A (0.11 × B)

Vertically/horizontally pivoted AW 70 (15.74) 18.1 × A (0.07 × B)

Top-hinged CW 70 (15.74) 59.3 × A (0.22 × B)

Top-hinged AW 70 (15.74) 57.8 × A (0.21 × B)

Dual-action window AW 70 (15.74) 57.8 × A (0.12 × B)

Casement AW 90 (20.23) 51.2 × A (0.19 × B)

*A is the area of the tested sash or leaf in square meters; B is the area of the tested sash or leaf in square feet.


110


Table 7.86 DLDeflection limits for sash/leaf concentrated load test on latch rail

(See Clauses 7.3.5.1 and 9.3.6.4.3)

Sash or leaf type

Performance

Class Load direction


N (~lbf) mm (~in)

Awning, hopper, projected AW Perpendicular (normal to the plane)

135 (30.35) 1.5 (0.06)

Awning, hopper, projected AW Parallel (in the plane) 135 (30.35) 1.5 (0.06)

Dual-action hinged glass door

CW Perpendicular (normal to the plane)

135 (30.35) 1.5 (0.06)

Dual-action hinged glass door

CW Parallel (in the plane) 230 (51.71) 3.3 (0.13)

Vertically/horizontally pivoted

CW Perpendicular (normal to the plane)

230 (51.71) 1.5 (0.06)


AW Perpendicular (normal to the plane)

270 (60.70) 1.5 (0.06)


CW Parallel (in the plane) 230 (51.71) 0.8 (0.03)


AW Parallel (in the plane) 270 (60.70) 0.8 (0.03)

Top-hinged AW Perpendicular (normal to the plane)

135 (30.35) 1.5 (0.06)

Top-hinged CW Parallel (in the plane) 230 (51.71) 3.3 (0.13)

Top-hinged AW Parallel (in the plane) 400 (89.92) 6.3 (0.25)

Dual-action window CW Perpendicular (normal to the plane)

135 (30.35) 1.5 (0.06)

Dual-action window AW Perpendicular (normal to the plane)

270 (60.70) 1.5 (0.06)

Dual-action window CW Parallel (in the plane) 230 (51.71) 3.3 (0.13)

Dual-action window AW Parallel (in the plane) 400 (89.92) 6.4 (0.25)


7.3.5.3 Vertical concentrated load test DLThis test is performed on an unglazed sash and is designed to determine the deflection of the sash in the open position. The window shall be mounted in a test rack and supported around its entire perimeter. The sash shall be opened 90° with respect to the frame.

Two concentrated loads are applied at the midpoints of the sash between the pivot and the innermost extremity of the sash stiles. The loads shall be applied in a downward direction, parallel to the plane of the

111


sash, for a period of 10 seconds. Deflection shall be measured to the nearest 0.25 mm (~0.01 in) at each corner and shall not exceed the deflection indicated in Table 7.97.This test shall be repeated for each design of operable sash of the test specimen.Commentary: Clause 7.3.5.3 explains how to conduct the vertical concentrated load test.

Commentary Figure C7.3.5.3Set-up for vertical concentrated load test

Table 7.97 DLDeflection limits for vertical concentrated load test

(See Clause 7.3.5.1 and 7.3.5.3)



N (~lbf) mm (~in)

Vertically pivoted CW 230 (51.71) 1.0 (0.04)

Vertically pivoted AW 270 (60.70) 1.0 (0.04)


7.3.5.4 Vertical concentrated load test on intermediate frame rails DLThe test specified in this Clause is designed to test the strength and stiffness of intermediate framing members. It is designed to test the strength of the frame corner joinery. The test consists of concentrated loading of frame components.Commentary: Clause 7.3.5.4 explains how to conduct the vertical concentrated load test on intermediate frame rails.

Clamp the jambs of the unglazed test specimen to a vertical support 150 mm (~6 in) from the test rails.A concentrated load applied for a duration of 10 seconds at the center of the span of any intermediate rail parallel to the plane of

the window, first in one direction and then in the opposite direction, shall not cause a deflection at the point of load application greater than shown in Table 7.108, measured to the nearest 0.25 mm (~0.01 in).

112


Commentary Figure C7.3.5.4Set-up for vertical concentrated load test on intermediate frame rails

113


Table 7.108 DLDeflection limit for vertical concentrated load test on intermediate frame rails

(See Clauses 7.3.5.1 and 7.3.5.4)

Sash typePerformance Class


N (~lbf) mm (~in)

Awning, hopper, projected AW 135 (30.35) 1.5 (0.06)


Table 7.119 DLLoads for distributed load test

(See Clauses 7.3.5.1 and 9.3.6.5.2, and Figure 9.7)


Load*

Pa (~psf)

Casement CW, AW 300 (6.27)



7.3.5.5 Hold-open arm/stay bar test DLWith the glazed sash opened to its fullest extent, a horizontal concentrated load as indicated in Table 7.1210 shall be applied for a minimum duration of 10 seconds at one lower corner of the sash in the closing direction. After removal of the load, the hold-open arms shall function normally.Commentary: Clause 7.3.5.5 explains how to conduct the hold-open arm/stay bar test.

114


Commentary Figure C7.3.5.5Set-up for hold-open arm/stay bar test

Table 7.1210 DLLoad for hold-open arm/stay bar test

(See Clauses 7.3.5.1 and 7.3.5.5)


Load


Top-hinged CW 445 (100.04) Sash corner


Table 7.1311 DLLoad for stabilizing arm load test(See Clause 7.3.5.1 and Figure 9.8)

115



LoadPoint of load applicationN (~lbf)

Dual-action hinged door CW 890 (200.08) Leaf corners

Dual-action hinged door CW 1780 (400.16) Top rail at center

Dual-action window CW 890 (200.08) Sash corners

Dual-action window CW 1780 (400.16) Top rail at center


Table 7.1412 DLDeflection limits for sash blocked operation test

(See Clauses 7.3.5.1 and 9.3.6.5.6)


Load Deflection limit*

N (~lbf) mm (~in)

Awning, hopper, projected CW 140 (31.47) 38.3A (0.14B)

*A is the area of the tested sash in square meters; B is the area of the tested sash in square feet.


Table 7.1513 DLLimits for sash vertical load hardware deflection test

(See Clauses 7.3.5.1 and 9.3.6.5.6)


Load


POW CW and AW 270 (60.70) 1% of sash width


7.3.6 LIFE CYCLE TESTING (CLASS AW PRODUCTS ONLY) DLWhen tested in accordance with AAMA 910, there shall be no damage to fasteners, hardware parts, or sash balances, or any other damage which would cause the specimen to be inoperable. Also, resistance to air leakage and water penetration resistance test results shall not exceed the gateway performance

116


requirements specified in Table 12.2 for the Performance Class and Performance Grade (PG) for which compliance is sought.

Where a manufacturer offers or specifies either interior or exterior MGPs in the primary sash, leaves, or sliding door panels, and it is desired to achieve conformance with this Standard/Specification both with and without the MGPs installed, all life cycle testing shall be conducted with all MGPs installed.

7.3.7 OPERATION/CYCLING-SLAM TEST PERFORMANCE (ARCHITECTURAL TERRACE DOORS ONLY) DLThe active leaf of an architectural terrace door shall comply with AAMA 920 for the AW Performance Class in accordance with Table 6.8. The glazing selection criteria for this test shall comply with Clause 10.2.3.3.6.

8 UNIT SKYLIGHTS, INCLUDING ROOF WINDOWS AND T T UBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICES (TDDS), ROOF WINDOWS, AND UNIT SKYLIGHTS

8.1 GENERALTDDs, roof windows, and skylights have a defined gateway set of primary requirements for the applicable product type before a Performance Grade (PG) can be achieved (see Table 8.53). Performance Class designation is not used for these products. Gateway performance requirements are the minimum allowable performance levels that a gateway test specimen shall achieve in order for a product to be rated. The gateway test specimen size shall be equal to or larger than the minimum test size, as specified in Table 12.2. All gateway test specimens shall achieve certain minimum Performance Grade (PG) performance levels for air leakage resistance, water penetration resistance, uniform load resistance, and, where required, operating force. Also, all gateway test specimens shall achieve certain additional minimum performance levels for auxiliary (durability) and material tests specific to the product operator type. See Clause 9 for additional details.

It shall not be necessary to apply a structural test pressure 4790 Pa (~100.04 psf) higher than the rated design pressure. For SKG products only, the glazing selected for compliance testing shall be the weakest and thinnest glazing offered by the manufacturer in accordance with ASTM E1300 or CAN/CGSB 12.20 for the test specimen size and the maximum design pressure (DP) to be tested, or any glazing weaker than the glazing required by those Standards, and meet other applicable safety glazing requirement.Commentary: The definitions in NAFS clearly distinguish the differences between tubular daylighting devices, roof windows, and unit skylights, and should be referenced before reading further in this commentary.

These product types are subjected to similar wind load levels as other products considered to be “Components and Cladding” as defined in ASCE/SEI 7. However, since they are not vertical (most often mounted on a roof 45 degrees or less above horizontal) they must also resist uniformly applied longer term gravity loads induced by snow, ice or ponded water. Clause 8 provides specifications for measuring resistance to such potentially high loads, but NAFS does not address any non-uniform loads or loads applied at an angle to the supporting surface. See Clause 9 for additional details on structural testing methods, and other tests needed to qualify for a Performance Grade.

NAFS-11, the previously used Performance Classes for these products (R and CW) were eliminated. Manufacturers of these products rarely offer different designs intended only for one of the two classes, so it was determined that all NAFS Clause 8 products would be required to meet “CW” level performance minimums. To implement this change, the Primary Designator now uses the Product Type as a leading identifier as shown in the Example in NAFS Clause 8.4.2.

Other key changes in this edition resulting from this rationalization process include: Uniform structural test pressures are no longer required to exceed the rated pressure by more than 4790 Pa (100 psf). This

“overload limiter” is based on the very low statistical likelihood that actual loads will ever be higher than the design requirement plus 4790 Pa (100 psf) for a particular project. Precedence for this change exists in the AAMA/WDMA 1600/I.S.7-2000 legacy standard, which fed into the NAFS-02 edition when skylights were first incorporated.

Consistency in testing specifications across all product types is improved by applying test loads related to wind pressure resistance in an equivalent manner. For the roof-mounted products NAFS Clause 8 includes, this entailed returning the negative uniform structural test pressures to 150% above the rated pressures, and the duration for such load applications to

117


10 seconds, as existed in NAFS-02. Negative uniform deflection test pressure load duration reverted to 10 seconds as well, for consistency.

Material requirements for plastic glazing were extensively revised, to improve reliability and allow for newer, readily available light transmitting material technologies. Reference NAFS Clause 10.2.5.

8.2 TDD, ROOF WINDOW, AND UNIT SKYLIGHT REQUIREMENTS (SPECIFIC TO THE U.S.) AWS DLTables 8.1 and 8.2 provides requirements specific to the U.S. for air leakage.Commentary: Tables 8.1 and 8.2 provides requirements for TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights specific to the U.S.

Table 8.1 content (operating force) was extracted unchanged from Table 7 of NAFS-08. Commentary Figure C8.2 illustrates how this test is performed on manually operated hardware.

Table 8.1 content (gateway air infiltration minimum) was extracted unchanged from the CW row of Table 8 of NAFS-08.Table 8.2 (optional Performance Grade requirements) is an updated version of Table 4 of NAFS-08, incorporating the changes

described in Clause 8.1 above.

Manually Operated HardwareHand cranks and pole loops removed. Measurement is taken at the attachment point on operating hardware.

Commentary Figure C8.2

Operating Force Measurements on Manually Operated Hardware


(See Clauses 4.5.2.5, 8.2, and 9.3.1.1 and Table 0.1)

Product typePoint of force application

Direction of force



N (~lbf) N (~lbf)

Roof window or operable unit skylight with rotary operator

End of crank handle



Other roof window or operable unit skylight

Midpoint of sash opposite hinges or operating handles




118


Table 8.1 AWSMaximum allowable air leakage for gateway size (or maximum size tested) TDDs, roof windows,

and skylights(See Clauses 8.2, 9.3.2.1, and 9.3.2.4)

Product type

Positive test pressureMaximum allowable leakage


TDDs, roof windows, and skylights 75 (1.57) 1.5 (0.30)


Table 8.2 AWSU.S. (only) optional Performance Grades (PG) for TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights

(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 6.4.2, 8.2, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)

Optional Performance Grades (PG)


Positive structural test pressure (STP) at 200% of design pressure (DP) (overload does not exceed 4790 Pa [~100.04 psf])

Negative structural test pressure (STP) at 150% of design pressure (DP) (overload does not exceed 4790 Pa [~100.04 psf])


Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf)

35 1680 (35.09) 3360 (70.18) 2880 (60.15) 260 (5.43)

40 1920 (40.10) 3840 (80.20) 2880 (60.15) 290 (6.06)

45 2160 (45.11) 4320 (90.23) 3240 (67.67) 330 (6.89)

50 2400 (50.13) 4800 (100.25) 3600 (75.19) 360 (7.52)

55 2640 (55.14) 5280 (110.28) 3960 (82.71) 400 (8.35)

60 2880 (60.15) 5760 (120.30) 4320 (90.23) 440 (9.19)

65 3120 (65.16) 6240 (130.33) 4680 (97.74) 470 (9.82)

70 3360 (70.18) 6720 (140.35) 5040 (105.26) 510 (10.65)

75 3600 (75.19) 7200 (150.38) 5400 (112.78) 540 (11.28)

80 3840 (80.20) 7680 (160.40) 5760 (120.30) 580 (12.11)

85 4080 (85.21) 8160 (170.43) 6120 (127.82) 580 (12.11)

119


90 4320 (90.23) 8640 (180.45) 6480 (135.34) 580 (12.11)

95 4560 (95.24) 9120 (190.48) 6840 (142.86) 580 (12.11)

100 4800 (100.25) 9600 (200.50) 7200 (150.38) 580 (12.11)

105 5040 (105.26) 9840 (205.51) 7560 (157.89) 580 (12.11)

110 5270 (110.07) 10070 (210.32) 7905 (165.10) 580 (12.11)

115 5510 (115.08) 10310 (215.33) 8265 (172.62) 580 (12.11)

120 5750 (120.09) 10550 (220.34) 8625 (180.14) 580 (12.11)

125 5990 (125.10) 10790 (225.35) 8985 (187.66) 580 (12.11)

130 6230 (130.12) 11030 (230.37) 9345 (195.17) 580 (12.11)

135 6470 (135.13) 11270 (235.38) 9705 (202.69) 580 (12.11)

140 6710 (140.14) 11510 (240.39) 10065 (210.21) 580 (12.11)

145 6950 (145.15) 11750 (245.40) 10425 (217.73) 580 (12.11)

150 7190 (150.17) 11990 (250.42) 10785 (225.25) 580 (12.11)

155 7430 (155.18) 12230 (255.43) 11145 (232.77) 580 (12.11)

160 7670 (160.19) 12470 (260.44) 11505 (240.29) 580 (12.11)

165 7910 (165.20) 12710 (265.45) 11865 (247.81) 580 (12.11)

170 8150 (170.22) 12950 (270.47) 12225 (255.32) 580 (12.11)

175 8390 (175.23) 13190 (275.48) 12585 (262.84) 580 (12.11)

180 8630 (180.24) 13430 (280.49) 12945 (270.36) 580 (12.11)

185 8870 (185.25) 13670 (285.50) 13305 (277.88) 580 (12.11)

190 9110 (190.27) 13910 (290.52) 13665 (285.40) 580 (12.11)

195 9350 (195.28) 14150 (295.53) 14025 (292.92) 580 (12.11)

200 9590 (200.29) 14390 (300.54) 14390 (300.54) 580 (12.11)

205 9830 (205.30) 14630 (305.55) 14630 (305.55) 580 (12.11)

No limit No limit Min.: ([2 × (DP)], [(DP) + 4790 Pa (~100.04

Min.: ([1.5 × (DP)], [(DP) + 4790 (~100.04

580 (12.11)

120


psf)]) [psf)])


8.3 TDD, ROOF WINDOW, AND UNIT SKYLIGHT REQUIREMENTS (SPECIFIC TO CANADA)Commentary: Clause 8.3 contains the TDD, roof window and unit skylight requirements specific to Canada.

8.3.1 GENERAL AWS DL Table 8.4 provides requirements specific to Canada (see also Clause 4.1).

Table 8.4 AWS DLCanadian (only) operating force requirements


Product type



Direction of force



N (~lbf) N (~lbf)


All End of crank handle


90 (20.23) 45 (10.12)


All Midpoint of sash opposite hinges or operating handles


230 (51.71) 135 (30.35)


8.3.1 CANADIAN (ONLY) AIR INFILTRATION/EXFILTRATION (SEE CLAUSE 4.4.3) AWSPerformance can be expressed in either liters per second per square meter (L/s•m2) or cubic feet per minute per square foot (cfm/ft2). Both infiltration and exfiltration using the Secondary Designator explained in Clause 4.4.3.5 shall be permitted to be recorded as indicated in Table 8.32. Two options are provided for measuring infiltration/exfiltration for operable specimens. An additional level is provided for measuring the performance of infiltration/exfiltration of fixed skylights, which have the glazing directly glazed in the frame without the use of a sash surrounding the glazing.

At a minimum, operating unit skylights shall meet the A2 level air leakage requirements, and fixed unit skylights shall meet the fixed level air leakage requirements, specified in Table 8.32 for both infiltration and exfiltration.Commentary: NAFS Table 8.3 2 content (gateway air infiltration/exfiltration level requirements) was extracted unchanged from the CW row of Table 9 of NAFS-08, with more clarity about the applicability of the rating levels to for either fixed or operable products.

In Canada, both infiltration and exfiltration are measured for fenestration assemblies. In addition, there are two levels of

121


performance (designated A2 and A3) for operable assemblies. Fixed fenestration assemblies must meet the Fixed Level air leakage requirement. It should also be understood that where supplemental sealants are not employed, fenestration assemblies incorporating fixed sash, these fixed products are rated as operable (i.e., A2 or A3) assemblies.

Note that per NAFS Table 8.32, operable products are not permitted to carry a “Fixed” Canadian air leakage rating, consistent with the National Building Code of Canada. Only a non-operable product is to use that designation.

122


Table 8.32 AWS DLCanadian (only) air infiltration/exfiltration levels for gateway size (or maximum size tested) TDDs,

roof windows, and skylights(See Clause 8.3.1)

Product type

Pressure difference




TDDs, roof windows, and skylights (operable)

75 (1.57) 1.5 (0.30) 0.5 (0.10) N/A

TDDs, roof windows, and skylights (fixed)

75 (1.57) N/A N/A 0.2 0.04


8.3.2 CANADIAN (ONLY) OPTIONAL PERFORMANCE GRADES (PG) AWS Table 8.4 provides requirements specific to Canada (see also Clause 4.1).

Table 8.4Canadian (only) optional Performance Grades (PG) for TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights

(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 6.4.2, 8.3.2, 9.3.4.2, 9.3.4.3)







35 1680 (35.09) 3360 (70.18) 2880 (60.15) 260 (5.43)

40 1920 (40.10) 3840 (80.20) 2880 (60.15) 290 (6.06)

45 2160 (45.11) 4320 (90.23) 3240 (67.67) 330 (6.89)

50 2400 (50.13) 4800 (100.25) 3600 (75.19) 360 (7.52)

55 2640 (55.14) 5280 (110.28) 3960 (82.71) 400 (8.35)

60 2880 (60.15) 5760 (120.30) 4320 (90.23) 440 (9.19)

65 3120 (65.16) 6240 (130.33) 4680 (97.74) 470 (9.82)

123


70 3360 (70.18) 6720 (140.35) 5040 (105.26) 510 (10.65)

75 3600 (75.19) 7200 (150.38) 5400 (112.78) 540 (11.28)

80 3840 (80.20) 7680 (160.40) 5760 (120.30) 580 (12.11)

85 4080 (85.21) 8160 (170.43) 6120 (127.82) 612 (12.78)

90 4320 (90.23) 8640 (180.45) 6480 (135.34) 648 (13.53)

95 4560 (95.24) 9120 (190.48) 6840 (142.86) 684 (14.29)

100 4800 (100.25) 9600 (200.50) 7200 (150.38) 720 (15.04)

105 5040 (105.26) 9840 (205.51) 7560 (157.89) 720 (15.04)

110 5270 (110.07) 10070 (210.32) 7905 (165.10) 720 (15.04)

115 5510 (115.08) 10310 (215.33) 8265 (172.62) 720 (15.04)

120 5750 (120.09) 10550 (220.34) 8625 (180.14) 720 (15.04)

125 5990 (125.10) 10790 (225.35) 8985 (187.66) 720 (15.04)

130 6230 (130.12) 11030 (230.37) 9345 (195.17) 720 (15.04)

135 6470 (135.13) 11270 (235.38) 9705 (202.69) 720 (15.04)

140 6710 (140.14) 11510 (240.39) 10065 (210.21) 720 (15.04)

145 6950 (145.15) 11750 (245.40) 10425 (217.73) 720 (15.04)

150 7190 (150.17) 11990 (250.42) 10785 (225.25) 720 (15.04)

155 7430 (155.18) 12230 (255.43) 11145 (232.77) 720 (15.04)

160 7670 (160.19) 12470 (260.44) 11505 (240.29) 720 (15.04)

165 7910 (165.20) 12710 (265.45) 11865 (247.81) 720 (15.04)

170 8150 (170.22) 12950 (270.47) 12225 (255.32) 720 (15.04)

175 8390 (175.23) 13190 (275.48) 12585 (262.84) 720 (15.04)

180 8630 (180.24) 13430 (280.49) 12945 (270.36) 720 (15.04)

185 8870 (185.25) 13670 (285.50) 13305 (277.88) 720 (15.04)

190 9110 (190.27) 13910 (290.52) 13665 (285.40) 720 (15.04)

195 9350 (195.28) 14150 (295.53) 14025 (292.92) 720 (15.04)

200 9590 (200.29) 14390 (300.54) 14390 (300.54) 720 (15.04)

205 9830 (205.30) 14630 (305.55) 14630 (305.55) 720 (15.04)

No limit* No limit* Min.: ([2 × (DP)], [(DP) + 4790 Pa (~100.04 psf)])

Min.: ([1.5 × (DP)], [(DP) + 4790 Pa (~100.04 psf)])

720 (15.04)


124


8.4 TDD, ROOF WINDOW, AND SKYLIGHT REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO THE U.S. AND CANADACommentary: Clause 8.4 contains the requirements applicable to TDDs, roof windows and unit skylights in both countries.

8.4.1 GENERALTable 8.5 provides requirements applicable to the U.S. and Canada.

Table 8.5Gateway requirements for TDDs, roof windows, and skylights

(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.2.3, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 6.4.2, 8.1, 8.4.1, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)

Product type




(+200%/–150%)



TDDs, roof windows, and skylights

30 1440 (30.08) +2880 (+60.15) 220 (4.59)

–2160 (– 45.11)

125


Note: The IP equivalents identified are for approximate reference only and do not in any way imply accuracy of the measurement or the equipment. See

Clause 1.3. Precision and bias statements are provided in the applicable test methods referenced in this Standard/Specification.Table 8.2 AWS

Allowable Performance Grades (PG) for TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights(See Clauses 0.2.5.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.3.2, 4.4.3.3, 4.4.3.4, 6.4.2, 8.2, 9.3.4.2, and 9.3.4.3)







Gateway Performance Grade 30

1440 (30.08) 2880 (60.15) 2160 (45.11) 220 (4.59)

35 1680 (35.09) 3360 (70.18) 2880 (60.15) 260 (5.43)

40 1920 (40.10) 3840 (80.20) 2880 (60.15) 290 (6.06)

45 2160 (45.11) 4320 (90.23) 3240 (67.67) 330 (6.89)

50 2400 (50.13) 4800 (100.25) 3600 (75.19) 360 (7.52)

55 2640 (55.14) 5280 (110.28) 3960 (82.71) 400 (8.35)

60 2880 (60.15) 5760 (120.30) 4320 (90.23) 440 (9.19)

65 3120 (65.16) 6240 (130.33) 4680 (97.74) 470 (9.82)

70 3360 (70.18) 6720 (140.35) 5040 (105.26) 510 (10.65)

75 3600 (75.19) 7200 (150.38) 5400 (112.78) 540 (11.28)

80 3840 (80.20) 7680 (160.40) 5760 (120.30) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

85 4080 (85.21) 8160 (170.43) 6120 (127.82) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

90 4320 (90.23) 8640 (180.45) 6480 (135.34) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

95 4560 (95.24) 9120 (190.48) 6840 (142.86) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

100 4800 (100.25) 9600 (200.50) 7200 (150.38) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

126


105 5040 (105.26) 9840 (205.51) 7560 (157.89) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

110 5270 (110.07) 10070 (210.32) 7905 (165.10) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

115 5510 (115.08) 10310 (215.33) 8265 (172.62) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

120 5750 (120.09) 10550 (220.34) 8625 (180.14) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

125 5990 (125.10) 10790 (225.35) 8985 (187.66) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

130 6230 (130.12) 11030 (230.37) 9345 (195.17) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

135 6470 (135.13) 11270 (235.38) 9705 (202.69) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

140 6710 (140.14) 11510 (240.39) 10065 (210.21) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

145 6950 (145.15) 11750 (245.40) 10425 (217.73) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

150 7190 (150.17) 11990 (250.42) 10785 (225.25) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

155 7430 (155.18) 12230 (255.43) 11145 (232.77) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

160 7670 (160.19) 12470 (260.44) 11505 (240.29) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

165 7910 (165.20) 12710 (265.45) 11865 (247.81) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

170 8150 (170.22) 12950 (270.47) 12225 (255.32) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

175 8390 (175.23) 13190 (275.48) 12585 (262.84) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

180 8630 (180.24) 13430 (280.49) 12945 (270.36) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

185 8870 (185.25) 13670 (285.50) 13305 (277.88) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

190 9110 (190.27) 13910 (290.52) 13665 (285.40) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

195 9350 (195.28) 14150 (295.53) 14025 (292.92) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

200 9590 (200.29) 14390 (300.54) 14390 (300.54) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

205 9830 (205.30) 14630 (305.55) 14630 (305.55) 580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

No limit No limit Min.: ([2 × (DP)], [(DP) + 4790 Pa (~100.04 psf)])

Min.: ([1.5 × (DP)], [(DP) + 4790 (~100.04 [psf)])

580(2,3) (12.11) (2,3)

Notes:


127


(2) In the U.S. the water penetration resistance test pressure is capped at 580 Pa (12.11 psf) and does not increase for Performance Grades above PG80. Where products are subjected to increased risks of wind-driven rain events, or where a higher pressure is specified by a designer, the water penetration resistance test pressure specified in NAFS Table 7.1 may be increased to a maximum of 720 Pa (15.04 psf). Additional guidance on the selection of water test pressures may be found in AAMA TIR A13.


Commentary: The following is an example.

Optional elements are shown in square brackets [ ] Added the other Secondary Designator item not previously included, placed in its correct place in the order, as if the product

was operable and had undergone Canadian air leakage testing

Primary Designator:*SKG — PG1680 (SI) — Size tested 1200 × 1200 mm [— Unit skylight (glazed with glass)]orSKG — PG35 — Size tested 47.2 × 47.2 in [— SKG]

Secondary Designator:[Positive Design Pressure (DP) (Download) = 4800 Pa (~100.3 psf)][Negative Design Pressure (DP) (Uplift) = –1680 Pa (~–35.1 psf)][Water Penetration Resistance Test Pressure = 290 Pa (~6.1 psf)][Canadian Air Infiltration/Exfiltration Level = A3]*For all designators, there is an option to add the product type at the end of the designator at the manufacturer’s discretion. (See Clause 4.4.2.1)


Primary and Secondary Designator Example

8.4.2 TEST SPECIMEN INSTALLATION AWSCommentary: Clause 8.4.2 explains how TDDs, roof windows and unit skylights are to be installed for testing.

8.4.3 2 .1 Installation requirementsTest specimens shall be installed as specified in Clause 9.2.5. See Commentary Figure C8.4.2.1 for TDD test specimen mounting.Commentary: Some geographical examples of mounting skylight specimens are shown here for curb mounted and deck mounted units. A venting unit is installed similarly and tested in the closed position. Commentary Figure C8.4.2.1 illustrates the test configurations and planes of measurement for these tests.

128


Commentary Figure C8.4.2.1Air Leakage Test Configurations

129


Commentary Figure C8.4.3.1bWater Penetration Test Configurations

130


Figure 8.21TDD test specimen mounting

(See Clause 8.4.32.1 and Table 0.1)

8.4.2.2 Operating force AWSOperating force requirements for unit skylights and roof windows shall be as specified in Table 8.4.

131


Commentary: For all unit skylight and roof windows, both the maximum operating force to initiate motion and maximum force to maintain motion are part of the performance requirements.

Table 8.4

Operating force requirements AWS DL

(See Clauses 4.5.2.5, 8.4.2.2 and 9.3.1.1)

Product typePoint of force application

Direction of force



N (~lbf) N (~lbf)


End of crank handle


90 (20.23)

45 (10.12)


Midpoint of sash opposite hinges or operating handles


230 (51.71)

135 (30.35)


8.4.2.3 TDD testing AWSTest specimens (in their entirety) shall be assembled and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s written installation instructions. For air leakage and water penetration testing, the entire assembly shall be tested as a unit at the minimum intended slope (or horizontal) for the roof elements.

8.4.3.3 AWSThe reported “Water Penetration Resistance Test Pressure” shall be the differential pressure applied to the completed and assembled product. In addition, for TDDs, the steady-state pressure inside the tube shall be measured and reported wherever the “Water Penetration Resistance Test Pressure” is stated in the test report.

8.4.2.4 Installation sealant used during testing AWSThe sealant between the test buck fixture and the test specimen shall not impede or improve the performance of the specimen during testing, e.g., by covering joints or weeps.Commentary: The sealant between the test buck fixture and the test specimen is intended to isolate the field joints so the test results do not include extraneous leakage points the manufacturer cannot control.

8.4.3 AIR LEAKAGE TESTING AWSTDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights shall be permitted to be tested for air leakage resistance in a sloped orientation. The specimen shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s documented instructions and at the lowest slope recommended by those instructions.

If accessories such as light fixtures or dampers are offered for installation with TDDs, roof windows, or unit skylights, the product shall be tested with these accessories installed in the test specimen. Dampers or adjustable louvers shall be tested both in the open and the closed position.Commentary: Clause 8.4.3 acknowledges that accessory components and their mounting method in the tube of a TDD may affect air leakage performance. Any such optional accessories are to be provided and installed in strict accordance with manufacturer

132


instructions, using only sealing materials included in the packaging for the unit which do not impede normal operation of the accessory, See Commentary Figure C8.4.2.1 which illustrates the plane of measured air leakage.

8.4.4 WATER PENETRATION TESTING — ROOF WINDOWS, TDDS, AND UNIT SKYLIGHTS AWSRoof windows, TDDs, and unit skylights shall be tested either at the lowest slope recommended in the manufacturer’s instructions, or in the horizontal position, at the manufacturer’s discretion. See Clause 9.3.3.For water penetration testing of TDD products, any components entirely below the roof line shall be permitted to be removed to allow for easier detection of any water penetration, at the discretion of the testing agency.

Commentary: See Figure 8.2 which illustrates the plane of water penetration.The minimum water penetration resistance test pressure for all TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights is 15% of the positive

design pressure (DP) associated with the Performance Grade (PG). (Reference 9.3.3.1)Where a manufacturer offers or specifies an interior insect screen, the water penetration resistance and uniform load tests are to

be performed with the insect screen removed.Although rarely, if ever, encountered, if a product is designed to incorporate exterior screens, refer to Clause 9.3.3.3 for

requirements.

8.4.5 UNIFORM LOAD TESTING (SEE CLAUSES 9.3.4.2 AND 9.3.4.3) AWSCommentary: Clause 8.4.5 explains the uniform load testing requirements for TDDs, roof windows and unit skylights.

8.4.5.1 Orientation AWSTDDs Unit skylight products shall be tested for uniform load resistance in a sloped orientation at the lowest slope for which recognition is sought.Commentary: The positive load duration is 60 seconds (long duration) and the negative load duration 10 seconds (short duration) for TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights.

8.4.5.2 Deflection AWSFor all glass-glazed roof windows and unit skylights, no member shall deflect more than L/175, where L is the length of the unsupported span. The deflection of other unit skylights shall be measured and recorded in the test report, but shall not be limited by this Standard/Specification. Deflection measurements shall not be required for TDDs.Commentary: Deflection measurements are not taken on TDD’s because they do not have a defined unsupported span.

For plastic glazed skylights with multiple glazing layers, the test is set up to ensure that the applied load is imposed on the outermost layer.

Some building codes and project specifications may require deflection limits for glass-supporting members or assembly framing more stringent than those of NAFS. For this reason, deflection measurements need to be taken so that compliance can be determined when required. Edge support of glazing materials is a factor in selecting the proper glazing material to meet load requirements (e.g., wind, snow, dead loads, and any other anticipated loads).

When testing for Structural Test Pressure (STP), permanent deformation measurements are not required for TDDs.For plastic glazed products, the test specimen is considered to have failed if the glazing continues to deflect without an increase

in the load or becomes dislodged from its frame. Refer to Clause 9.3.4.3 for more information on what constitutes a failure.

8.4.6 AUXILIARY TESTS FOR ROOF WINDOWS, UNIT SKYLIGHTS, AND TDDS DLThe skylight and roof window hardware load test shall be used only for operable skylights and operable roof windows. Each different design of operable sash of the test specimen shall be tested.

The glazed test specimen shall be securely fastened so that the sash, when opened to its full extent, will be horizontal. A load (spread over an area sufficient not to break the glazing) shall be applied, acting through the geometric center of the sash, vertically downward, first in one direction (opening or closing) and then in the opposite direction (see Figure 8.1) The applied load shall be of sufficient magnitude such that the sum of the applied load plus the weight of the glazed sash emulates a load uniformly distributed over the entire sash as indicated in Table 8.5. If the sash weight is greater than the calculated load, the sash weight will be the load used for the test without any additional applied load. If necessary, an

133


adhesive tape or similar means shall be utilized to keep the applied load located at the center of the sash as the sash deflects under the applied load.

The sash and hardware shall be strong enough to support the applied load for a 10-second duration. At the conclusion of the test, the sash shall properly operate through its entire range and fully close. There shall be no failure of screws, window components or hardware, or permanent deformation of any component in a manner that interferes with proper operation.

Note: Load is applied in both directions through geometric center of sash

Figure 8.1

Set-up for Skylight and Roof Window Hardware Load Test

(See Clause 8.4.6)

Table 8.75 specifies the load for the distributed load test.Commentary: Other auxiliary tests from Clause 9 may be applicable to some products falling under Clause 8, even if those tests are not specifically mentioned in Clause 8. Consult the specifying authority for further guidance.

In addition, some Clause 8 products, such as TDDs, may be subject to requirements in U.S. or Canadian codes not yet covered in NAFS (i.e. interior finishes, plenum ratings, etc.). Manufacturers are urged to comply with such requirements as appropriate to avoid complications at project inspections.

Table 8.75 DLLoad for distributed load test

(See Clauses 8.4.6)

Product typeProduct designation

Load*

Pa (~psf)

Operable roof window or unit skylight SK, RW 300 (6.27)



134


9 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

9.1 TESTING SEQUENCECommentary: Clause 9.1 describes the general testing requirements applicable to all products.

9.1.1 APPLICABILITYThe testing provisions of this Standard/Specification shall apply to laboratory testing only.Commentary: The testing methods and requirements provided in NAFS are only applicable to testing carried out in a laboratory on a complete fenestration assembly as furnished and described by the manufacturer. The manufacturer also needs to specify applicability of U.S. and/or Canadian requirements to their product specimen(s).

9.1.2 DETAILS OF TESTING SEQUENCE AWS DLTo demonstrate compliance with this Standard/Specification as required by product type, the testing sequence shall be as follows:(a) operating force for operable window, roof window, unit skylight, sliding door, and secondary storm

product test specimens;(b) force to latch door for operable side-hinged door specimens;(c) air leakage resistance test;(d) water penetration resistance test;(e) uniform load deflection test; and(f) uniform load structural test.

The operating force test and the force to latch door test shall be permitted to be conducted after the air leakage resistance test. However, the operating force test, the force to latch door test, and the air leakage resistance test shall all be conducted before the water penetration resistance test. It shall be permitted to test beyond the minimum performance requirements for each type of performance test before beginning the next test in the sequence. For example, air leakage resistance shall be permitted to be tested at 75 Pa (~1.57 psf) and then 300 Pa (~6.27 psf) before beginning the water penetration resistance test(s). Tests not listed in this Clause may be performed in a sequence designated by the applicable test method referenced in this Standard/Specification or in any other sequence.

9.1.3 TEST SPECIMENSAll of the tests specified in Clause 9.1.2 shall be conducted on the same test specimen unless otherwise permitted in this Standard/Specification. Forced entry resistance (FER) tests and auxiliary (durability) tests shall be permitted to be performed on separate specimens of identical size and design.Commentary: The testing sequence may be altered by the testing agency to accommodate other testing protocols such as the Florida Building Code Test Protocols for High Velocity Hurricane Zones or the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) requirements for testing manufactured housing products.

9.2 TEST SPECIMEN REQUIREMENTSCommentary: Clause 9.2 describes the test specimen requirements applicable to all products.

9.2.1 GENERALEach specimen to be tested shall be a completely assembled, glazed, and functional product (including hardware), fitted in the test apparatus in accordance with the manufacturer’s documented instructions, unless otherwise stated in this Standard/Specification. Just prior to load tests for plastic glazed products, the specimen(s) shall be conditioned in accordance with Procedure A of ASTM D618.

9.2.2 COMPOSITE UNITS AND COMBINATION ASSEMBLIESIf two or more operator types are combined in a common frame, each operator type shall be tested to the requirements for that operator type.

135


Where a manufacturer wishes to demonstrate compliance with NAFS for combination assemblies consisting of two or more products, two methods are available. The combination assembly can be tested as a single assembly, incorporating both common (i.e., air

leakage, water penetration resistance, uniform load, etc.) and operator type specific testing or, where each component assembly has been shown to comply individually, it is only necessary to

demonstrate compliance of the mating mullions and their impact on other performance issues in accordance with AAMA 450.

Commentary: The user should be aware that other performance criteria (air leakage resistance, water penetration resistance, etc.) can be affected at the interface of these products.

9.2.3 ALTERATIONSWhen alterations are made to a test specimen during testing, those tests already performed that would be affected by such alterations shall be repeated. All alterations made during the sequence of testing shall be recorded in the test report.

9.2.4 SPECIMEN SIZEWhen testing to achieve conformance to the gateway performance requirements of this Standard/Specification, the test specimen size shall be both the largest width and the largest height for which gateway performance is sought, but not less than the minimum width or minimum height indicated in Clause 5.3.5 or Table 12.2.

When testing to achieve conformance to the optional performance requirements of this Standard/Specification, the test specimen size shall be both the largest width and the largest height for each optional performance rating sought. See Clause 4.3.1.1 for further details. The make-up of operable and fixed units to be included in the testing of combination assemblies shall depend on the desired configuration of units to be rated. See Clause 12.3.

Except as described in AAMA 2502 and/or WDMA I.S.11, Section 3.4, test results shall be valid only for products up to and including the width and height of the specimen tested.

9.2.5 TEST SPECIMEN INSTALLATION AWS DLThe air, water, and structural tests required by this Standard/Specification are performed on test

specimens installed in a test fixture that permits installation in accordance with the manufacturer’s documented instructions. These tests are used primarily to evaluate the performance of the fenestration product and are not intended to test the performance of the installation, particularly the, which shall be consistent with the perimeter sealing and anchoring practices shown in published field installation details that are specific to the product being tested. For all applicable testing carried out in accordance with this standard/specification, it is not acceptable to install the product in the test fixture in a manner that prevents observation for potential water leakage around the perimeter of the product framing. In addition, there shall be no direct contact between the test specimen and the test apparatus. Contact is strictly limited to that between the test fixture and the test apparatus itself. In addition, the test specimen installation shall ensure that there is no contact between any parts of the test apparatus components and the window components including, but not limited to; sash, mullions, intermediate rails, or glazing or any other window-framing member. These requirements shall apply for all testing procedures carried out in the test apparatus. These test protocols, which form part of this Standard/Specification, shall take precedence over the manufacturer’s installation instructions/details, where those instructions contradict these requirements.These test protocols are intended to permit the performance evaluation of the fenestration product alone rather than the performance of the installation. Figure 9.1 indicates the testing boundaries for typical test specimen installations and illustrates the plane of perimeter sealants between the fixture and the test specimen and the anchoring of the test assembly to the test fixture. (see Figure 9.1). Figure 9.1 indicates planes of testing for typical test specimen installation methods.

This Standard/Specification excludes the evaluation of the water-tightness attributes of the window flanges, specifically junctions (1) and (2) of Figure 9.2. Designers and specifiers shall indicate appropriate

136


installation instructions and/or practice for their specific application. Field-installed products with air and water penetration through junction (1) or (2) are considered installation deficiencies. Figure 9.2 shows nailing fin corner construction but applies equally to brickmold and other types of exterior flange corner construction.Commentary: Evaluation of actual field installation details (anchorage, perimeter seals, etc.) and attachment into various rough opening materials is not part of NAFS. AAMA 2501 provides a guide for engineering analysis of alternative anchorage conditions. For any given fenestration product, there are hundreds of real-world installation anchorage methods and wall/roof substrates. It is impractical to test every combination of substrate and anchorage for every specific fenestration product tested to NAFS. However, it is impossible to evaluate a fenestration product for compliance to NAFS without anchoring a test specimen to a test chamber.

Test specimen anchorage is not required to be evaluated by NAFS, neither for structural adequacy nor any other performance feature. The test specimen anchorage used is not required to precisely duplicate any specific real-world installation anchorage or substrate, and in fact must be modified to permit observation of the rough opening cavity during testing. The only requirement of NAFS is that the test specimen installation methodology reflects manufacturer’s written installation instructions for test specimen mounting (including the manufacturer’s instructions for clearance, shimming, and anchoring), and that test specimen mounting does not influence the performance measurements for air, water and structural load evaluation.

If appropriately structured, individual tests conducted to determine compliance to NAFS may be used to evaluate anchorage, but such evaluation is outside the scope of NAFS compliance. AAMA 2501 provides a guide for engineering analysis of alternative anchorage conditions

.

137


Figure 9.1

Test specimen mounting

(See Clause 9.2.5)

138


Figure 9.2Water test plane detail

(See Clause 9.2.5)

9.3 TESTING METHODS AWS DLCommentary: Clause 9.3 describes the test method applicable to all products.

9.3.1 OPERATING FORCE DLCommentary: Clause 9.3.1 describes the testing criteria for operating force.

9.3.1.1 General DLAll operable sash, leaves, SSPs, or sliding door panels shall be fully opened and fully closed a minimum of five times prior to testing to ensure that the sash, leaves, SSPs, or sliding door panels are operating freely. Operable sash or sliding door panels shall be adjusted so that they operate in either direction, with forces not exceeding those specified in Tables 5.64, 7.53 and 8.64, as applicable, to initiate motion from the fully closed position and maintain motion. The adjustments shall be limited to the procedures included in the manufacturer’s installation, service, and/or maintenance instruction manuals.

No further adjustments that would affect the operating force shall be made for the balance of all testing. Using the test methods specified in ASTM E2068, the force required to initiate motion of the operable sash or sliding door panels from both the fully closed and fully open positions shall be measured, as well as the force required to maintain motion to the opposite limits of travel.

If the specimen tested for operating force is found not to be in compliance with the requirements specified in Tables 5.64, 7.53 and 8.64, no further testing to the requirements of this Standard/Specification shall be permitted until the excessive operating force is removed. This shall be determined by either testing a new specimen or adjusting the tested specimen and retesting.

The force requirements indicated in Tables 5.64, 7.53 and 8.64 shall be used to qualify specific operator types. It shall be up to individual manufacturers to determine acceptable operating force limits for

139


their customers’ applications within the maximum allowable operating forces specified in this Standard/Specification.Commentary: Individual manufacturers determine acceptable operating force limits for their customers’ applications within the maximum allowable operating forces specified in NAFS.

In previous editions of NAFS, tThe Canadian and U.S. operating force requirements are were different and reflect the historical differences in the approaches employed in both countries. The Canadian requirements are based on an ergonomic study for windows of a typical size and configuration. The U.S. requirements are based on the anticipated operating forces for the specified gateway sizes. This is a component of NAFS that is currently under review and future versions of NAFS may be fully harmonized with a single set of operating force requirements. In this edition, the operating force requirements have been fully harmonized into a single set for both Canadian and U.S applications.

9.3.1.2 Rotary operators DLFor products with rotary operators, measure the torques (T) necessary to initiate and maintain motion, using a torque gauge or other suitable device calibrated in units not larger than 0.5 N-m (~4.43 in-lbf). Then, convert the torque values to force values (F) using the center-to-center length (L) of the lever in the equation F = T/L.

9.3.1.3 Latching devices DLFor products other than side-hinged door systems, and for R, LC, and CW products only, the force required to open or close any latches required for normal opening/closing of the sash or panel shall not exceed 100 N (~22.48 lbf) when tested using a force gauge applied to the end of the device in the direction of its normal operation. For side-hinged door system requirements, see Clause 6.4.5.

9.3.1.4 Multiple glazing panels (MGPs) DLWhere a manufacturer offers or specifies either interior or exterior multiple glazing panels (MGPs) in the primary sash, leaves, or sliding door panels, and it is desired to achieve conformance with this Standard/Specification both with and without the MGPs installed, all operating force testing shall be conducted with all MGPs installed.

9.3.2 AIR LEAKAGE RESISTANCE TEST AWSCommentary: In the U.S. for all product types, the maximum allowable air leakage is measured in infiltration mode only. In Canada, the maximum allowable air leakage is based on both the air infiltration and air exfiltration. Similar to operating force requirements, this This reflects the historical differences in the approaches employed in both countries. It is a component of NAFS that is currently under review and future versions of NAFS may be fully harmonized with regard to air leakage.

Air leakage performance is an indicator for comparison of product designs. Size and pressure differential changes can influence individual unit performance. As with all measures in NAFS, air leakage is measured in controlled laboratory conditions and does not reflect performance that might be measured in the field for an installed assembly.

Air leakage is caused by wind, internal positive or negative pressure, and by stack effect. Excessive air leakage has many side effects, including discomfort and drafts, low relative humidity due to too frequent air changes, noise transmission due to sound leakage, dust and airborne pollutants that are carried with the air. Air leakage during both summer and winter may be a significant contributor to energy loss.

Storm windows are required to meet both a minimum and a maximum level of air tightness, assuming that a storm window is exterior-applied. Storm windows should not be tighter than the prime window or moisture-laden air will be trapped between the storm and prime sash, and will likely result in condensation.

For estimating energy loss due to air leakage, the resulting air leakage requires extrapolation from the 75 Pa (25 mph) test pressure to reflect the regional seasonable average wind speed at 10 m reported height and to account for height of building, adjacent structures or terrain, and shape factors.

9.3.2.1 Method of test AWSWith the test specimen closed and locked, it shall be subjected to an air leakage test in accordance with ASTM E283. The test pressure and maximum allowable air leakage, before rounding, shall be as specified in Tables 5.21, 5.42, 6.21, 6.42, 7.42, and 8.1, as applicable.Commentary: For the evaluation, the test specimen is closed and locked then subjected to an applied air pressure difference as described in the referenced ASTM E283, Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. The air flow rate required to maintain the referenced pressure (usually 75 Pa or 300 Pa), is recorded and used to calculate a normalized air leakage rate based on the unit area of the specimen.

In Canada, both infiltration and exfiltration are measured for fenestration assemblies. In addition, there are two levels of performance (designated A2 and A3) for operable assemblies. Fixed fenestration assemblies must meet the Fixed Level air leakage

140


requirement. It should also be understood that where supplemental sealants are not employed, fenestration assemblies incorporating fixed sash, these fixed products are rated as operable (i.e., A2 or A3) assemblies.

9.3.2.2 Dual windows and dual doors AWSDual windows and dual doors shall be tested with the test specimen in the dual mode.

9.3.2.3 Multiple glazing panels (MGPs) AWSWhere a manufacturer offers or specifies interior MGPs in the primary sash, leaves, or sliding door panels, and it is desired to achieve conformance with this Standard/Specification both with and without the interior MGPs installed, all air leakage resistance testing shall be conducted both with and without all interior MGPs installed. When testing with the MGPs installed, all between-glazing venting features shall be fully open and functioning properly. When testing with the MGPs removed, all between-glazing venting features shall be plugged as documented in the manufacturer’s installation or product instructions.

Where a manufacturer offers or specifies exterior MGPs in the primary sash, leaves, or sliding door panels, and it is desired to achieve conformance with this Standard/Specification both with and without the exterior MGPs installed, all air leakage resistance testing shall be conducted with all exterior MGPs removed.

9.3.2.4 Reporting results AWSFor the purposes of this Standard/Specification, air leakage shall be reported on a pass/fail basis. When determining the pass or fail status of a test specimen according to the performance levels specified in Tables 5.21, 5.42, 6.21, 6.42, 7.42, and 8.1, the laboratory shall round off the measured air leakage to a single decimal place in accordance with the Absolute Method outlined in ASTM E29. The test report shall contain the statement that “The tested specimen meets (or exceeds) the performance levels specified in AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 for air leakage resistance” or “The tested specimen fails to meet the performance levels specified in AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 for air leakage resistance”, whichever is appropriate. Air leakage of composite units shall not qualify stand-alone individual units.

For the purposes of this Standard/Specification, air leakage shall be expressed in units of liters per second per square meter of frame area (cubic feet per minute per square foot of frame area) (L/s•m2 [cfm/ft2]). Frame dimensions shall be determined as defined in Figure 12.1.Commentary: Commentary Figure C12.2.1illustrates how product dimensions are measured.

9.3.3 WATER PENETRATION RESISTANCE TEST AWSCommentary: Water Pressure

Static pressure water testing has been used for over 50 years to quantify fenestration products’ resistance to water penetration. ASTM E 331 is a test method covering the determination of the resistance of exterior windows, curtain walls, skylights and doors to water penetration when water is applied to the outdoor face and exposed edges simultaneously, with a uniform static air pressure at the outdoor face higher than the pressure at the indoor face. ASTM E 547 is a test method covering the determination of the resistance of exterior windows, curtain walls, skylights and doors to water penetration when water is applied to the outdoor face and exposed edges simultaneously, with a cyclic static air pressure at the outdoor face higher than the pressure at the indoor face.

Any form of liquid water (including percolating water) beyond the inner-most plane, independent of amount or means of occurrence, is considered water penetration as defined by ASTM E331 and E547.

The 580 Pa (12 psf) water test pressure cap for the U.S. has served all industry stakeholders well for over 20 years, and is recommended for general use outside of high velocity wind zones for low- and mid-rise construction in the U.S. When specified as part of the AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 test regimen and certification program, it represents a solid trade-off between cost, performance, aesthetics and functionality for most construction projects. For most manufacturers of non-residential products, this 580 Pa (12 psf) test pressure is the “basis of design” for standard product lines to be used nationwide. For manufacturers of residential products, 15% of design pressure has been a successful “basis of design” for many years. For additional information refer to AAMA TIR A13 Recommended Static Water Test Pressures in Non-Hurricane-Prone Regions of the United States.

It should be noted that in Canada the water penetration resistance test pressure goes up to 720 Pa (15.04 psf) for optional grade PG100. The selection of the water penetration resistance test pressure is defined in accordance with the A440S1-09 (Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS). For Canada, product selection based only on design pressure might not adequately address driving rain loads. Specified DRWP defines the water penetration resistance test pressure to be used in testing conducted in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 to achieve compliance with the product selection requirements of Clause 4.4 of A440S1-09. Where the specified DRWP is higher than that specified for the product selection requirements, the higher water tightness test results are given in the Secondary Designator.

141


9.3.3.1 Method of test AWSWith the specimen closed and locked, all specimens (except Limited Water) shall be subjected to a complete four-cycle water penetration resistance test in accordance with ASTM E547. Each complete cycle shall consist of 5 minutes with the pressure applied and 1 minute with the pressure released, during which the water spray is continuously applied. The total test duration shall be a minimum of 24 minutes. AW specimens shall be tested for water penetration resistance in accordance with both ASTM E547 (four cycles) and ASTM E331 (15 minutes). The minimum water penetration resistance test pressure for all TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights and R, LC, and CW products shall be 15% of the positive design pressure (DP) associated with the Performance Grade (PG). The minimum water penetration resistance test pressure for all AW products shall be 20% of the positive design pressure (DP) associated with the Performance Grade (PG). However, in no case except for Limited Water testing of side-hinged doors shall the water penetration resistance test pressure be less than 140 Pa (~2.92 psf). For U.S. applications, the water penetration resistance test pressure shall be capped at 580 Pa (~12.11 psf). For Canadian applications, the water penetration resistance test pressure shall be capped at 720 Pa (~15.04 psf).

For conformance with this Standard/Specification, there shall be no water penetration as defined in the appropriate ASTM test method at the specified test pressure given in Pascal’s (Pa) or pounds per square foot (psf).

When evaluating side-hinged door systems, water penetration through the locking/latching hardware is permitted to be excluded, provided that the exclusion is clearly identified in the test report. This shall include a complete description of the exclusion method employed, as per Clause 9.4. A statement shall also be included in the summary of test results, as per Figure 9.6, to clearly identify that the locking/latching hardware was excluded from the water penetration evaluation. Notwithstanding the aforementioned exclusion, a product manufacturer wishing to evaluate his product including the locking/latching hardware shall perform the water penetration tests with the exterior side of locking/latching hardware fully exposed to the water spray with no exclusion methods employed. In this case no exclusion statement is required.

9.3.3.2 Dual windows and dual doors AWSDual windows and dual doors shall be tested in both the single and dual modes.

9.3.3.3 Insect screens AWSWhere a manufacturer offers or specifies an exterior insect screen, the water penetration resistance test shall be performed both with and without the insect screen in place. Where a manufacturer offers or specifies both a full and a partial exterior insect screen, the water penetration resistance test shall be performed first with one screen in place, and then repeated with the other screen in place. The sequence of these water resistance tests shall be at the discretion of the testing agency. An appropriate amount of time shall be permitted between subsequent water penetration resistance tests to allow for adequate drainage.

Where a manufacturer offers or specifies an interior insect screen, the water penetration resistance test shall be performed with the insect screen removed.

9.3.3.4 Multiple glazing panels (MGPs) AWSWhere a manufacturer offers or specifies either interior or exterior MGPs in the primary sash, leaves, or sliding door panels, and it is desired to achieve conformance with this Standard/Specification both with and without the MGPs installed, all water penetration resistance testing shall be conducted both with and without all MGPs installed. When testing with the MGPs installed, all between-glazing venting features shall be fully open and functioning properly. When testing with the MGPs removed, all between-glazing venting features shall be plugged if required by the manufacturer.

9.3.4 UNIFORM LOAD TESTS AWS

142


Commentary: Clause 9.3.4 describes the conduct of uniform load deflection tests.

9.3.4.1 General AWSCommentary: Clause 9.3.4.1 describes the general requirements for conducting uniform load deflection tests.

9.3.4.1.1 Dual windows and dual doors AWSDual windows and dual doors shall be tested in both the single and dual modes. For dual windows or dual doors, testing of two separate specimens of identical size and design, one in the dual mode and one in the single mode, shall be permitted.

9.3.4.1.2 Insect screens AWSInsect screens shall be removed from the test specimen for all uniform load testing.

9.3.4.1.3 Multiple glazing panels (MGPs) AWSWhere a manufacturer offers or specifies either interior or exterior MGPs in the primary sash, leaves, or sliding door panels, and it is desired to achieve conformance with this Standard/Specification both with and without the MGPs installed, all uniform load testing shall be conducted both with and without all MGPs installed. It shall be permitted to test two separate specimens of identical size and design: one with all MGPs installed and one with all MGPs removed. When testing with the MGPs installed, all between-glazing venting features shall be fully open and functioning properly. When testing with the MGPs removed, all between-glazing venting features shall be plugged if required by the manufacturer.

9.3.4.1.4 Interior accessory windows (IAWs) AWSThe IAW shall be removed or open during testing to the requirements of this Standard/Specification.Commentary: In some special situations, large IAW lites may be subject to transient “shared load” due to exterior glass deflection, and need to be designed appropriately. Specially designed, tested, and installed heavy duty IAWs are sometimes used for human impact protection in psychiatric occupancy or for blast hazard mitigation. However, the unique requirements of these applications are not addressed in NAFS.

9.3.4.2 Uniform load deflection test at design pressure (DP) AWSTests shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM E330, Procedure A. The positive load duration shall be 60 seconds for TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights (long duration) and 10 seconds for all other products (short duration). The negative load duration for all products shall be 10 seconds. Deflections shall be measured at rated design pressures (DP) and reported.

A minimum uniform load as specified in Table 5.1, 5.3, 5.5, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.2, 8.4, or 8.73 as applicable, shall be applied to the test specimen, first to the exterior surface (positive) and then to the interior surface (negative). For plastic glazed skylights with multiple glazing layers, the test shall be set up to ensure that the applied load is imposed on the outermost layer. The sequence of applying the loads shall be permitted to be reversed at the option of the testing agency.

The test specimen shall be evaluated for deflection during each load, for permanent damage after each load, and for any effects on the normal operation of the specimen. The specimen shall be operated at the discretion of the lab technician after each load to verify its normal operation. The maximum center span and corner deflection shall be recorded for all applied tests.Commentary: Some building codes and project specifications may require deflection limits for glass-supporting members or assembly framing more stringent than those of NAFS. For this reason, deflection measurements must be taken so that compliance can be determined when required. Edge support of glazing materials is a factor in selecting the proper glazing material to meet load requirements (e.g., wind, snow, dead loads, and any other anticipated loads).

9.3.4.3 Uniform load structural test AWSTests shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM E330, Procedure A. The positive load duration shall be 60 seconds for TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights (long duration) and 10 seconds for all other products (short duration). The negative load duration for all products shall be 10 seconds.

A minimum structural test pressure (STP) as specified in Table 5.1, 5.3, 5.5, 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.2, 8.4, or 8.73, as applicable, shall be applied to the test specimen in the same load sequence as that specified in Clause 9.3.4.2.

143


The test specimen shall be evaluated for permanent damage after each load.After each specified loading, there shall be no visually observable permanent damage to fasteners,

hardware parts, support arms, or actuating mechanisms and there shall be no disengagement of the sash, frame, glazing, or hardware. In addition, there shall be no other damage that causes the test specimen to be inoperable.

There shall be no permanent deformation of any mainframe, sash, sash member, leaf, or threshold/sill in excess of 0.4% of its span for Class R and LC products; of 0.3% of its span for class CW products, roof windows, and unit skylights; or of 0.2% of its span for class AW products. Permanent deformation shall be measured to the nearest 0.25 mm (~0.01 in). In dual windows or dual doors, permanent deformation requirements shall apply to the primary window or door members only. Permanent deformation measurements shall not be required for TDDs.

If there is any glass breakage during a specified loading, and the manufacturer does not modify the test specimen (i.e., only the glazing or identical sash, panel, or leaf is replaced), a maximum of two retests shall be permitted. After three such failures, the product shall not be permitted to be rated at the pressure that resulted in the glazing only failures.

For plastic glazed products, the test specimen shall be considered to have failed if the glazing continues to deflect without an increase in the load or becomes dislodged from its frame.

If there is any hardware breakage during a specified loading and the manufacturer does not modify the test specimen (i.e., only the hardware is replaced), a maximum of two retests shall be permitted. Hardware breakage during testing of AW test specimens shall be considered a failure and no retests of that test specimen shall be permitted.

9.3.5 FORCED-ENTRY RESISTANCE TEST AWSForced-entry resistance (FER) testing does not apply to SSPs. FER testing also does not apply to TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights.Insect screens and SSPs shall be removed from the test specimen for all FER testing.

Latching devices shall provide reasonable security against forced entry. All windows shall conform to ASTM F588 (Grade 10, minimum). All sliding doors shall conform to ASTM F842 (Grade 10, minimum). All side-hinged door systems shall conform to AAMA 1304. Fixed doors (product type FD) shall be FER tested in the same manner as fixed windows are tested in accordance with ASTM F588 (Grade 10, minimum).

In dual windows and dual doors, only the designated primary window or primary door shall be tested.In some cases, local codes require compliance with FER specifications other than those specified in

this Clause. For purposes of compliance with this Standard/Specification, the requirements of this Clause shall be mandatory, and additional testing in accordance with other FER specifications shall be optional.

FER testing of hinged rescue windows shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements for testing casement windows.

Where a manufacturer offers or specifies either interior or exterior MGPs in the primary sash, leaves, or sliding door panels, and it is desired to achieve conformance with this Standard/Specification both with and without the MGPs installed, all FER testing shall be conducted with all MGPs removed.Commentary: FER testing does not apply to TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights because the scope of existing test methods is directed towards resistance to the “casual burglar” who is not expected to have easy access to the roof (i.e., carry a ladder) or possess other specialized tools normally anticipated for an opportunistic burglary attempt.

9.3.6 AUXILIARY (DURABILITY) TESTS DLCommentary: Clause 9.3.6 describes the conduct of auxiliary (durability) tests.

9.3.6.1 General DLIn addition to the tests specified in Clauses 9.3.1 to 9.3.5, products seeking compliance with this Standard/Specification shall be tested for performance as indicated in Clause 9.3.6.

Where a manufacturer offers or specifies either interior or exterior MGPs in the primary sash, leaves, or sliding door panels, and it is desired to achieve conformance with this Standard/Specification both with

144


and without the MGPs installed, all auxiliary testing, except for the safety drop tests of Clause 5.3.7, shall be conducted with all MGPs removed.Commentary: In this case, there are differing tests for each product type largely dependent on the design, function, and construction of the individual products. These tests are designed to subject the product assemblies, sash, leaves, panels, frame, and hardware components to conditions typical of those that might be encountered during the handling, installation, and operation of the product. In that sense, they are designed to address durability issues not covered in the assembly testing specified in Clauses 9.3.1 to 9.3.5.

All loads specified in Clause 9.3.6 are minimum loads. A specifier may increase the loads for a particular project, realizing that if a pre-qualified product does not exist, additional testing is permitted as specified. Requirements for higher testing loads often result in higher project costs.

9.3.6.2 Thermoplastic corner weld test DLWhen primary structural sash, leaf, sliding door panel, or frame profile, or any other structural profile related to glazing retention and/or structural division of glazing lites within a common sash, leaf, sliding door panel, or frame is welded or chemically bonded, all corners representing all different profile combinations shall be tested.

Test specimens shall consist only of welded or bonded profiles of the base thermoplastic material.The corner samples shall be of sufficient size to be accommodated in the test fixture and shall be

conditioned in accordance with Procedure A of ASTM D618 prior to testing.The corner sample shall be mounted in the test fixture as indicated in Figure 9.3.The load shall gradually be applied in the direction indicated until breakage of the corner occurs.Except for cellulosic composite materials, when loaded to failure, the break shall not extend along the

entire weld line.For cellulosic composite materials, the following test results shall be reported:

(a) description of the break;(b) location of the break; and(c) load to cause breakage.Commentary: This test only applies to welded or chemically bonded thermoplastic products. It is primarily employed as a quality control test to assess the effectiveness of the corner welding or bonding process.

145


Figure 9.3

Set-up for thermoplastic corner weld test

(See Clauses9.2.5 and 9.3.6.2)

9.3.6.3 Deglazing test DLThis test shall apply only to operable windows and doors whose mode of operation is either vertical or horizontal sliding and to secondary sash in dual windows or dual doors.

When tested in accordance with ASTM E987, operable sash or sliding door panel members or secondary sash members shall not move from their original position by more than 90% of the original glazing bite. Displacement in products utilizing integrated insulating glass construction (i.e., systems where the sash acts as the IG spacer) shall not exceed the adhesive or sealant supplier’s recommended maximum, or 20% of the original glazing bite, whichever is more stringent.

For vertical sliding products, the load for horizontal sash members shall be 320 N (~71.94 lbf) and the load for all other sash members shall be 230 N (~51.71 lbf).

For horizontal sliding products, the load for vertical sash or sliding door panel members shall be 320 N (~71.94 lbf) and the load for all other sash or sliding door panel members shall be 230 N (~51.71 lbf).

For SSPs, the load shall be equal to the weight of the secondary sash and glazing but not less than 70 N (~15.74 lbf). The test shall be conducted on each member of each secondary sash in the test specimen and shall be the more stringent of AAMA 1002.10 or this Standard/Specification.

At the conclusion of the test, the test specimen shall not be damaged in any way that would inhibit normal operation of the window or door (i.e., open, close, lock, unlock). In addition, there shall be no glazing breakage.

9.3.6.4 Sash/leaf tests DL146


Commentary: Clause 9.3.6.4 describes the conduct of sash/leaf tests.

9.3.6.4.1 General DLThe tests specified in Clauses 7.3.5.2, 7.3.5.3, 9.3.6.4.2, and 9.3.6.4.3 are designed to test the sash and/or leaf strength, stiffness, and construction. They are also designed to test the strength of the sash and/or leaf corner joinery. The testing consists of torsional loading, racking of the sash and/or leaf in plane, and concentrated loading of sash and/or leaf components.

9.3.6.4.2 Sash vertical deflection test DLWith the glazed test specimen installed vertically in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, the operable sash shall be opened 90° or to the limit of its travel, whichever is less. If necessary, lateral movement of the sash shall be permitted to be restrained by a single point guide placed anywhere over the height of the sash, provided that such a guide provides no resistance to vertical movement.

A downward vertical pre-load force of 70 N (~15.74 lbf) shall be applied for 10 seconds not more than 50 mm (~1.97 in) inboard of the outer free edge by means of weights, a hydraulic cylinder, or other suitable arrangement and shall then be removed, at which time deflection-measuring devices shall be zeroed. The downward vertical force shall then be increased to the load indicated in Tables 5.8 6 and 7.64.

The vertical deflection of the lower outer corner shall be measured at 60 ± 5 seconds after the full load has been applied and while it is still applied.

The load shall then be removed and the test specimen examined for distortion or failure. At the conclusion of the test, the test specimen shall properly close and operate. In addition, there shall be no glazing breakage.

This test shall be repeated for each design of operable sash in the test specimenCommentary:

147


Commentary Figure C9.3.6.4.2

Set-up for sash vertical deflection test


9.3.6.4.3 Sash/leaf concentrated load test on latch rail DLFor R and LC products, this test shall be conducted on each glazed sash or leaf. For CW and AW products, this test shall be conducted on each unglazed sash or leaf.

Support each sash or leaf by clamping the stiles, 150 mm (~6 in) from the latch, to the horizontal supports.

A concentrated load applied to the center of the span of the latch rail, perpendicular (normal) to the plane of the sash or leaf, first in one direction and then in the opposite direction, shall not cause glass breakage, deglazing, or a deflection at the point of load application greater than specified in Tables 5.97, 6.6, and 7.8, measured to the nearest 0.25 mm (~0.01 in). Each design of operable sash or leaf in the test specimen shall be tested.

A concentrated load applied to the center of the span of the latch rail, in the plane of the sash or leaf, first in one direction and then in the opposite direction, shall not cause glass breakage, deglazing, or a deflection at the point of load application greater than specified in Tables 5.97, 6.64, and 7.8, measured to the nearest 0.25 mm (~0.01 in). Each design of operable sash or leaf in the test specimen shall be tested.Commentary:

Commentary Figure C9.3.6.4.3a

Perpendicular (normal to the plane) load for sash/leaf concentrated load test on latch rail


148


Commentary Figure C9.3.6.4.3b

Parallel (in the plane) load for sash/leaf concentrated load test on latch rail


9.3.6.5 Hardware load tests DLCommentary: Clause 9.3.6.5 describes the conduct of hardware load tests.

9.3.6.5.1 General DLThe tests specified in Clauses 9.3.6.5.2 to 9.3.6.5.7 are designed to test the strength and stiffness of hardware devices used in fenestration assemblies. They are also designed to test the reaction of the hardware to loading not normally encountered in the use of windows, doors, roof windows, and unit skylights. The testing consists of blocked operation and abnormal loading conditions which might occur during the handling, installation, and operation of the assemblies.

9.3.6.5.2 Sash andCasement hardware load test DLThe sash and hardware (distributed load) test shall be used only for operable outswing casement windows, operable unit skylights, and operable roof windows.

The glazed test specimen shall be securely fastened so that the sash, when opened to its full extent, will be horizontal. Each design of operable sash of the test specimen shall be tested. The load shall be applied vertically first in one direction and then in the opposite direction. The load shall be applied in the opening direction only for friction-based hardware.

A concentrated load (any force applied over a 305 mm [~12 in] diameter area) shall be applied acting through the geometric center of the sash. The applied load shall be of such magnitude that the sum of the applied load plus the weight of the glazed sash emulates a uniformly distributed load as indicated in Tables 5.11, 7.13, and 8.8. If necessary, an adhesive tape or similar means shall be utilized to keep the applied load located at the center of the sash as the sash deflects under the applied load.

The sash and hardware shall be strong enough to support a 10 second duration uniform load as indicated in Tables 5.11, 7.13, and 8.8.

149


At the conclusion of the test, the sash shall properly and fully close. There shall be no failure of screws, track, or hinge, or permanent deformation of support arms.The casement hardware load test shall be used only for operable outswing casement windows. Each different design of operable sash of the test specimen shall be tested. If a different hardware configuration is used on some windows, each different configuration must be tested on the largest unit that will be made with that configuration.

The glazed test specimen shall be securely fastened in its normal upright position with the sash opened to its fullest extent or 90 degrees, whichever is less. A concentrated load shall be applied in the horizontal plane first in one direction (opening or closing) and then in the opposite direction. For windows employing friction hinges without an operator, the load shall be applied in the opening direction only. The load may cause some deflection of the sash and shall be applied perpendicular to the sash at its maximum deflection (see Figure 9.4). The applied load vector must pass within 13 mm (.512 inches) of the geometric center of the sash and shall be of sufficient magnitude to emulate a load uniformly distributed over the entire sash as indicated in Table 9.1. It is acceptable to fasten a horizontal bar, suction cups or other device to the sash to enable attachment of the applied load, provided the additional weight is less than 5 kg (11 lb).

The sash and hardware shall be strong enough to support the applied load for 10 seconds. At the conclusion of the test, the sash shall properly operate through its entire range and fully close. There shall be no failure of screws, window components or hardware, or permanent deformation of any component in a manner that interferes with proper operation.

Horizontal Cross Section through Center of Window

150


Note: Load Is Applied in the Horizontal Plane, Perpendicular to the Deflected Sash

Figure 9.4Set-up for Casement Hardware Load Test


Table 9.1

Loads for Casement Hardware Load Test

(see Clause 9.3.6.5.2)

Sash Type Performance ClassLoad

Pa ~psf

Casement R 240 5.01

Casement LC 300 6.27

Casement CW and AW 300 6.27The IP equivalents identified are for approximate reference only and do not in any way imply accuracy of the measurement or the equipment. Refer to Clause 1.3 Units of Measurement. A Precision and Bias Statement is contained in the applicable referenced test methods.

Commentary:

151


Apply a concentrated load through the geometric center of the sash. Refer to Table 9.1 for loads.


Optional Alternative Set-up for Sash and Hardware (distributed) Casement hardware load test


9.3.6.5.3 Skylight and Roof Window Hardware Load Test

The skylight and roof window hardware load test shall be used only for operable skylights and operable roof windows. Each different design of operable sash of the test specimen shall be tested.

The glazed test specimen shall be securely fastened so that the sash, when opened to its full extent, will be horizontal. A load (spread over an area sufficient not to break the glazing) shall be applied, acting through the geometric center of the sash, vertically downward, first in one direction (opening or closing) and then in the opposite direction (see Figure YYYYY) The applied load shall be of sufficient magnitude such that the sum of the applied load plus the weight of the glazed sash emulates a load uniformly distributed over the entire sash as indicated in Table YYYYY. If the sash weight is greater than the calculated load, the sash weight will be the load used for the test without any additional applied load. If necessary, an adhesive tape or similar means shall be utilized to keep the applied load located at the center of the sash as the sash deflects under the applied load.

The sash and hardware shall be strong enough to support the applied load for a 10 second duration. At the conclusion of the test, the sash shall properly operate through its entire range and fully close. There shall be no failure of screws, window components or hardware, or permanent deformation of any component in a manner that interferes with proper operation.

152


Note: Load is applied in both directions through geometric center of sash

Figure YYYYY

Set-up for Skylight and Roof Window Hardware Load Test

(See Clause 9.3.6.5.3 and Table 0.1.)

9.3.6.5.3 Stabilizing arm load test (Classes R, LC, and CW only) DLMount the completely assembled glazed window or door vertically. Open the operable sash or leaf inward from the top, to the full ventilating position, with the sash or leaf supported solely by the stabilizing arm at one jamb. A concentrated load acting vertically downward for a duration of 10 seconds, as indicated in Table 5.119, shall be applied separately. After load removal, there shall be no damage to the window or door frame, operable sash or leaf components, glass, stabilizing arm, or hardware components, and the product shall function normally.Commentary:

153


Note: Refer to Table 7.1311 for loads.


Set-up for stabilizing arm load test


9.3.6.5.4 Hinge test (hinged rescue windows only) DLAfter the air, water, and structural tests have been performed, the hinged perimeter frame window assembly shall be subjected to 10 cycles of unlatching, opening to the full 90° position, closing, and latching. At the conclusion of 10 cycles, there shall be no glass breakage or permanent damage to any fasteners, hardware parts, support arms, or actuating mechanisms, and the hinged window assembly shall open, close, and lock in its normal manner. The operation test shall be conducted again, with the heaviest glass configuration (if not already done).

9.3.6.5.5 Awning, hopper, projected hardware load test DLThe glazed operable sash shall be opened to a 45° position or to the limit of its travel, whichever is less, and one side blocked in that position to prevent movement in a closing direction. The blocking shall extend no farther inward than 100 mm (~4 in).

A pre-load force of 15 N (~3.37 lbf) shall be applied for a period of 10 seconds to the midpoint of the sash member opposite the hinges, in a closing direction and perpendicular to the plane of the frame. The load shall then be removed and the deflection-measuring devices shall be zeroed. The force shall then be increased to the full test load. The deflection of the outer corner of the operable lite on the opposite side from the blocking, in the direction of the applied force, shall be measured at 60 ± 5 seconds after the full force has been applied and while it is still being applied. The deflection measured to the nearest 0.25 mm (~0.01 in) shall not exceed the values indicated in Tables 5.1210 and 7.1412.Commentary: For this test, the glazed operable sash is be opened to a 45° position or to the limit of its travel, whichever is less, and one side [of the sash] blocked in that position to prevent movement in a closing direction. The blocking cannot extend farther inward than 100 mm (~4 in), as shown in Commentary Figure C9.3.6.5.5.

A pre-load force of 15 N (~3.37 lbf) is then applied for a period of 10 seconds at the midpoint of the sash member opposite the hinges, in a closing direction and perpendicular to the plane of the frame. The load is then removed and the deflection-measuring devices are zeroed. The force is then increased to the full test load. The deflection of the outer corner of the operable lite on the opposite side from the blocking, in the direction of the applied force, is measured at 60 ± 5 seconds after the full force has been applied and while it is still being applied. The deflection measured to the nearest 0.25 mm (~0.01 in) must not exceed the values indicated in NAFS Tables 5.1210 and 7.1412.

154



Set-up for awning, hopper, projected hardware load test


9.3.6.5.6 Parallel opening window (POW) — Vertical load DLOpen the vent to its fullest extent or as far as the perpendicular to the plane and hardware permits (whichever is less). Apply the load specified in Table 5.13 11 (R and LC) or Table 7.1513 (CW and AW) perpendicular to the plane and at the midpoint of the lower sash stile in a closing direction for at least 10 seconds. Remove the load and close the vent.

There shall be no damage to fasteners or hardware parts, or any other damage which would cause the specimen to be inoperable.

155


Commentary:

Commentary Figure C9.3.6.5.6a

Set-up for parallel opening window (POW) — Vertical load


156


Commentary Figure C9.3.6.5.6b

Set-up for parallel opening window (POW) — Horizontal load


9.3.6.5.7 Top Turn Reversible (TTR)

The glazed operable sash shall be opened to a 45° position or to the limit of its travel, whichever is less, and one side blocked in that position to prevent movement in a closing direction. The blocking shall extend no farther inward than 100 mm (~4 in).

A pre-load force of 15 N (~3.37 lbf) shall be applied for a period of 10 seconds to the midpoint of the sash member opposite the hinges, in a closing direction and perpendicular to the plane of the frame. The load shall then be removed and the deflection-measuring devices shall be zeroed. The force shall then be increased to the full test load. The deflection of the outer corner of the operable lite on the opposite side from the blocking, in the direction of the applied force, shall be measured at 60 ± 5 seconds after the full force has been applied and while it is still being applied. The deflection measured to the nearest 0.25 mm (~0.01 in) shall not exceed the values indicated in Tables 5.10 and 7.12.Commentary: For this test, the glazed operable sash is be opened to a 45° position or to the limit of its travel, whichever is less, and one side [of the sash] blocked in that position to prevent movement in a closing direction. The blocking cannot extend farther inward than 100 mm (~4 in), as shown in Commentary Figure C9.3.6.5.5.

A pre-load force of 15 N (~3.37 lbf) is then applied for a period of 10 seconds at the midpoint of the sash member opposite the hinges, in a closing direction and perpendicular to the plane of the frame. The load is then removed and the deflection-measuring devices are zeroed. The force is then increased to the full test load. The deflection of the outer corner of the operable lite on the opposite side from the blocking, in the direction of the applied force, is measured at 60 ± 5 seconds after the full force has been applied and while it is still being applied. The deflection measured to the nearest 0.25 mm (~0.01 in) must not exceed the values indicated in NAFS Tables 5.10 and 7.12.

157



Set-up for Top Turn Reversible hardware load test


9.4 OPTIONAL TESTS Commentary: Clause 9.4 describes the requirements for condensation resistance, thermal transmittance, acoustical performance and impact performance of windows, doors and skylights. These tests are not required to be conducted to obtain a Performance Class rating under NAFS, but if they are conducted, they are required to be performed as described here.

9.4.1 CONDENSATION RESISTANCE The AAMA condensation resistance factor (CRF), the CSA temperature index (I), and the NFRC condensation resistance rating are rating numbers obtained under standard test conditions which allow for prediction, with reasonable accuracy, of the condensation performance of a window, door, SSP, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight. The CRF rating number that is obtained by the procedure outlined in AAMA 1503, the I rating number that is obtained by the procedure outlined in CAN/CSA-A440.2, and the condensation resistance rating that is obtained by the procedure outlined in NFRC 500 are not absolute values (i.e., the possibility exists that the rating numbers do not predict the precise condition under which, or the first location where, condensation occurs). However, they do provide a comparative performance rating for similar products when evaluated by the same method. (Users are cautioned that use of an SSP may provide unsatisfactory condensation resistance results.)

158


When condensation resistance is to be determined, products shall be evaluated under the procedures in AAMA 1503, CAN/CSA-A440.2, or NFRC 500.

9.4.2 THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE The total resistance to heat flow across the frame and glazing area of a window, door, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight is the sum of the inside surface-to-air resistance, the resistance of the frame and the glazing itself, and the outside surface-to-air resistance. The reciprocal of the sum of these resistances is the conductance. Product air-to-air heat conductance is also called heat transmittance. It is the heat that is conducted through 1 m2 of product frame area in 1 second when the temperature difference across the product is 1K (1 ft2 of product frame area in 1 h when the temperature difference across the product is 1°F). This is written as W/m2•K (Btu/h•ft2•°F) and is referred to as the U-value or the U-factor.

When thermal performance characteristics are to be determined, products shall be evaluated under the procedures in AAMA 1503, ASTM E1423, CAN/CSA-A440.2, or NFRC 100.

9.4.3 ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE

9.4.3.1 GeneralThe ability of windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights to attenuate sound transmissions is important in locations where exterior noise is excessive or disruptive. Sound attenuation shall be measured and rated either as STC (Sound Transmission Class) for interior sounds (speech, music, etc.) or OITC (Outdoor-Indoor Transmission Class) for exterior sound sources. STC is traditionally used to evaluate sound transmission through interior walls or barriers, whereas OITC is more useful for dealing with external noise, e.g., road, aircraft, and rail noises.

The AAMA and ASTM Specifications specified in Clause 9.4.3.2 shall be used to develop acoustical ratings for windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights.Commentary: AAMA TIR A1 is also a useful reference on acoustical performance and requirements.

9.4.3.2 ProcedureWhen acoustical performance characteristics are to be determined, all windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E90, ASTM E1425, or AAMA 1801. STC and OITC ratings shall be derived from ASTM E413 and ASTM E1332, respectively. The test specimen size for windows, doors, SSPs, roof windows, and unit skylights shall be as specified in ASTM E1425. The test specimen size for TDDs shall be the gateway or larger sizes specified in this Standard/Specification.

9.4.4 IMPACT PERFORMANCE Commentary: Clause 9.4.4 describes the conduct of wind-borne debris impact and cyclic loading tests.

9.4.4.1 GeneralThe ability of windows, doors, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights to resist impact by windborne debris is important in areas where high wind events, such as hurricanes, regularly occur. The building codes or other regulations in these areas frequently require windows, doors, TDDs, roof windows, or unit skylights to be rated impact resistant or protected by impact-resistant devices.

9.4.4.2 ProcedureWhen impact performance is to be determined, all windows, doors, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights shall first comply with all of the other applicable requirements of this Standard/Specification. In addition, the product(s) shall comply with either ASTM E1996 or AAMA 506. The specimen test sizes shall be the largest width and height for which compliance is desired. For the purpose of compliance with either ASTM E1996 or AAMA 506, the specimen test sizes shall not be restricted by the gateway requirements of this Standard/Specification

159


9.4 LABORATORY TEST REPORTCommentary: Clause 9.4 contains the minimum reporting requirements for tests conducted on windows, doors and skylights.

9.4.1 SUMMARY DATAAll test reports referencing this Standard/Specification shall include, as a first page, a “Summary of Results” containing, at a minimum, the information shown in Figures 9.5, 9.6 and 9.7, in the order shown.

Product manufacturer: ABC Window CompanyProduct type: Aluminum casement windowProduct series/model: 1000Primary product designator: Class R — PG25 — Size tested 760 × 1520 mm

(~30 × 60 in)Optional Secondary Designator: Positive design pressure (DP) = 2000 Pa (~41.8 psf)

Negative design pressure (DP) = –3000 Pa (~–62.7 psf)Water penetration resistance test pressure = 188 Pa (~3.9 psf)[For TDD only]: Interior tube air pressure differential = 96 Pa (2.00 psf)

Test completion date: 11/27/10(Reference must be made to Report No. 01-1234, dated 11/29/10, for complete test specimen description and detailed test results.)

Figure 9.5Test report summary of results

(See Clause 9.4.1)

Product manufacturer: ABC Window CompanyProduct type: Side-hinged doorProduct series/model: 1500Primary product designator: Class R — PG50 — Size tested 953 × 2438 mm (37× 98)Optional Secondary Designator: Positive design pressure (DP) = 2500 Pa (~52.2 psf)

Negative design pressure (DP) = –3000 Pa (~–62.7 psf)Water penetration resistance test pressure = 380 Pa (~7.9 psf)

Test completion date: 12/29/08Side-hinged Door Water penetration evaluation: Performed with locking/latching hardware covered or otherwise excluded.(Reference must be made to Report No. 02-3456, dated 12/29/08, for complete test specimen description and detailed test results.)

Figure 9.6Test report summary of results for side-hinged entry door with hardware excluded

(See Clause 9.4.1)

9.4.2 DETAILED DATACommentary: Clause 9.4.2 describes the minimum detailed data that must be included on laboratory test reports.

9.4.2.1 Minimum requirementsThe test reports shall include test dates, report dates, test record retention dates (minimum 4 years), the location of the test facility, and a comprehensive description of the test specimen. This description shall

160


provide sufficient detail to allow for verification of the fabrication of the test specimen, including, but not limited to, the following details. The details shall be provided in the following order:(a) name and location of the test specimen manufacturer;(b) product type, model, and mode of operation (e.g., inswing, project-in-top, project-out-bottom,

outswing);(c) test specimen overall size/configuration;(d) sash, panel, or leaf, sill, and frame component parts list, joinery type, record of materials

(including part number, description, and quantity), fastening and sealing details, and sash, panel, or leaf and frame dimensions;

(e) weatherstripping type, joinery, retaining method, referenced part number, and size;(f) glazing width, height, thickness, and type (e.g., material, airspace thickness, spacer type and

identification) (if not glass, also the material category [e.g., acrylic, copolyester, polycarbonate, or RFP], source, and production process);

(g) glazing method (e.g., wet/dry, laid-in, or channel glazing, glazing seals, bite depth, and setting block type and locations);

(h) drainage system, indicating location and size of all active and passive weepholes, sloped sills, glazing drainage, etc.;

(i) detailed list of operating hardware components, including part numbers, manufacturer, model, type, materials, locations, application details, fastening and sealing details, etc.;

(j) sash and frame reinforcement (if none, the report shall state “no reinforcement”);(k) screen(s): component parts list, joinery type, fastening method of retention, etc.;(l) slope of test specimen installation and minimum height of glazing above the roof plane (for TDDs,

roof windows, and unit skylights);(m) test specimen installation, including rough opening clearances, perimeter fastening, sealing

details, and test buck fixture material;(n) the results of all tests listed in Table 12.2 for the product being tested, including a statement or

tabulation of pertinent testing parameters and data collected;(o) optional test specimen size/configuration (if applicable);(p) if applicable, a statement that the specimen size was in accordance with the alternative minimum

test size requirements of Clause 5.3.5;(q) other data required to be reported in the applicable reference test methods report sections;(r) a statement that all tests were conducted in accordance with this Standard/Specification and a

complete description of any deviations from this Standard/Specification; and(s) a statement of performance ratings obtained.(t) for a side-hinged door, when applicable, a statement that the water penetration performance

rating was obtained with the locking/latching hardware covered or otherwise excluded and a description of the exclusion method.

9.4.2.2 AW Class requirementsFor any Class AW rating above the minimum design pressure of (DP) of 1920 Pa (~40.10 psf), test reports shall clearly state, for the following configuration types, “Single Lite Test Unit Only” in all written presentations where the rating is referenced (see Figure 9.7):(a) horizontally hinged, pivoted, or projected, Configuration A or B; and(b) casement, vertically hinged and pivoted, Configuration A.

Product manufacturer: ABC Window CompanyProduct type: Aluminum casement window — Configuration A, Single Lite Test

161


Unit OnlyProduct series/model: 1000Primary product designator: Class AW — PG100 — Size tested 900 × 1500 mm (~36 × 60 in)Optional Secondary Designator: Positive design pressure (DP) = 2000 Pa (~41.8 psf)

Negative design pressure (DP) = –3000 Pa (~–62.7 psf)Water penetration resistance test pressure = 188 Pa (~3.9 psf)

Test completion date: 11/27/10(Reference must be made to Report No. 01-1234, dated 11/29/10, for complete test specimen description and detailed test results.)

Figure 9.7Test report summary of results for any Class AW rating

above the minimum design pressure (DP) of 1920 Pa (~40.10 psf)


10 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTSCommentary: Clause 10 addresses the requirements for materials commonly used in the fabrication of fenestration products. While NAFS is intended to be a material-neutral standard/specification, it recognizes that certain minimum material requirements are appropriate.

10.1 MATERIAL TOLERANCE CMPThe tolerances of the wall thickness and other cross-sectional dimensions of aluminum shall comply with the applicable requirements of ANSI H35.2.

The tolerances of PVC, ABS, fiberglass, cellular PVC, and fiber-reinforced PVC reinforced thermoplastic lineal profiles shall comply with AAMA 303, AAMA 304, AAMA 305, AAMA 308, and AAMA 310, respectively. The maximum allowable deviation from the nominal wall thickness shall be ± 10% or 0.3 mm (~0.010 in), whichever is greater, for open die walls and ± 15% or 0.4 mm (~0.016 in), whichever is greater, for closed die walls. The weight of profiles in these materials shall not exceed ± 10% of the design weight.

Manufacturing tolerances for the cross-sectional dimensions of wood rails, stiles, heads, jambs, and sills shall not exceed ± 0.8 mm (~0.031 in) for dimensions up to 100 mm (~3.94 in) or ± 1.5 mm (~0.060 in) for dimensions greater than or equal to 100 mm (~3.94 in).Note: For overall product tolerances, see Clause 12.2.2.

10.2 GLAZING AND GLASSCommentary: Clause 10.2 establishes requirements for glass and other glazing materials used in fenestration products. Some general guidelines and considerations that users of NAFS should understand follow: Most building codes require safety glazing to be used in door systems, unit skylights, and some windows in certain

applications. Consult local codes for details. Sealed insulating glass units should be glazed in a manner that precludes the accumulation of water in the glazing cavity. If

“dry” glazing is employed as the exterior seal, drainage of the glazing cavity to the exterior should be provided. On commercial projects, the architect, specifier or buyer will often specify the glazing. On residential projects, glazing selection

to meet the design pressure (DP) for the project is often the responsibility of the specifier or buyer. In either case, the selector should specify glazing in conformance with the Standards specified in Clauses 10.2.1 or 10.2.2, as applicable.

Selection of the appropriate glazing is dependent on whether the selection is being made for testing purposes or to meet required structural loads for a particular application. When glazing selection is being made for the purpose of testing a fenestration assembly, it is the intent of NAFS that the glazing should:o Be of a type intended for use in the end product, ando Not strengthen or brace the fenestration assembly or in any way enhance the structural performance of the assembly

during testing.

10.2.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS

162


Where any of the following glazing types are installed in windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights, the glazing shall conform to the following Standards, if applicable:(a) flat glass (float or sheet): ASTM C1036, CAN/CGSB 12.2, or CAN/CGSB 12.3;(b) heat-absorbing glass: CAN/CGSB 12.4;(c) spandrel glass: CAN/CGSB 12.9;(d) light- and heat-reflecting glass: CAN/CGSB 12.10;(e) laminated glass: ASTM C1172 or CAN/CGSB 12.1;(f) heat-treated glass: ASTM C1048 or CAN/CGSB 12.1;(g) safety glazing: ANSI Z97.1, 16 CFR 1201, or CAN/CGSB 12.1;(h) wired safety glass: CAN/CGSB 12.11;(i) sealed insulating glass units: ASTM E2190 or CAN/CGSB 12.8, with data establishing proof of gas

content, for gas other than air, to an average minimum initial 90% gas fill content and an average minimum of 80% gas fill content following completion of insulating glass durability testing; and

(j) plastic glazing: ANSI Z97.1, 16 CFR 1201, or CAN/CGSB 12.12.

10.2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENT AWSThe uniform load resistance of glazing for products other than test specimens shall meet or exceed the specified design pressure (DP). Where applicable, the load resistance of glass shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E1300 (applicable to one-, two-, three-, or four-sided firm support) or CAN/CGSB 12.20 (applicable to four-sided firm support only), with factors for heat-treated, laminated, and insulating glass load duration, etc., as applicable.Commentary: Sealed insulating glass units should be glazed in a manner that precludes the accumulation of water in the glazing cavity. If “dry” glazing is employed as the exterior seal, drainage of the glazing cavity to the exterior should be provided.

On commercial projects, the architect or buyer will often specify the glazing. On residential projects, glazing selection to meet the design pressure (DP) for the project is often placed in the hands of the manufacturer. In either case, the selector should specify glazing in conformance with the Standards specified in Clause 10.2.1 and this Clause, as applicable.

10.2.3 GLASS SELECTIONNote: “Glazing” in this Clause refers only to glass.Commentary: Glazing in Clause 10.2.3 refers only to glass, and not to other light transmitting materials.

10.2.3.1 General AWSGlazing selection is dependent on whether selection is being made for testing purposes or to meet required structural loads. When glazing selection is being made for the purpose of testing a fenestration assembly, it is the intent of this Standard/Specification that the glazing should be of a type intended for use in the end product and shall not strengthen or brace the sash, panel, leaf, or frame of the fenestration assembly or in any way enhance the structural performance of the assembly during testing. Therefore, the glazing selected for compliance testing shall be the weakest glazing in accordance with ASTM E1300 or CAN/CGSB 12.20 for the test specimen size and the maximum design pressure (DP) to be tested, or any glazing that is weaker than that required by those Standards and meeting applicable safety glazing requirements. Glazing selection for testing purposes only shall be based on firm, four-sided glass edge support (except for jalousie windows and other products utilizing two-edge frameless sash), as stipulated in ASTM E1300 or CAN/CGSB 12.20. Building codes require safety glazing or fire-rated glazing in hazardous locations. For testing purposes, the manufacturer shall be permitted to use the weakest glazing defined in the codes and also commercially available that is consistent with the intent of this Clause. See Clause 8 for additional details on glazing selection for TDD, roof window, and unit skylight specimens.

This Clause shall supersede all glazing requirements for SSPs covered by AAMA 1002.10 and AAMA 1102.7.

ASTM E1300 was revised in 2002 to provide greater flexibility in selecting glass types and thickness to meet loading requirements. CAN/CGSB 12.20 has not similarly been revised. Consequently, the selection of glazing for testing purposes shall be the weakest glass according to either glass strength Standard.

163


The glazing for projects shall be the glazing required by the building code having jurisdiction, using the reference Standard specified in the building code.

The examples in the commentary to Clause 10.2.3.2 will help to illustrate how to select the appropriate glass for test specimens.

10.2.3.2 Use of fully tempered or heat-strengthened glass in test specimens AWSTest specimens glazed with fully tempered glass shall not qualify production units glazed with heat-strengthened or annealed glass, nor shall test specimens glazed with heat-strengthened glass qualify production units glazed with annealed glass, unless the test specimen has less than or equal to L/175 (where L is the length of the unsupported span) deflection at the glass-supporting edges at the rated design pressure (DP) when tested in accordance with Clause 9.3.4.2.Commentary: The following examples illustrate will help to illustrate how to select the appropriate glass for test specimens. These are examples only, and apply only to glass selection for test specimens of the indicated size and aspect ratio. Clauses 10.2.2 and 10.2.3.5 provide information on glazing selection for production units:

Example 1: Assume that a manufacturer has a casement window for which it desires to achieve a Performance Grade (PG) of 40. The test specimen has an actual glass size of 790 mm wide × 1700 mm tall (~31.10 × 66.93 in). The actual design pressure (DP) to consider for glass selection is 1920 Pa (~40.10 psf). The test specimen is to be glazed with sealed insulating glass. Considering the glass size and the design pressure (DP), ASTM E1300 for firm four-sided support dictates the allowable loads in Commentary Table C10.2.3.2.

Commentary Table C10.2.3.2

Allowable IGU glass loads for Examples 1 and 2

Nominal glass sheet thickness

Glass type

Allowable IGU load

mm (~in) Pa (~psf)2.5 (3/32) Annealed 1730 (36.13)

Heat-strengthened 3450 (72.05)

Fully tempered —

3.0 (1/8) Annealed 2320 (48.45)


Fully tempered 9300 (194.23)

4.0 (5/32) Annealed 2950 (61.61)


Fully tempered >10000 (>208.85)

5.0 (3/16) Annealed 3570 (74.56)


Fully tempered >10000 (>208.85)

Using the information in Commentary Table 10.2.3.2, the manufacturer selects the weakest glass that has an allowable load equal to or greater than 1920 Pa (~40.10 psf). In this case, that would be 3.0 mm (~1/8 in) annealed, which has an allowable load of 2320 Pa (~48.45 psf).

Therefore, the manufacturer will select, for this specimen, nominal 3.0 mm (~1/8 in) thick annealed glass. Any glass that has a greater allowable load is not permitted. However, any glass that has an equal or lower allowable load is permitted. Therefore, the manufacturer may alternatively choose nominal 2.5 mm (~3/32 in) annealed glass for the test specimen.

Example 2: Using the same casement given in Example 1, assume that the manufacturer desires to achieve a Performance Grade (PG) of 70. The actual design pressure (DP) to consider for glass selection is 3360 Pa (~70.18 psf). Using the information in Commentary Table 10.2.3.2, the manufacturer selects the weakest glass that has an allowable load equal to or greater than 3360 Pa (~70.18 psf). In this case, it would be 2.5 mm (~3/32 in) heat strengthened, which has an allowable load of 3450 Pa (~72.05 psf).

164


Therefore, the manufacturer will select, for this specimen, nominal 2.5 mm (~3/32 in) thick heat-strengthened glass. Any glass that has a greater allowable load is not permitted. However, any glass that has an equal or lower allowable load is permitted. Therefore, the manufacturer may alternatively choose any one of the following three glass options for the test specimen:

(a) nominal 2.5 mm (~3/32 in) annealed glass (not permitted in production units of this size and aspect ratio where the Performance Grade (PG) is greater than 35);

(b) nominal 3.0 mm (~1/8 in) annealed glass (not permitted in production units of this size and aspect ratio where the Performance Grade (PG) is greater than 45); or

(c) nominal 4.0 mm (~5/32 in) annealed glass (not permitted in production units of this size and aspect ratio where the Performance Grade (PG) is greater than 60).

In this case, the manufacturer should carefully consider the fact that testing the specimen with heat-strengthened glass might not qualify production units glazed with annealed glass, as specified in Clause 10.2.3.2. Therefore, glazing the test specimen with one of the three annealed options might be more desirable.

10.2.3.3 Glazing exceptions AWSCommentary: Clause 10.2.3.3 provides for certain exceptions to the glazing selection requirements of Clauses 10.2.3.1 through 10.2.3.2:

10.2.3.3.1 GeneralIn recognition that the product produced and sold is permitted to be of equal or smaller size than the size tested, the selection of glazing not intended for testing shall be in accordance with the Standards referenced in Clause 10.2.2 for the load, edge support, and product size to be used on a particular project. This glazing selection would not necessarily match the thickness or type used for testing, but if it meets the project requirements according to the referenced Standards, the product shall be considered to be in compliance with this Standard/Specification.

When glazed in accordance with Clause 10.2.3, the test results achieved by the tested specimen shall apply to like products of a size equal to or smaller than the tested specimen, provided that the products contain glazing that complies with ASTM E1300 or CAN/CGSB 12.20 for the specific product size and rated Performance Grades (PG). For products smaller than the tested specimen, this shall permit the use of glazing that is thinner and/or weaker than that used in the tested specimen.

Clauses 10.2.3.3.2 to 10.2.3.3.6 define five allowable exceptions to Clauses 10.2.3.1 to 10.2.3.2.

10.2.3.3.2 Glazing Exception 1Under this exception, the manufacturer shall obtain a written statement from the glass supplier stating that the glass type and thickness specified by ASTM E1300 or CAN/CGSB 12.20 cannot be safely provided. This written statement shall be included in the test report. The weakest glass type that can be safely provided by the glass supplier and that complies with ASTM E1300 (firm four-sided support only) or CAN/CGSB 12.20 shall be used in the test specimen.

The test results achieved by the tested specimen shall apply to like products of a size equal to or smaller than the tested specimen, provided that the products contain glazing that complies with ASTM E1300 (using all available edge conditions) or CAN/CGSB 12.20. For products smaller than the tested specimen, this shall permit the use of glazing that is thinner and/or weaker than that used in the tested specimen.Commentary: ASTM E1300 and CAN/CGSB 12.20 both define the allowable glass for an application based solely on loads induced by wind. In some cases, due to handling issues, raw or primary glass suppliers cannot safely provide glass of the type and thickness specified by those Standards. Rather, to address these handling safety issues, thicker and/or stronger glass is provided. Therefore, NAFS defines an allowable exception to Clauses 10.2.3.1 to 10.2.3.2 in that test specimens are permitted to be glazed with thicker and/or stronger glass than that specified by ASTM E1300 (firm four-sided support only) or CAN/CGSB 12.20 if the glass supplier cannot safely provide glass of the type and thickness specified by ASTM E1300 or CAN/CGSB 12.20. However, the rated design pressure of any production unit is not permitted to exceed the allowable load of the glass used in that unit as defined by ASTM E1300 or CAN/CGSB 12.20.

10.2.3.3.3 Glazing Exception 2In some areas, availability of 2.5 mm (~3/32 in) thick glass is limited. For this and other reasons, many manufacturers have decided not to offer products with 2.5 mm (~3/32 in) thick glass. Therefore, this Standard/Specification defines an allowable exception to Clauses 10.2.3.1 to 10.2.3.2 in that test specimens shall not be required to be glazed with glass thinner than 3.0 mm (~1/8 in), even though ASTM E1300 or CAN/CGSB 12.20 indicates that 2.5 mm (~3/32 in) thick glass is allowable.

165


Under this exception, test results achieved by a tested specimen glazed with 3.0 mm (~1/8 in) thick glass shall apply to like products of a size equal to or smaller than the tested specimen, provided that the products contain 3.0 mm (~1/8 in) or thicker glass, and that the product contains glass of the same or stronger type than that used in the tested specimen.Commentary: Glass that is 2.5 mm (~3/32 in) thick is generally available commercially in the United States but not in Canada. For this and other reasons, many manufacturers have decided not to offer products with 2.5 mm (~3/32 in) thick glass. Therefore, NAFS defines an allowable exception to Clauses 10.2.3.1 to 10.2.3.2 in that test specimens are not required to be glazed with glass thinner than 3.0 mm (~1/8 in), even though ASTM E1300 or CAN/CGSB 12.20 indicates that 2.5 mm (~3/32 in) thick glass is allowable.

10.2.3.3.4 Glazing Exception 3Many building codes require certain products to be glazed with safety glazing or fire-resistant glazing. Such glazing types are often thicker and/or stronger than the glazing specified by ASTM E1300 or CAN/CGSB 12.20. This Standard/Specification defines an allowable exception to Clauses 10.2.3.1 to 10.2.3.2 in that test specimens representing products that are required by national, state, provincial, or territorial building codes to contain only safety or fire-resistant glazing shall be permitted to be glazed with such safety or fire-resistant glazing.

10.2.3.3.5 Glazing Exception 4This Clause shall apply when the glazing material to be qualified is not within the scope of ASTM E1300 or CAN/CGSB 12.20. Examples include, but are not limited to:(a) plastic glazing materials, if from the same source;(b) composite material panels; and(c) wired safety glass.

Under this exception, a manufacturer shall be permitted to glaze a test specimen with any desired thickness and type of glazing material that is not within the scope of ASTM E1300 or CAN/CGSB 12.20. When the test specimen is glazed in accordance with this Clause, the test results achieved shall apply to like products of a size equal to or smaller than the test specimen, provided that the products contain glazing of exactly the same material type and of a thickness equal to or greater than that used in the test specimen. The test results achieved shall not apply to like products containing a different glazing material, or containing thinner glazing, than that used in the test specimen.Commentary: Skylights intended for high download applications may need to use glass that falls outside the load limits of ASTM E1300. Those products are exempt from the ASTM E1300 requirement, but can still qualify for PG ratings based on testing.

10.2.3.3.6 Glazing Exception 5This Clause shall apply to glazing selection for side-hinged exterior door specimens that are to be cycle tested in accordance with Clause 6.4.7. Such specimens shall use the heaviest glazing assembly that is to be qualified or shall have sufficient additional weight attached to the glazing to make it equivalent to the heaviest glazing assembly to be qualified. Successful testing of such specimens shall qualify the product when it is of equal or lesser weight.

10.2.3. 4 Additional glazing qualification requirementsCommentary: Clause 10.2.3.4 contains additional glazing qualification requirements for products qualifying insulating glass and for unglazed doors.

10.2.3.4.1Single glazing qualification when tested with insulating glassSince sealed insulating glass units typically provide significantly more strength and stiffness to sash and frame members than single glazing, products tested with sealed insulating glass units shall not qualify single-glazed products.

10.2.3.4.2 Insulating glass qualification when tested with single glazingProducts tested with single glazing shall qualify that product when glazed with insulating glass units, provided that the only change to the product is the glass-retaining members or stops, and provided that the product is not subject to the safety drop test in Clause 5.3.7.

166


10.2.3.4.3 Qualification of glazing in doorsTesting of unglazed door units shall not qualify glazed door units, and testing of glazed door units shall not qualify unglazed door units. Leaves with glazing shall be tested with the largest glazing area to be provided in the door system for which compliance is desired.

10.2.4 MULTIPLE GLAZING PANELS (MGPS)MGPs shall contain glazing that fully conforms to the applicable requirements of primary glazing specified in Clauses 10.2.1 to 10.2.3 and 10.2.5. If the MGP is an interior panel and vented to the interior, these requirements shall not apply to the interior panel.

MGPs may be installed on either the interior side or the exterior side of the primary glazing.

10.2.5 PLASTIC GLAZINGCommentary: Clause 10.2.5 establishes requirements for plastic glazing materials. Additional criteria not covered in NAFS may be applicable to light-transmitting plastic included in fenestration products that integrate into a portion of an interior wall and/or ceiling surface(s).

Plastics have been used successfully for decades and their use in glazing applications is better understood as time passes.What is Plastic Glazing?

Plastics are a subset of materials known as polymers. Polymers are formed by chemical reactions in which a large number of molecules called monomers are joined sequentially, forming a chain. In many polymers, only one monomer is used. In others, two or three different monomers may be combined. To make plastic glazing, two processes are typically used. By far, the most common method is extrusion, but formable sheet can also be produced in a process called cell casting.

In the extrusion process, plastic pellets or powders are fed into an extruder (basically a metal pipe with a rotating screw inside). The plastic melts and is forced into a die which forms the melted plastic into a continuous sheet. In the casting process, partially polymerized plastic is poured into a mold or cast onto rotating stainless steel belts. The polymerization process is then carried to completion.

In fenestration products, it is important that glazing materials, along with frames, be able to support wind, rain, snow, and ice loads without failing. Plastics and glass can both be used successfully in glazing applications even though they may have seemingly widely different physical properties.

How a material behaves under a load and how it will ultimately fail if overloaded is dependent on the tensile strength and flexural modulus of a material. Tensile strength is the maximum tension a material can withstand without yielding or breaking. Flexural modulus is a measure of the material’s ability to resist bending or deflecting under a load. Once a material has exceeded its tensile strength, it may fail gradually in a ductile manner or suddenly in a brittle manner. How a material fails, ductile or brittle, is irrelevant to its resistance to a load. The tensile strength of a material tells how much of a load a material can take before it breaks and the flexural modulus tells how easily a material can be bent.

Commentary Table C10.2.5 shows typical tensile and flexural properties for the major types of plastic glazing materials and for tempered glass:

Commentary Table C10.2.5Tensile Strength and Flexural Modulus for common plastic glazing materials

Test Tempered

Method Units Acrylic Copolyester Polycarbonate Glass

(for plastics)

Tensile Strength ASTM D638 Mpa 69 53 65 65 - 130

Flexural Modulus ASTM D790 Mpa 3300 2000 2340 70000

Commentary Table C10.2.5 shows that the tensile strengths of all the major glazing plastics are reasonably similar and not that much different than tempered glass. What is drastically different is the flexural modulus – glass is much less flexible than plastics. This means that glass will not deflect very much under a given load where a plastic panel of the same thickness will deflect significantly when subjected to the same load. This difference is taken into account by shaping and supporting the plastic in different ways

All organic materials will suffer the effects of weathering from heat, light, and UV exposure over time. Organic materials include synthetic materials like paints, coatings, and plastics and natural materials such as wood and fabrics. Typically, UV radiation weathers organic materials the most rapidly of all the weathering mechanisms.

The speed at which plastic materials degrade under UV exposure varies significantly based on their individual chemistry. The most common response to weathering is discoloration, loss of light transmission, and a change in mechanical properties. Fortunately, most plastics can easily be protected from UV radiation through the incorporation of UV absorbers and stabilizers. These additives extend the useful life of the material and can either be added in bulk to the plastic or applied to the surface of the plastic in a cap layer, thus highly concentrating the UV absorber. Since materials suppliers test and measure the response of their

167


materials to weathering conditions in accordance with an accepted standard, performance data is readily available. Limitations are set in NAFS for acceptable amount of loss of mechanical properties when exposed to weathering elements.

10.2.5.1 GeneralPlastic glazing materials, when used, shall meet all the requirements of this Clause and Clauses 10.2.1(j) and 10.2.5.2 to 10.2.5.8.

Products tested with plastic glazing materials shall not qualify glass-glazing materials, and products tested with glass shall not qualify plastic glazing materials.Commentary: Additional criteria not covered in this Standard/Specification may be applicable to light-transmitting plastic included in fenestration products that integrate into a portion of an interior wall and/or ceiling surface(s).

10.2.5.2 Weatherability

10.2.5.3 Light transmittance CMP DLPlastic glazing materials shall either be exposed for five years, at a minimum, in Florida with a southern exposure at a 45° angle, or tested using the operating procedure in ASTM G155 and augmented in ASTM D2565. When tested,(a) apparatus shall be Type A and have a 6.5 kW water-cooled xenon-arc lamp and a light-monitoring

system;(b) borosilicate glass inner and outer optical filters shall be used; and(c) the specimen shall be exposed to a radiant flux of 0.35 W/m2 at a wavelength of 340 nm for a total of

3000 hours.

10.2.5.3 Light transmittance CMPAfter the exposure specified in Clause 10.2.5.2, the plastic glazing material shall not change more than 10% of its original light transmittance value when tested in accordance with ASTM D1003, and shall be described as follows:

% change = A – B

where

A = light transmittance before exposure, %B = light transmittance after exposure, %

Prior to measurements, samples shall be cleaned in accordance with the plastic manufacturer’s published instructions.

10.2.5.4 Physical property retentionCommentary: Clause 10.2.5.4 describes the physical property retention requirements for plastic glazing.

10.2.5.4.1 General

10.2.5.34.1 Light transmittance CMP DLPlastic glazing material may be evaluated before and after weathering using ASTM D6110 (for Charpy impact resistance) or ASTM D638 (for tensile properties).

10.2.5.4.2 Charpy impact resistance CMPPlastic glazing material evaluated for Charpy impact resistance shall be tested before and after exposure in accordance with ASTM D6110, with the following exceptions:(a) the specimen shall be tested with the exposed surface in tension;(b) the specimen shall be exposed and tested in a horizontal position; and(c) the specimen shall be reduced to 50 mm (~1.97 in) for thin material that can slip through the

supports without breaking.

168


The average of the five specimens shall not result in more than a 25% reduction in impact strength (as measured by the unnotched Charpy test) as a result of the weathering. If material does not indicate breaking both before and after weathering, it shall be deemed acceptable.

10.2.5.4.3 Tensile properties CMPPlastic glazing material evaluated for tensile properties shall be tested before and after exposure in accordance with ASTM D638, as follows:(a) twenty Type I tensile specimens shall be tested, half before weathering and half after weathering;

and(b) specimens may be cut before or after weathering.

The average of the specimens shall not result in more than a 10% decrease in yield tensile strength as a result of weathering.

10.2.5.5 Smoke density CMP DLPlastic glazing materials shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or ASTM D2843. When tested in accordance with ASTM E84, the maximum smoke developed index shall be not greater than 450. When tested in accordance with ASTM D2843, the maximum smoke density rating shall be not greater than 75.

10.2.5.6 Self-ignition temperature CMP DLPlastic glazing materials, when tested in accordance with ASTM D1929, shall have a minimum self-ignition temperature of 343 °C (650°F).

10.2.5.7 Combustibility classification CMP DLPlastic glazing materials, when tested in accordance with ASTM D635, shall meet one of the combustibility classes listed in Table 10.1.

Table 10.1Plastic glazing combustibility classes


Combustibility class Requirements

CC1 Maximum extent of burning shall be 25 mm (~1 in) or less

CC2 Average burning rate shall be 62 mm/minute (~2-1/2 in/minute) or less


10.2.5.8 Additional plastic glazing qualification requirementsCommentary: Clause 10.2.5.8 contains additional glazing qualification requirements for plastic glazed products qualifying insulating glass.

10.2.5.8.1 Single glazing qualification when tested with insulating glassProducts tested with multiple plastic glazing layers shall not qualify single-glazed products.

10.2.5.8.2 Insulating glass qualification when tested with single glazingProducts tested with single plastic glazing shall qualify that product when glazed with multiple layers of plastic glazing, provided that the same framing members are used in both

169


applications and the outer layer has the same thickness and material composition as the single-glazed test specimen.

10.3 FRAMING/CLADDING MATERIALSCommentary: Materials used as framing members for fenestration products are also subject to load, strength and durability requirements. NAFS addresses this by referencing numerous accepted material standards and test methods from ASTM, AAMA, and ANSI. Recognized standards for Wood and coatings, Vinyl and coatings, Cellular PVC, Aluminum, Aluminum Coatings, Fiberglass (thermoset plastics) and coatings, Steel and coatings, Cellulosic composite materials, and Fiber-reinforced PVCreinforced thermoplastic , and Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-styrene are all included in NAFS to ensure that components meet performance requirements. End use testing as specified in NAFS is of course still required to ensure that a product design meets the requirements contained in NAFS for wind and snow loads, water and air infiltration and impact testing.

10.3.1 GENERAL

Clause 10.3 describes the minimum framing and cladding material requirements for reliable use in a fenestration application. The tests included are intended to evaluate framing and cladding materials before they are included in a product assembly. The process control requirements in the reference Standards in Clause 10.3 are beyond the scope of this Standard/Specification and shall be addressed by certification, evaluation, job specification, and internal quality programs.

10.3.1.1 Lead HSAt the point of manufacture, finished framing, sash, panel, leaf, and cladding materials shall be tested

for the presence of lead in accordance with ASTM E1753 (Rhodizonate surface swab test). If lead is indicated, lead content shall be confirmed by any one of the analytical techniques listed in ASTM E1613 or Method 7303 in the NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods and shall not exceed 0.02% by weight.Commentary: The tests included in Clause 10.3.1 are intended to evaluate framing and cladding materials before they are included in a product assembly. The process control requirements in the reference Standards in Clause 10.3 are beyond the scope of NAFS and should be addressed by certification, evaluation, job specification, and internal quality programs.

For lead presence testing, only Rhodizonate test kits with a sensitivity appropriate for the requirements of Clause 10.3.1 should be used.

10.3.2 WOODCommentary: Clause 10.3.2 establishes the minimum requirements for wood used in windows, doors and skylights.

10.3.2.1 Wood moisture content CMPWood or wood composites shall be kiln dried to a moisture content of no more than 12% by weight.

Commentary: Generally, wood moisture content is measured using moisture meters or other moisture sensing devices, which are accurate enough for most applications. When a more definitive measure of the moisture content of wood is required, tests should be conducted using the formula ((Green weight - Oven dry weight)/Oven dry weight)*100 = Percent MC or as described in the Wood Hand Book “Oven-Drying Method”. Green weight is the initial mass before drying, and oven dry weight is the mass after drying in accordance with the applicable test method used.

10.3.2.2 Wood adhesives CMP DLAny adhesives used in the manufacture of finger-jointed parts shall comply with the wet-use adhesive requirements of ASTM D5572. Any adhesives used in the manufacture of edge-bonded parts shall comply with the wet-use adhesive requirements of ASTM D5751.

10.3.2.3 Wood preservatives CMP DLWood or wood composite profile components as described in WDMA I.S.4 shall comply with WDMA I.S.4.

10.3.2.4 Wood coatings CMP DLManufactured and assembled wood products that are to be coated by the end-user shall be permitted. The manufacturer shall provide written recommendations for coating. See Table 11.4.

170


10.3.3 WOOD FLUSH AND MOLDED FIBER DOORS Commentary: Clause 10.3.3 establishes the material requirements for wood flush and molded fiber doors.

10.3.3.1 Wood door skin physical properties CMPFlush and molded wood fiber door skins shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A135.4, Table 1, Class 1, performance levels in their dry condition. A minimum of ten samples each shall be tested to determine the average values for water resistance, modulus of rupture, and tensile strength.

The material properties required to satisfy ANSI A135.4, Table 1, shall be determined in accordance with the methods described in ASTM D1037.

10.3.3.2 Wood door skin accelerated agingWhen tested in accordance with the accelerated aging schedule of ASTM D1037, weathered specimens shall exhibit an average MOR of no less than 50% of the MOR value before accelerated weathering. A minimum of ten samples shall be tested to determine the average.

10.3.3.3 Wood flush and molded leavesFlush and molded wood fiber doors shall be tested in accordance with WDMA T.M. 6 for Type One (Exterior) glue bond and meet the minimum performance level of WDMA T.M.6.

10.3.3 VINYLCommentary: Clause 10.3.3 establishes requirements specific to vinyl materials.

The user is cautioned that upon exposure to direct sunlight, dark colors tend to develop higher surface temperatures than light colors. Special design considerations may be required for dark colors.

10.3.3.1 Vinyl profile structural components CMP DLRigid PVC profile components, where used as sash, leaf, sliding door panel, frame, or other structural profiles related to glazing retention and/or structural division of glazing lites within a common sash, leaf, sliding door panel, or frame, shall comply with AAMA 303.

10.3.3.2 Vinyl cladding and other non-structural components CMP DLPVC and CPVC components used as cladding or as other non-structural members shall comply with the requirements of ASTM D4726 and AAMA 303 for color hold and weatherability only.

10.3.3.3 Vinyl compounds CMPPVC compounds shall be tested for weatherability in accordance with ASTM D4726 and AAMA 303. Upon completion of the weathering tests, the color of the test specimens shall remain within the color hold guidelines of ASTM D4726 and AAMA 303.

10.3.3.4 Vinyl coatings CMP DLOrganic coatings for PVC profiles and cladding shall comply with AAMA 613, AAMA 614, or AAMA 615. See Table 11.4.

10.3.3.5 Laminates for PVC Profiles CMPLaminates for PVC profiles shall comply with AAMA 307.

10.3.4 CELLULAR PVCCommentary: Clause 10.3.5 establishes requirements specific to cellular PVC.

10.3.4.1 Cellular PVC profile structural components CMP DL

171


Cellular PVC profile components, where used as sash, leaf, sliding door panel, frame, or other structural profiles related to glazing retention and/or structural division of glazing lites within a common sash, leaf, sliding door panel, or frame, shall comply with AAMA 308.

10.3.4.2 Cellular PVC cladding and other non-structural components CMP DLCellular PVC components used as cladding or as other non-structural members shall comply with the requirements of ASTM D4726 and AAMA 308 for color hold and weatherability only.

10.3.4.3 Cellular PVC compounds CMPCellular PVC compounds shall be tested for weatherability in accordance with ASTM D4726 and AAMA 303. Upon completion of the weathering testsand comply with the requirements of , the color of the test specimens shall remain within the color hold guidelines of ASTM D4726 and AAMA 308.

10.3.4.4 Cellular PVC coatings CMP DLOrganic coatings for cellular PVC profiles shall comply with AAMA 613, AAMA 614, or AAMA 615.

10.3.4.5 Laminates for Cellular PVC Profiles CMPLaminates for cellular PVC profiles shall comply with AAMA 307.

10.3.5 ALUMINUMCommentary: Clause 10.3.5 establishes the requirements for aluminum used in fenestration products. Aluminum: Properties and Physical Metallurgy is a good source for information on the material properties of aluminum.

10.3.5.1 Aluminum exterior cladding CMPAluminum, where used as exterior cladding, shall comply with the applicable requirements of Clauses 10.3.5.2 to 10.3.5.6. Coil stock cladding shall comply with the mechanical property limits of Table 7.1 of the AAI’s Aluminum Standards and Data for the alloy and temper used.

10.3.5.2 Aluminum sheet and plate CMPAluminum sheet and plate shall be of proper alloy for window, door, or unit skylight construction, free from defects impairing strength and/or durability.Commentary: Refer to ASTM B209 for general requirements.

10.3.5.3 Aluminum extrusions CMPNon-radiused, aAluminum extrusions, except those used as cladding, shall have a minimum specified ultimate tensile strength of at least 150 MPa (~21755.66 psi) and a minimum specified yield strength of at least 110 MPa (~15954.15 psi). Extrusions shall comply with the mechanical property limits of Table 11.1 of the AAI’s Aluminum Standards and Data for the alloy and temper used. Aluminum extrusions shall comply with the alloy requirements listed in the AAI’s Aluminum Standards and Data.Commentary: Refer to the Aluminum Association Aluminum Standards and Data for alloy and temper information. As an example, commercial alloy 6063-T5 is one of several alloys that will meet the requirements of NAFS.

10.3.5.4 Aluminum thermal barrier constructionIf a manufacturer offers both thermal barrier and non-thermal-barrier construction using the same extrusions, testing of the thermal barrier construction shall qualify the non-thermal-barrier construction, but testing of the non-thermal-barrier construction shall not qualify the thermal barrier construction.

10.3.5.5 Aluminum thermal barrier performance CMP DLThermal barrier extrusions shall be tested for structural performance using test methods outlined in AAMA TIR A8. Dry shrinkage and shear retention testing for thermal barrier extrusions shall be tested in accordance with AAMA 505. Poured and debridged thermal barriers shall be produced in accordance with AAMA TIR A8 and AAMA QAG-1.

172


10.3.5.6 Aluminum coatingsCommentary: Clause 10.3.5.6 establishes the requirements for coatings on aluminum.

10.3.5.6.1 Aluminum profile surfaces – Coated by end-userAluminum profiles that are intended to be coated by the end-user of the product assembly shall be permitted. In this case, the manufacturer shall provide the end-user with written recommendations for adequately coating these profiles.Aluminum:PropertiesandPhysicalMetallurgyisagoodsourceforinformationonthematerialpropertiesofaluminum.

10.3.5.6.2 Aluminum Finishes CMP DLAluminum finishes shall be as specified in Table 11.4.

10.3.6 FIBERGLASSCommentary: Clause 10.3.6 establishes the requirements for fiberglass used in fenestration products.

10.3.6.1 Fiberglass profiles CMP DLFiberglass lineal profiles shall comply with AAMA 305.

10.3.6.2 Fiberglass profile surfaces — Factory coated CMP DLAll exposed fiberglass profile surfaces that are factory coated shall have a protective coating that complies with the requirements of AAMA 623, AAMA 624, or AAMA 625.

10.3.6.3 Fiberglass profile surfaces — Coated by end-userFiberglass profile surfaces that are not factory coated but are intended to be coated by the end-user of the product assembly shall be permitted. In this case, the manufacturer shall provide the end-user with written recommendations for coating these profiles.

10.3.6.4 Fiberglass profile surfaces — Uncoated CMP DLFiberglass profile surfaces that are not intended to be coated shall be permitted. Such profiles shall be shown to possess weathering resistance by exposing the test specimens to the weathering protocol of ASTM D4726, Section A.1.1. Fiberglass profile surfaces that are not intended to be coated shall be permitted, provided that exposed surfaces pass the same minimum weatherability and chemical resistance requirements specified in AAMA 623 for coated surfaces.

10.3.6.5 Fiberglass and carbon fiber door skins CMP DLFiberglass and carbon fiber materials used in door skins shall have appropriate tensile strength, flexural strength, impact strength, and weathering and chemical resistance so as not to impair the performance and proper functioning of the door. These properties shall be tested and reported in accordance with the following methods:(a) tensile strength: ASTM D638 (Type I coupons);(b) flexural strength: ASTM D790 (Procedure A);(c) impact strength: ASTM D256 (Method A);(d) weathering resistance: ASTM D4726 (Section A.1.1); and(e) chemical resistance: ASTM D1308.Test samples may be coated in accordance with the manufacturer’s finishing instructions prior to testing.

10.3.7 STEEL MATERIALS AND COATINGSCommentary: Clause 10.3.87 establishes the requirements for steel used in fenestration products.

10.3.7.1 Steel sheet CMP DLExterior exposed sheet steel shall be:

173


(a) stainless steel conforming to ASTM A480/A480M; or(b) hot- or cold-rolled steel conforming to ASTM A568/A568M.

Hot-rolled steel shall be oil-pickled and cold-rolled steel shall also conform to ASTM A794/A794M.

10.3.7.1.1 Protective coating on steel CMP DLThe permitted steel types under Clause 10.3.7.1(b) shall be protected with at least one of the following:(a) a hot-dipped zinc or zinc-aluminum coating

(i) designated as Z275 in ASTM A653/A653M or AZM 150 in ASTM A792/792M; and(ii) complying with ASTM A924/A924M;

(b) a coating complying with AAMA 621;(c) an electro-deposited zinc coating complying with ASTM B633; or(d) an electrolytic zinc coating complying with ASTM A879/A879M.

10.3.7.1.2 Exemptions from protective coating on steel CMP DLThe following exceptions shall apply to Clause 10.3.7.1.1:(a) steel hardware components shall be permitted to be coated in accordance with AAMA 907; and(b) steel sash, leaves, sliding door panels, and frames shall be permitted to be coated as follows:

(i) with a primer that complies with ANSI A250.10; or(ii) by the end-user of the product assembly. In this case, the manufacturer shall provide the end-

user with written recommendations for coating the surfaces.

10.3.8 CELLULOSIC COMPOSITE MATERIALS CMP DLCellulosic composite materials shall comply with WDMA I.S.10 or AAMA 311.

10.3.9 FIBER-REINFORCED PVC REINFORCED THERMOPLASTIC Commentary: Clause 10.3.9 establishes the requirements for fiber-reinforced PVCreinforced materialsthermoplastic materials used in fenestration products.

10.3.9.1 General CMP DLFiber-reinforced PVCReinforced thermoplastic compounds and profiles shall comply with AAMA 310.

10.3.9.2 Fiber-reinforced PVC Reinforced thermoplastic surfaces — Factory coated CMP DLAll exposed fiber-reinforced PVCreinforced thermoplastic surfaces that are factory coated shall have a protective coating that complies with the requirements of AAMA 613, AAMA 614, or AAMA 615.

10.3.9.3 Fiber-reinforced PVC Reinforced Thermoplastic — Profiles coated by end-userFiber-reinforced PVCReinforced thermoplastic profiles that are intended to be coated by the end-user of the product assembly shall be permitted. In this case, the manufacturer shall provide the end-user with written recommendations for coating these profiles.

10.3.9.4 Fiber-reinforced PVC Reinforced Thermoplastic — Uncoated CMP DLFiber-reinforced PVCReinforced thermoplastic profiles that are not intended to be coated shall be permitted. Such profiles shall be shown to possess weathering resistance by exposing the test specimens to the weathering protocol of ASTM D4726, Section A.1.1.

10.3.11 ACRYLONITRILE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE (ABS) Commentary: Clause 10.3.11 establishes the requirements for ABS materials used in fenestration products.

10.3.11.1 General CMP DL

174


Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) compounds and profiles shall comply with AAMA 304.

10.3.11.2 ABS surfaces — Factory coated CMP DLAll exposed ABS surfaces that are factory coated shall have a protective coating that complies with the requirements of AAMA 613, AAMA 614, or AAMA 615.

10.3.11.3 ABS profiles — Coated by end-userABS profiles that are intended to be coated by the end-user of the product assembly shall be permitted. In this case, the manufacturer shall provide the end-user with written recommendations for coating these profiles.

10.3.11.4 ABS profiles — Uncoated CMP DLABS profiles that are not intended to be coated shall be permitted. Such profiles shall be shown to possess weathering resistance by exposing the test specimens to the weathering protocol of ASTM D4726, Section A.1.1.

10.3.10 DOOR LITE INSERT FRAME MATERIALS CMP DLDoor lite insert frame materials shall comply with the general requirements of ASTM D4101 for polypropylene, ASTM D6098 for polycarbonate, ASTM D4549 for polystyrene, ASTM D4726 for PVC, ASTM D4673 for ABS, and ASTM D6865 for ASA and ASA/PC blends.

10.3.11 OTHER MATERIALS CMPMaterials other than those specified in Clauses 10.1 to 10.3.10 shall be permitted to be used where it can be demonstrated that the physical characteristics, weatherability, and durability of such materials in the application are equal to or better than those specified in Clauses 10.1 to 10.3.10. When copper, zinc, bronze, brass, or stainless steel are used in cladding applications, steps shall be taken to minimize electrolytic (galvanic) reactions.

11 COMPONENT REQUIREMENTS

11.1 GENERALClause 11 describes the minimum component requirements for reliable use in a fenestration application. The tests included are intended to evaluate components before they are included in a product assembly. The process control requirements in the reference Standards in Clause 11 are beyond the scope of this Standard/Specification and shall be addressed by certification, evaluation, job specification, and internal quality programs.Commentary: The corrosion resistance requirements of Clause 11 for hardware, fasteners, and reinforcing mullions are minimum requirements. Additional protective coatings, fastener materials, and non-conductive isolation may be used where needed to prevent corrosion from galvanic reaction.

For lead presence testing, only Rhodizonate test kits with a sensitivity appropriate for the requirements of Clauses 11.2.1.2, and 11.8 should be used.

11.2 HARDWARECommentary: Clause.11.2 establishes the requirements for hardware components used in fenestration products.

11.2.1 TESTINGCommentary: Clause.11.2.1 establishes the testing requirements for hardware.

11.2.1.1 General CMP DL

175


Hardware shall be of a corrosion-resistant material compatible with the material to which the hardware is being applied or shall be isolated. Steel, other than stainless steel, if used, shall comply with the requirements of AAMA 907 and ANSI/BHMA A156.18.

All hardware shall be serviceable or replaceable in the field. (See Clause 3 for the definition of “serviceable”.)

Operable sash, leaves, or sliding door panels shall be tested with latching device(s) or operating hardware equipped with a latching action.

Except for horizontal sliding products, side-hinged doors, dual-action windows, and dual-action doors, and unless required for a specific application, operable products shall be equipped with operators, counterbalances, spring detents, or holding devices, which shall be permitted to be a part of the latching device, and which shall be capable of holding the operable sash at the extension of the hardware in the open position and at intermediate positions as specified by the manufacturer.

Reduction of the number of latching devices on units smaller than the tested specimen shall be permitted if substantiated by acceptable engineering calculations.Commentary: The suggested maximum spacing of the intermediate positions is 100 mm (~4 in). Hardware needs to be corrosion-resistant and compatible with the material to which the hardware is being applied. If hardware is stainless steel or steel, both AAMA 907 and BHMA 156.18 standards must be met for platings. Other substrates are not covered by these standards, but must meet the design intent for the hardware. All hardware must be serviceable or replaceable in the field. The functional requirements for many components are included in individual specifications. Some types of components are not covered by individual specifications, but are functionally tested by the required tests of the fenestration product.

The term latching device as used in this Standard/Specification refers to the mechanism furnished for latching and unlatching the product and does not mean that a key-operated cylinder is to be supplied. Latching devices are not restricted to locks and include other devices designed to keep the operable sash, leaf, or sliding door panel in position.

11.2.1.2 Lead testing HSAt the point of manufacture of the fenestration product, the outermost surface of test samples of hardware intended for repetitive human touch by the consumer in its installed condition shall be tested for the presence of lead in accordance with ASTM E1753 (Rhodizonate surface swab test). If the hardware part is coated, the coatings (e.g., paint, plating, oil, or clear coat) shall be considered the outermost surface of the part. If lead is indicated, the lead content shall be confirmed by either Test Method A (see Clause 11.2.1.2.1) or Test Method B (see Clause 11.2.1.2.2). Laboratories should be listed with the EPA National Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program (NLLAP) or accredited to ISO/IEC 17025 for the applicable test method by an organization listed by the International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation (ILAC). If lead content exceeding specified limits is proved using the applicable method, the hardware shall not be used in the product assembly.Commentary: Hardware surfaces intended for repetitive human touch by the consumer in its installed condition must be tested for the presence of lead. The testing is conducted at the point of manufacture of the fenestration product. The primary method of testing is with a swab test (ASTM E1753). If lead is indicated, other testing may be required. Note that higher lead content (greater than the 0.02% limit) is allowed in a few common hardware materials because it is a necessary element required to produce the alloy (e.g. brass and bronze). For brass and bronze, material certifications can be used to demonstrate the lead level in the hardware.

Only EPA-recommended Rhodizonate test kits with a sensitivity appropriate for the requirements of this Clause should be used.

11.2.1.2.1 Test Method A HSA complete hardware part that indicated the presence of lead in accordance with Clause 11.2.1.2 shall be supplied to the laboratory. The applicable surface shall be tested in accordance with any of the following test methods and the lead content of the surface material shall not exceed 0.02% by weight:(a) any one of the analytical techniques listed in ASTM E1613;(b) EPA Method 6010B;(c) EPA Method 6010C;(d) EPA Method 6020A;(e) EPA Method 7420; or(f) NIOSH 7303 in the NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods.

11.2.1.2.2 Test Method B (brass or bronze hardware only) HSCommentary: Clause.11.2.1.2.2 describes Method B requirements for hardware with brass or bronze touchable surfaces.

176


11.2.1.2.2.1 Test methodsTest Method B may be used only when the touchable surface tested is listed in Table 11.1. A complete hardware part that indicated the presence of lead in accordance with Clause 11.2.1.2 shall be supplied to the laboratory. The supplied sample shall be prepared for analysis in accordance with EPA Method 3050B and then analyzed in accordance with any of the following methods:(a) any one of the analytical techniques listed in ASTM E1613;(b) EPA Method 6010B;(c) EPA Method 6010C;(d) EPA Method 6020A;(e) EPA Method 7420; or(f) NIOSH 7303 in the NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods.

11.2.1.2.2.2 Material certificate HSIn lieu of testing, the hardware manufacturer may supply a material certificate, as furnished by the raw material supplier, to demonstrate lead content. The material certificate shall include the following information:(a) the lead content as a percentage by weight;(b) the standard analytical technique used to determine the lead content; and(c) the name of the testing authority and accrediting body.

The lead content shall not exceed the values listed in Table 11.1 for the applicable material.

Table 11.1Test Method B materials(See Clause 11.2.1.2.2)

Material Lead content, % by weight Lead content, ppm

Brass 3.8 38000

Bronze 5.0 50000

11.2.2 WINDOW OPENING CONTROL DEVICES AND WINDOW FALL PREVENTION DEVICES CMPWhere window opening control isdevices or window fall prevention devises are required, the specifier should shall refer to the applicable sections of ASTM F2090 or ASTM F2006. For installations below 23 m (75 ft.) that include emergency escape and rescue, reference ASTM F2090. For installations above 23 m (75 ft.) excluding emergency escape and rescue, reference ASTM F2006. Where window fall prevention is required, the specifier should refer to the applicable sections of ASTM F2006.Commentary: Window fall protection or prevention is required by many codes. Window opening control devices complying with ASTM F2090 limit the opening of the window sash to 100 mm (4 inches). Through the use of a release mechanism, they may be disengaged to allow full opening of the sash. The device(s) reset when the sash is closed. The window opening control devices described in ASTM F2090 are required by many building codes. Window fall protection or prevention devices restrict the opening of the window, but are not required to have a release mechanism and window opening control devices both limit unauthorized opening of operable sashes. Window opening control devices are not o be used on windows designated for emergency escape (egress) and rescue (ingress). Note that the window opening control device is not to be considered a fall prevention device. Where window fall prevention is required, refer to the applicable sections of ASTM F2006.

11.2.3 HUNG WINDOW HARDWARE CMPPrimary window sash shall be equipped with counterbalancing mechanisms meeting the requirements of AAMA 902 or AAMA 908.

Counterbalancing mechanisms of appropriate size and capacity to hold the sash stationary at any open position shall be used for the weights of sash to be counterbalanced.Commentary: Window sash must be equipped with balances of the appropriate size and capacity to hold the sash stationary at any open position. AAMA 902 and 908 are test methods for balances only; it is the responsibility of the window manufacturer to select

177


the appropriate balance hardware for use in the final window product. See the appendix of the AAMA 902 or AAMA 908 specifications for assistance in determining the appropriate class of balance to give the desired operating forces.

11.2.4 CASEMENT, AWNING, HOPPER, AND PROJECTED WINDOW HARDWARE CMPEach sash shall be provided with hardware capable of supporting it in any open position or have friction hinges.

If used, rotary operators and linear operators shall comply with AAMA 901 and friction hinges shall comply with AAMA 904.Commentary: Under AAMA 901 there are four levels of testing depending on performance desired. Window manufacturer must select the appropriate hardware and level to achieve the desired performance level. Hinges are covered by AAMA 904. Windows are tested in open position because the hardware is under full stress by weight, wind loads, and other environmental conditions.

11.2.5 PARALLEL OPENING WINDOW HARDWARE CMPEach sash shall be provided with hardware capable of supporting it in the fully open position or have friction hinges.

If used, rotary operators shall comply with AAMA 901 and friction hinges shall comply with AAMA 904.Commentary: Under AAMA 901 there are four levels of testing depending on performance desired. Window manufacturer must select the appropriate hardware and level to achieve the desired performance level. Hinges are covered by AAMA 904. Windows are tested in open position because the hardware is under full stress by weight, wind loads, and other environmental conditions.

11.2.6 DOOR HARDWARECommentary: Clause.11.2.6 establishes the requirements for door hardware components.

11.2.6.1 Dual-action hinged door hardware CMPEach operable leaf shall be equipped with hardware to provide either the “swing” or “tilt” operation. The swing or tilt positions shall be individually selected and rendered operable starting only from the closed leaf position. A secondary latching device to prevent accidental swing operation shall be permitted for each operable leaf.Commentary: Swing or tilt position will be individually selected and activated from the closed panel position. The operation of this door system is similar to tilt/turn windows.

11.2.6.2 Sliding door hardware CMPMovable sliding door panels shall be fitted with rollers and roller assemblies conforming to AAMA 906. Rollers and roller assemblies shall be designed to provide easy movement and to adequately support the sliding door panel without deforming. The corrosion resistance of hardware components shall comply with AAMA 907, where applicable.

Rollers and latching devices shall be adjustable to ensure proper fit and operation in the field.Commentary: Door manufacturers must select the appropriate rollers to achieve the desired operating force, and weight carrying capacity. AAMA 906 allows for various load ratings.

11.2.6.3 Side-hinged door hardware CMPSide-hinged doors shall be tested with hinges and representative locking/latching hardware installed and fully operable. Latching and locking configurations shall be governed by national and local building codes. Determination of the quantity and configuration of these devices on the tested assembly shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer. All hardware shall meet the minimum requirements of the reference Standards listed in Table 11.2 applicable for the product type..Commentary: The standards in Table 11.2 can contain various performance levels. It is the responsibility of the door manufacturer to select the appropriate hardware for the desired performance levels and code compliance. Hardware is tested in unit.

Table 11.2Door hardware reference Standards


Hardware component Standard

Butts and hinges ANSI/BHMA A156.1

178


Bored and preassembled locks and latches

ANSI/BHMA A156.2

Auxiliary locks and associated products ANSI/BHMA A156.5

Interconnected locks and latches ANSI/BHMA A156.12

Mortise locks and latches ANSI/BHMA A156.13

Self-closing hinges and pivots ANSI/BHMA A156.17

Handle Sets used with Multipoint Hardware on Side-Hinged Doors

AAMA 903

Side-Hinged Exterior Door Multipoint Locking Hardware

AAMA 909

Multipoint Locks ANSI/BHMA A156.37

Residential Locksets and Latches ANSI/BHMA A156.39

Residential Deadbolts ANSI/BHMA A156.40

Side-hinged door locking/latching hardware is generally an aftermarket installation, and beyond the control of the door system manufacturer. Additionally,Consequently, for aftermarket locking/latching hardware (i.e., hardware other than that provided by the manufacturer or specified by the manufacturer for the application), it shall be the responsibility of the specifier of the aftermarket hardware to demonstrate have equivalent water penetration resistance and a structural load performance rating equal to or greater than the water penetration resistance level and Performance Grade (PG) of the side-hinged door system in which it is installed in accordance with AAMA 930.

11.2.7 SIDE HINGED AND TOP HINGED HINGED WINDOW HARDWARECommentary: Side hinged hardware must prohibit the sash from freely swinging, with a limiting device or a friction hinge. AAMA 904 covers performance requirements for the friction hinge. For top hinged units, note the size requirements and placement requirements for the hinges. Top hinged units must provide for a means to keep the sash open in a secure fashion.

11.2.7.1 Side-hinged (inswinging) window hardware CMPSash shall have at least one limit device, keyed or non-keyed, which prohibits the sash from freely swinging.

If used, friction hinges shall comply with AAMA 904. Use of hinges shall be limited to sash sizes not exceeding the manufacturer’s weight restrictions.

11.2.7.2 Top-hinged window hardware CMPHinges, if integrally extruded, shall be continuous. If not integrally extruded, they shall be applied either as continuous or individual hinges. Individual hinges shall be applied at the outermost corners of the sash, with an additional center hinge provided where windows are over 1200 mm (~47.24 in) wide (for CW-designated windows) and 1500 mm (~59.05 in) wide (for AW-designated windows).

Sash shall have at least two hold-open arms attached to the frame and sash or a removable stay bar securely attached when the sash is opened. When the sash is in the open position, the hold-open arms or stay bar shall provide positive positioning of the sash.

If used, friction hinges shall comply with AAMA 904.

179


11.2.8 TROPICAL WINDOW HARDWARERotary operators used in tropical windows shall comply with AAMA 901. Other hardware shall be deemed to have qualified through unit testing. The requirements of Clause 12 apply to windows with louvers of materials other than glass. Hardware must provide for proper operation of the window.

11.2.8.1 General CMPHardware shall be provided to control and securely close the sash. Rotary-type operators shall comply with AAMA 901.

11.2.8.2 Jalousie hardware CMPPivot clips balanced within reasonable limits shall be provided to house the ends of louvers and shall be designed to securely hold louvers under all normal operating conditions. Clips shall be so constructed and applied to jambs that they are free-pivoting and galling or abrasive action detrimental to proper operation of the window shall not occur between them and the pivot faces of the jambs.

11.2.8.3 Jalousie louvers CMPThe requirements of Clause 12 shall apply to windows with louvers of materials other than glass, including, but not limited to, aluminum, wood, and plastic. Each louver type or combination of louver types shall be qualified by a complete and separate conformance test.

11.2.9 DUAL-ACTION WINDOW HARDWARE CMPSash shall have one or more stabilizing arms attached to the frame when the sash is opened from the top. When the sash is in the tilt-open position, stabilizing arms shall provide positive positioning of the sash.

Each sash shall be equipped with hardware to provide both tilt and swing operation. The swing or tilt position shall be individually selected and rendered operable starting only from the closed sash position. A secondary latching device to prevent accidental swing operation shall be permitted for each sash.Commentary: This is commonly referred to as tilt/turn hardware. Swing or tilt position will be individually selected and activated from the closed sash position. Hardware is tested in unit.

11.2.10 TOP TURN REVERSIBLE HARDWARE Each sash shall be provided with hardware capable of supporting it in the fully open position. Multi-Bar Hinges shall comply with AAMA 904.

11.3 FASTENERS CMPFasteners shall be compatible with associated materials as well as providing strength and resistance to corrosion in the intended application. Coatings on carbon steel fasteners other than nails, staples or corrugated fasteners, shall comply with the ASTM standards applicable to the coating type and/or process employed, for the Class, Type, Service Condition and/or Classification Code defined by the window, door, or skylight manufacturer.Metal fasteners shall be constructed of the same material as the metal components they fasten, or of a metal that will not set up an electrolytic (galvanic) reaction that could damage or cause deterioration of the fastener or the components. Steel fasteners other than nails, staples, or corrugated fasteners shall conform to one of the requirements in Table 11.3.

Fastening devices used on highly acidic woods, such as, but not limited to, redwood, western red cedar, yellow cypress, and some pressure-treated woods, shall be made of galvanized steel, austenitic, martensitic, or coated ferritic stainless steel, or non-ferrous material.

The surfaces of nails, staples, and corrugated fasteners that are exposed after the product is installed shall be corrosion resistant or protected by a corrosion-resistant coating.Commentary: Fasteners must be of a compatible material to the mating surfaces or coated to prevent galvanic reaction. Further information on the capability of fasteners is found in AAMA TIR A9, Section 4 and the Industrial Fastener Institute’s Fastener Standards.

180


11.4 REINFORCING DLThis Clause shall apply to all reinforcing members, including combination mullion reinforcing.

Reinforcing members, if used, shall be made from aluminum, fiberglass, austenitic, martensitic, or coated ferritic stainless steel, or another corrosion-resistant base material compatible with aluminum, treated wood, or PVCpolymeric material. Reinforcement used with highly acidic woods, such as, but not limited to, redwood, western red cedar, or yellow cypress, shall be made of galvanized steel, austenitic, martensitic, or coated ferritic stainless steel, or non-ferrous material. Wood, if used as a reinforcing member, shall comply with WDMA I.S.4. Steel, if used, shall conform to the appropriate requirements in Table 11.3.

Table 11.3Corrosion Resistance Requirements for Metal Fasteners And Steel Reinforcing

(See Clauses 11.3 and 11.4)

Material or finishExposure after installation

Classes R and LC and Types SK, RW, and TDD

Classes CW and AW

Steel-cadmium plated in accordance with ASTM B766, Class 8, Type II or Type III

Not visible Permitted Permitted

Visible Permitted Type II only

Steel-zinc-coated in accordance with ASTM B633, ASTM A123/A123M, or ASTM A641/A641M


Visible Permitted *

Steel-nickel-chrome plated in accordance with ASTM B456, Type SC


Visible Permitted *

Steel-zinc chromate in accordance with AAMA 907


Visible Permitted *

Steel corrosion-resistant coating in accordance with AAMA 907

All Permitted Permitted

Martensitic or coated ferritic stainless steel Not visible Permitted Permitted

Visible Permitted *

Austenitic stainless steel All Permitted Permitted

*Not permitted in visible locations unless test data is provided indicating equivalent or superior corrosion resistance when compared to permitted types, alloys, or coatings.

11.5 WEATHERSTRIP AND/OR WEATHERSEAL FOR NON-STATIC JOINTS CMP DLWeatherstrip and/or weatherseal shall be secured in position, replaceable, and meet the design qualification provisions of the following Standards, as applicable:(a) pile weatherstrip and/or weatherseal: AAMA 701;(b) weatherstrip and/or weatherseal inserted into or co-extruded onto a frame or sash member: AAMA

702 or ANSI/BHMA A156.22;(c) weatherstrip and/or weatherseal of closed cell elastomer: ASTM C509, Option II;(d) weatherstrip and/or weatherseal of dense elastomer: ASTM C864, Option II;(e) weatherstrip and/or weatherseal of dense thermoplastic elastomer: ASTM E2203;(f) weatherstrip and/or weatherseal of pre-formed silicone rubber: ASTM C1115; and

181


(g) weatherstrip and/or weatherseal of flexible PVC: ASTM D2287.If weatherstrip and/or weatherseal, either dual durometer or a thin flexible fin of rigid vinyl, forms an

integral part of a frame or sash member, provision shall be made for the installation of a functional replacement weatherstrip and/or weatherseal tested to show equivalence in accordance with AAMA 701/702 or ANSI/BHMA A156.22.

11.6 INSECT SCREENS CMPNon-retractable insect screens, when provided, shall conform to the performance requirements of SMA 1201. Retractable insect screens, when provided, shall conform to the performance requirements of SMA 1101.

Insect screens are intended to provide reasonable insect control and are not for the purpose of providing security or to provide for the retention of objects or persons from the interior. Where window opening control devices are a consideration, the specifier should refer to the applicable sections of ASTM F2090 and ASTM F2006.

Warning labels, when used, shall conform to SMA 7001.Insect screening shall be of compatible material to minimize galvanic action. Aluminum screening shall

conform to ISWA IWS 089. Plastic screening shall conform to ASTM D3656.Insect screens shall be secured and removable without the use of special tools.

11.7 SEALANTS CMP DLSealants shall comply with AAMA 800.

Sealing compounds shall be compatible with sealants used in the manufacture of insulating glass units and all other materials with which the compounds come in contact.

If sealant is used to seal mechanically fixed joints, it shall conform to AAMA 800 or ASTM C920, Type S, Grade S, Class 25.

11.8 COATINGS AND FINISHES CMP DLThe finishes for framing listed in Table 11.4 shall conform to all requirements of the applicable Standards listed in Table 11.4. These requirements shall apply only to factory-applied coatings and finishes. Products provided without factory-applied finishes at some or all exterior and/or interior surfaces shall not be required to comply with these requirements on those uncoated or unfinished systems.

At the point of manufacture, dry paint finishes listed in Table 11.4, when applied to framing and cladding materials, shall be tested for the presence of lead in accordance with ASTM E1753 (Rhodizonate surface swab test). If lead is indicated, the lead content shall be confirmed by any one of the analytical techniques listed in ASTM E1613 or Method 7303 in the NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods and shall not exceed 0.02% by weight.Commentary: The standards listed in Table 11.4 ensure performance levels of corrosion, color shift, adhesion, etc. In addition, framing and cladding materials with dry paint finishes are tested for lead using a swab test (ASTM E1753). If lead is indicated, other testing techniques must be used to determine the percent by weight.

Only Rhodizonate test kits with a sensitivity appropriate for the requirements of this Clause should be used.

182


Table 11.4Requirements for finishes

(See Clauses 10.3.2.4, 10.3.3.4, 10.3.4.4, 10.3.5.6.2, 10.3.6.2, 10.3.9.2, and 11.8)

Finish Standard

Pigmented organic coating on PVC or ABS AAMA 613, AAMA 614, or AAMA 615*

Pigmented organic coating on fiber-reinforced thermoset profiles

AAMA 623, AAMA 624, or AAMA 625

Pigmented organic coating on aluminum coil AAMA 620

Pigmented organic coating on aluminum extrusions or sheet AAMA 2603, AAMA 2604, or AAMA 2605*

Pigmented organic coating on steel coil AAMA 621

Pigmented organic coating spray applied to steel AAMA 2604 or AAMA 2605*

Anodic coating AAMA 611*

Combined anodic/organic coating AAMA 612

Pigmented exterior organic coatings on wood and cellulosic composites

WDMA T.M. 12

Exterior stain finishes on wood, cellulosic composites and fiber-reinforced thermoset profiles

AAMA 633

Pigmented interior organic coatings on wood and cellulosic composites

WDMA T.M. 14

Primer coatings for wood and cellulosic composites WDMA T.M. 11

Primer coatings for steel surfaces SDI A250.10

*Exterior of AW products only. Pigmented organic coatings shall comply with AAMA 615 or AAMA 2605. Anodic finishes shall be Architectural Class I.

Note: For further information on mechanical, chemical, electrochemical, and organic finishes for aluminum, see CSA A440.1.

11.9 INTEGRAL VENTILATING SYSTEMS/DEVICES AWSPrimary window, door, or unit skylight products incorporating ventilating system(s)/device(s) installed in the unit shall be tested with the ventilating system(s)/device(s) installed. The combination shall comply with all performance requirements of this Standard/Specification for the window, door, or unit skylight type being tested.

The specimen shall be tested twice for water penetration and twice for air leakage, once with the venting portion of the ventilating system(s)/device(s) in the closed position and again with the venting portion closed and taped or sealed. Air and water performance values for both test modes shall be included in the test report.

11.10 BLINDS IN DUAL-GLAZED PRODUCTS AWS

183


Primary window, door, or unit skylight products incorporating blind(s) installed in the unit shall be tested with the blind(s) not installed. The combination shall comply with all performance requirements of this Standard/Specification for the window, door, or unit skylight type being tested.

If a venetian blind is included in an enclosed non-hermetically sealed airspace (i.e., dual glazed), the airspace shall be vented.

11.11 SETTING BLOCKS CMPSetting blocks, if used, shall meet the requirements of IGMA TM-3000 or GANA’s Glazing Manual unless otherwise specified in this Clause.

Setting blocks, if used, shall uniformly support all lites of the glazing and shall not obstruct venting and/or draining of the glazing cavity.

When setting blocks are installed on sloped sills, they shall be tapered and/or set on tapered shims in order to provide support for all lites of the glazing.

Integral wood setting blocks shall be permitted to be used provided that they have a compression strength perpendicular to the grain of 3 MPa (~435.11 psi) or greater.

PVC blocks shall be permitted to be used provided that they have a Shore A hardness of 60 to 90 durometer or a Shore D hardness of 75 to 87 durometer.

11.12 OTHER COMPONENTSComponents, other than those specified in Clauses 11.1 to 11.11 shall be permitted to be used where it can be demonstrated that the capacities, physical characteristics, weatherability, and durability of such components in the application are equal to or better than those specified in Clauses 11.1 to 11.11.

12 FENESTRATION TYPE AND TEST SIZE REQUIREMENTS

12.1 GENERALAll windows, doors, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights and their components shall meet all of the applicable requirements of Clauses 9 to 11 for one of the product types listed in Table 4.1. Definitions for each of these product types can be found in Clause 3. Each specimen submitted for gateway testing shall be a completely assembled and glazed (unglazed only where required) window, door, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight of standard construction in the largest size for which acceptance is sought under this Standard/Specification, but in no case less than the minimum size shown for the appropriate product designation or the alternative minimum test size in accordance with Clause 5.3.5 when applicable. See Clause 12.2.1.

Where dual windows or dual doors are tested for compliance with this Standard/Specification, the test size shall be the same as that provided in each Performance Class for the type of product being tested. The product designation shall incorporate the letters DW or DD, as outlined in Clause 4.

All windows, doors, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights and their components shall meet all of the applicable requirements of this Standard/Specification.

12.2 PRODUCT DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCESCommentary: Clause.12.2 describes dimension nomenclature, measurement convention and tolerances for fenestration products.

12.2.1 DIMENSIONSThe overall product dimension is the dimension for that portion of the frame that inserts into the rough opening or over the rough opening for curb-mounted or self-flashed unit skylights.

Commentary: Where two dimensions are used together to express size, e.g., 1200 × 1800 mm (~47.24 × 70.87 in), the first dimension represents width and the second dimension represents height.

184


185


Commentary Figure C12.2.1Product dimension measurement

(See Clauses 9.3.2.4 and 12.2.1)

12.2.2 TOLERANCESCommentary: Clause.12.2.2 describes dimension tolerances for fenestration products.

12.2.2.1 Production sizeFor compliance with this Standard/Specification, the production size shall not exceed the test size by more than the following (all measurements shall be taken at room temperature):(a) +1.5 mm (~1/16 in) for all dimensions 1830 mm (~72 in) and under;(b) +3.0 mm (~1/8 in) for all dimensions between 1830 mm (~72 in) and 3660 mm (~144 in); and(c) +4.5 mm (~3/16 in) for all dimensions greater than 3660 mm (~144 in).

12.2.2.2 Gateway sizeAlso for compliance with this Standard/Specification, the gateway test specimen size shall be not less than the gateway size, or the alternative minimum test size specified in Clause 5.3.45, by more than the following:(a) –1.5 mm (~1/16 in) for all dimensions 1830 mm (~72 in) and under;(b) –3.0 mm (~1/8 in) for all dimensions between 1830 mm (~72 in) and 3660 mm (~144 in); and(c) – 4.5 mm (~3/16 in) for all dimensions greater than 3660 mm (~144 in).

12.2.2.3 Overall sizeFor singular rectangular specimens, the overall size shall not deviate from the dimensions indicated on the supplied drawings by more than the following:

(a) ±1.5 mm (~1/16 in) for all dimensions 1830 mm (~72 in) and under;(b) ±3.0 mm (~1/8 in) for all dimensions between 1830 mm (~72 in) and 3660 mm (~144 in); and(c) ±4.5 mm (~3/16 in) for all dimensions greater than 3660 mm (~144 in).

12.2.2.4 DiagonalThe requirements specified in Clauses 12.2.2.1 to 12.2.2.3 shall not apply to diagonal measurements.

12.2.2.5 DeviationFor singular non-rectangular specimens, the overall size shall not deviate from the dimensions indicated on the supplied drawings by more than ±6.0 mm (~1/4 in).

12.3 QUALIFICATION OF DESIGNS, CONFIGURATIONS, AND ASSEMBLIESCommentary: Clause.12.3 addresses variations in product design, configuration and assembly that can be covered by a single test, and circumstances where additional testing is necessary.

12.3.1 GENERALOne test does not necessarily provide a rating on all variations of a specific product design. Many factors, some of which are detailed in Clauses 12.3.2 to 12.3.6, have a significant impact on the performance of the product. Clauses 12.3.1 to 12.3.6 are not all-inclusive, but users should be aware of the design tested in comparison to that being manufactured.

12.3.2 GEOMETRY AND COMPONENTSAny geometric shape that fits within the rectangular gateway size (or larger test size) for a particular product type specified in Table 4.1, provided that the framing, sash, leaves, sliding door panels, glass and glazing,

186


hardware, hardware location, fasteners, reinforcing, material type, components, and construction all provide equivalent performance, shall be permitted to be qualified by the rectangular shape. The tested sash, leaf, or sliding door panel size shall not be exceeded. See Figures 4.4 to 4.8.

The test unit shall contain sash, leaves, sliding door panels, and frames of the largest dimension (width and height) for which compliance is desired. Sash, leaves, sliding door panels, or frames larger (width and/or height) than those tested shall not comply.

Windows, doors, and unit skylights tested with reinforced framing and/or sash, leaf, or sliding door panel members shall not qualify an unreinforced configuration.

A free-formed plastic glazed domed unit skylight that is identical to but smaller than a larger tested unit shall have a dome height proportional to that of the larger unit in order to be qualified by the larger unit’s rating. The smaller unit shall not exceed the dimensions of the larger unit in either width or height, and the dome material source(s), specification(s) and thickness(es) for both units shall be the same. The dome height is measured from the highest point of the outside dome perpendicular to its base. The smaller unit’s dome height is determined from the ratio of the dome height of the larger unit to the shortest side of that unit, with a tolerance of ±25 mm (~1 in).Commentary: Dome height requirement example:Larger tested size dome rise ratio:1220 × 2440 mm (~4 × 8 in) skylight with 250 mm (~10 in) dome height250/1220 = 0.205Allowable dome height for smaller identical units:610 × 2440 mm (~2 × 8 in)610 mm (~2 in) × 0.205 = 125 mm (~5 in)100 mm (~4 in) < Dome height < 150 mm (~6 in)

12.3.3 OPERATION AND ORIENTATIONOperation and orientation guidelines are further clarified in Figures 4.4 to 4.8 and 12.1. Some examples are as follows:(a) An inswing product shall not be qualified by testing an outswing product or vice versa. However,

testing of a right or left hinge configuration shall qualify the opposite.(b) A horizontal sliding product tested with the operable sash/panel(s) to the exterior shall not qualify a

similar product with the operable sash/panel(s) to the interior. However, testing of a right or left operable sash configuration shall qualify the opposite.

(c) A fixed product tested with sash, leaf, panel, or glazing set from the exterior shall not qualify a product with sash, leaf, panel, or glazing set from the interior or vice versa.

(d) A fixed product shall not qualify an operable product or vice versa.

12.3.4 DIVIDERS (MUNTINS)Commentary: Clause.12.3.4 addresses true divided lites, simulated divided lites, removable grids and grills.

12.3.4.1 True divided lites (TDLs)True divided lites (TDLs) are composed of muntins that carry a structural load. Tests of TDL units shall qualify similar units of equal or smaller sizes. Tests of units with TDL dividers shall not qualify single lite units without TDL dividers, nor shall tests of single lite units without TDL dividers qualify units with TDL dividers. TDLs shall not qualify simulated divided lites (SDLs).

12.3.4.2 Simulated divided lites (SDLs), removable grids, and grillsDecorative simulated divided lite (SDL) units (which are usually attached to the glazing by adhesive), removable grids, and grills-between-the-glass units are non-structural components that do not divide the glazing into individual smaller glazing lites. Tests of single lite units without dividers shall be permitted to be used to qualify units with SDLs and grills-between-the-glass units. SDLs shall not qualify TDLs.

12.3.5 QUALIFYING UNEQUAL LITE ASSEMBLIES

187


When limited to a two-lite-high hung window, a manufacturer shall provide supporting engineering analysis and follow acceptable engineering practice to indicate that loading (i.e., wind load, dead load, and point load and deflection due to flexural loading) and deflection are equivalent or reduced on load-bearing components. Structural testing of an even split unit shall qualify an uneven split unit when the lower portion is less than H/2 and the overall frame size of the uneven split unit is equal to or less than that of the even split unit (see the Note to Clause 4.4.2.6).

When limited to a two-lite-wide OX or XO horizontal sliding window or door, a manufacturer shall provide supporting engineering analysis and follow acceptable engineering practice to indicate that loading (i.e., wind load, dead load, and point load and deflection due to flexural loading) and deflection are equivalent or reduced on load-bearing components. Structural testing of an even split unit shall qualify an uneven split unit when one portion is less than W/2 and the overall frame size of the uneven split unit is equal to or less than that of the even split unit.

Commentary:

Commentary Figure C12.3.5Examples of unequal lite products

12.3.6 COMPOSITE UNITS AND UNIQUE FRAMING MEMBERSEach unique intermediate framing member (i.e., in a composite unit) shall be tested in the longest dimension for which compliance is desired. Intermediate framing members which are longer or which are not tested shall not comply. Framing members shall be of identical cross-section of those tested to claim compliance.

Figures 6.2, 6.3 and 12.1 illustrate typical configurations but shall not be regarded as all-inclusive. They are intended primarily for composite units with integral mullions. Other configurations shall be permitted to be evaluated, provided that they follow the size guidelines listed in Table 12.2.

If all gateway requirements are met for a composite assembly, and all auxiliary tests are performed and passed, single-unit tests shall not be required.

188


Note: See Notes at end of Figure 12-1

Figure 12.1Window and door assembly qualification — Typical configurations


189


Note: See Notes at end of Figure 12-1.

Figure 12.1 (Continued)(Continued)

190


Note: See Notes at end of Figure 12-1.

Figure 12.1 (Continued)(Continued)

191


Notes:(1) The following qualification requirements shall apply:

(a) frame size shall not be bigger than tested height or width;(b) individual sash size shall not be bigger than tested height or width; and(c) individual fixed lites may be bigger in width or height than the tested fixed lite if in compliance with

Clause 12.3.(2) The symbols used in this Standard/Specification for a hinged or pivoted sash or leaf is in a line in the

shape of a V. The open end of the V indicates the locking edge of the sash or leaf, and the point of the V indicates the edge of the sash or leaf where the hinges or pivots are attached. See Figure 6.3.

(3) Project-in shall qualify only project-in; project-out shall qualify only project-out.

192


(4) For horizontal sliding windows and doors, the base test unit shall always have WR, WC, and WL greater than or equal to W/2 (where W = the gateway width) or an alternative minimum frame width in accordance with Clause 5.3.5.


12.4 SPECIALTY PRODUCTS, BASEMENT WINDOWS, HINGED WINDOWS, SIDE LITES, TRANSOMS, AND SECONDARY STORM PRODUCTSCommentary: Clause.12.4 addresses specialty products, basement windows, hinged windows, side lites, transoms, and secondary storm products

12.4.1 SPECIALTY PRODUCTSSpecialty products are defined as windows, doors, or unit skylights of a type not otherwise specified in Clause 4.4.2.2. Examples of specialty products are non-standard geometric shapes such as, but not limited to, circle tops, ellipsoids, and other non-rectangular shapes. Each specimen submitted for tests shall be a completely assembled and glazed product in the largest size for which acceptance is sought under this Standard/Specification. Specialty products shall comply with all applicable material, component, and hardware requirements of this Standard/Specification. However, specialty products shall not be required to comply with any minimum gateway width and/or height requirements of this Standard/Specification.

Specialty products shall be designated as described in Clause 4.4.2, except that specialty products shall not be assigned a Performance Class designation. For example, the Primary Designator for a specialty product with a tested size of 1016 × 762 mm (~40.00 × 30.00 in) that qualifies for Performance Grade (PG) 40 shall be “SP – PG40 1016 × 762” or any allowable variation thereof as described in Clause 4.4.2.Commentary: The Specialty Product type exists to allow manufacturers to obtain Performance Grade rating of products within the scope of this Standard/Specification but which are not defined product types within the standard, These include product types that may be newly-developed, not widely used, or used in geographically limited markets. Examples include but are not limited to: folding windows, pivot doors, outward-opening dual action windows, large tilt-only windows and doors used residential and commercial buildings.

12.4.2 BASEMENT WINDOWSThe basement window designation has been provided so that a rating may be obtained that is consistent with code requirements for basements or cellars, including ventilation and emergency rescue provisions. It is inappropriate to test a window as a basement window if it is intended to be installed above grade or in locations other than a basement or cellar. Windows that are designed for use above grade shall be tested according to the appropriate operator type, even if they are occasionally used in basements or cellars for ventilation purposes.

The escape or emergency rescue provisions of basement windows are usually accomplished by removal of the sash from the frame through normal operation. The test specimen submitted shall include all parts of the basement window, including the secondary perimeter frame used to facilitate escape or emergency rescue, if applicable. Local code requirements may prohibit the use of removable sash basement windows as escape or rescue windows.

12.4.3 HINGED WINDOWSThe hinged window designation is for windows comprising a sash that swings inward or outward primarily for cleaning or rescue and not for ventilation.

For cleaning, the window is supplied with custodial locking hardware limiting free access and opening to the occupant. Friction adjusters are normally used to resist tension-free swinging of the sash.

For emergency escape and rescue, the window shall provide for egress of the building occupant. The window shall use hardware that allows it to be opened from the inside without special tools.

193


Commentary: The hinged rescue window designation describes a specific type of window operation used primarily in emergency escape applications. This designation permits these operator types to be tested for air leakage, water penetration resistance, structural load, and other performance requirements. Units tested to this designation have not been examined for their dimensional or operational parameters other than as specifically described in this NAFS. They are used as emergency escape devices, provided that they meet local code requirements regarding such devices.

12.4.4 SIDE LITES, FIXED DOORS, AND DOOR TRANSOMSWhen tested as part of a side-hinged door system, side lites, fixed doors, and door transoms are permitted to be tested at the same water resistance test pressure as the side-hinged door in that system. If intended to be offered as independent units in separate rough openings, or when tested separately, they shall meet the minimum water resistance test pressure for the Performance Grade sought. Side lites shall not exceed 700 mm (~27.56 in) in width and transoms shall not exceed 800 mm (~31.50 in) in height.

12.4.5 SECONDARY STORM PRODUCTSCommentary: Clause.12.4.5 addresses secondary storm products.

12.4.5.1 GeneralIf the required design pressure for the installation is determined to fall between the performance levels specified in Table 12.1, the next higher design pressure shall be used to specify the required performance level.

12.4.5.2 Water drainage testing AWSFor externally applied units, a water drainage test shall be required. The test shall be conducted without an applied pressure difference for units below performance level 20. For performance level 20 and higher units, the testing shall be conducted using an applied positive pressure difference of 10% of the design pressure.

12.4.5.3 Air infiltration for SSP windows AWSRefer to Table 12.2 for the maximum allowable air infiltration rate for SSP windows.

12.4.5.4 Air infiltration for SSP doors AWSRefer to Table 12.2 for the maximum allowable air infiltration rate for SSP doors.

12.4.5.5 Structural testing AWSThe structural test pressures shall be applied in both positive and negative directions. At the conclusion of the tests, there shall be no evidence of breakage and operable test units shall operate freely.

194


Table 12.1 AWSGateway requirements for secondary storm products


Performance

level

Design pressureUniform load structural test pressure

Water drainage

test pressureAir leakage test pressure


15 720 (15.04) 1080 (22.56) 0 (0.0) 75 (1.57)

20 960 (20.05) 1440 (30.08) 96 (2.0) 75 (1.57)

25 1200 (25.06) 1800 (37.59) 120 (2.5) 75 (1.57)

30 1440 (30.08) 2160 (45.11) 144 (3.0) 75 (1.57)

35 1680 (35.09) 2520 (52.63) 168 (3.5) 75 (1.57)

40 1920 (40.10) 2880 (60.15) 192 (4.0) 75 (1.57)

45 2160 (45.11) 3240 (67.67) 215 (4.5) 75 (1.57)

50 2400 (50.13) 3600 (75.19) 239 (5.0) 75 (1.57)

60 2880 (60.15) 4320 (90.23) 287 (6.0) 75 (1.57)

70 3360 (70.18) 5040 (105.26) 335 (7.0) 75 (1.57)

80 3840 (80.20) 5760 (120.30) 383 (8.0) 75 (1.57)

90 4320 (90.23) 6480 (135.34) 431 (9.0) 75 (1.57)

100 4800 (100.25) 7200 (150.38) 479 (10.0) 75 (1.57)


195


Table 12.2Gateway performance requirements

(See Clauses 0.1.3, 0.2.1, 3, 4.2, 4.3.1, 4.3.1.1, 4.4.2.1, 5.3.5, 6.4.9, 6.4.10,7.3.5, 8.1, 9.2.4, 9.4.2.1, and 12.3.6)

Product type Product designation

Minimum test sizeMinimum design

pressure (DP)Deflection at design pressure

(DP)

Minimum structural pressure (STP)

Minimum water pressure Air leakage resistance

mm (~in) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) Pa (~psf) L/s•m² (~cfm/ft²)

Architectural terrace door Class AW-PG40-ATD 1200 x 2430 47.24 x 95.67 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15 300 6.27 0.5 0.10

Awning, hopper, projected window

Class R-PG15-AP 1200 x 400 47.24 x 15.75 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-AP 1200 x 800 47.24 x 31.50 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-AP 1200 x 800 47.24 x 31.50 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.5975 1.57 1.50.5 0.300.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10

Class AW-PG40-AP 1500 x 900 59.06 x 35.43 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15300 6.27 0.5 0.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10

Basement window Class R-PG15-BW 800 x 360 31.50 x 14.17 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Casement window

Class R-PG15-C 600 x 1500 23.62 x 59.06 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-C 800 x 1500 31.50 x 59.06 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-C 800 x 1500 31.50 x 59.06 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.5975 1.57 1.50.5 0.300.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10

Class AW-PG40-C 900 x 1500 35.43 x 59.06 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15300 6.27 0.5 0.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10

Dual-action side-hinged door

Class R-PG15-DASHD 900 x 2000 35.43 x 78.74 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-DASHD 900 x 2100 35.43 x 82.68 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-DASHD 1000 x 2100 39.37 x 82.68 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.59 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Dual-action window

Class R-PG15-DAW 1100 x 1500 43.31 x 59.06 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-DAW 1200 x 1500 47.24 x 59.06 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-DAW 1200 x 1800 47.24 x 70.87 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.59 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class AW-PG40-DAW 1500 x 2500 59.06 x 98.43 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15 300 6.27 0.5 0.10

Fixed door Class R-PG15-FD 900 x 2000 35.43 x 78.74 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-FD 900 x 2100 35.43 x 82.68 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-FD 1000 x 2100 39.37 x 82.68 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.59 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

196

Class AW-PG40-FD 1500 x 2500 59.06 x 98.43 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15 300 6.27 0.5 0.10

(Continued)

197

Table 12.2 (Continued)




(DP)




Fixed window

Class R-PG15-FW 1200 x 1200 47.24 x 47.24 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-FW 1400 x 1400 55.12 x 55.12 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-FW 1500 x 1500 59.06 x 59.06 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.5975 1.57 1.50.5 0.300.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10

Class AW-PG40-FW 1500 x 2500 59.06 x 98.43 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15300 6.27 0.5 0.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10

Folding door

Class R-PG15-FLD 1800 x 2000 70.87 x 78.74 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-FLD 2200 x 2100 86.61 x 82.68 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG40-FLD 2400 x 2100 94.49 x 82.68 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.59 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Greenhouse window Class R-PG15-GW900 x 900 x

30035.43 x 35.43 x

11.81720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Hinged rescue window Class R-PG15-HE Varies Varies 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Horizontally or vertically pivoted window

Class R-PG15-HP/VP 1100 x 1500 43.31 x 59.06 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-HP/VP 1200 x 1500 47.24 x 59.06 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-HP/VP 1200 x 2200 47.24 x 86.61 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.5975 1.57 1.50.5 0.300.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10

Class AW-PG40-HP/VP 1500 x 2500 59.06 x 98.43 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15300 6.27 0.5 0.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10


Class R-PG15-HS 1600 x 1100 62.99 x 43.31 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-HS 1800 x 1400 70.87 x 55.12 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-HS 1800 x 1500 70.87 x 59.06 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.5975 1.57 1.51.0 0.300.20

-75 -1.57 1.0 0.20

Class AW-PG40-HS 2500 x 2000 98.43 x 78.74 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15300 6.27 1.5 0.30

-75 -1.57 1.0 0.20

Hung window —vertical sliding

Class R-PG15-H 1000 x 1600 39.37 x 62.99 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-H 1100 x 1900 43.31 x 74.80 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

198

Class CW-PG30-H 1400 x 2300 55.12 x 90.55 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 2204.59 75 1.57 1.51.0 0.300.20

-75 -1.57 1.0 0.20

Class AW-PG40-H 1500 x 2500 59.06 x 98.43 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15300 6.27 1.5 0.30

-75 -1.57 1.0 0.20

Jal-awning window Class R-PG15-JA 1400 x 1600 55.12 x 62.99 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Jalousie window Class R-PG15-J 900 x 1200 35.43 x 47.24 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 6.0 1.18

Non-hung window — vertical sliding

Class R-PG15-VS 1000 x 1600 39.37 x 62.99 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-VS 1100 x 1900 43.31 x 74.80 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-VS 1400 x 2300 55.12 x 90.55 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.5975 1.57 1.51.0 0.300.20

-75 -1.57 1.0 0.20

(Continued)

199





(DP)




Parallel opening window

Class R-PG15-POW 600 x 1500 23.62 x 59.06 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-POW 800 x 1500 31.50 x 59.06 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-POW 800 x 1500 31.50 x 59.06 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.5975 1.57 1.50.5 0.300.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.20

Class AW-PG40-POW 900 x 1500 35.43 x 59.06 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15300 6.27 0.5 0.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.20

Roof window (glass glazed) RWG-PG30 1100 x 1100 43.31 x 43.31 1440 30.08 L/175 +2880/–2160

+60.15/– 45.11

220 4.59 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Roof window (plastic glazed) RWP-PG30 1100 x 1100 43.31 x 43.31 1440 30.08 Reported +2880/ –2160

+60.15/

– 45.11220 4.59 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Secondary storm door (combination) SSP-CSD 914 x 2058 36.00 x 81.00 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 0.00 0.00 75 1.57 15.3 3.00

Secondary storm door (jalousie) SSP-JSD 914 x 2058 36.00 x 81.00 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 0.00 0.00 75 1.57 25.4 5.00

Secondary storm door (sliding glass — external)

SSP-SGE 1829 x 2032 72.00 x 80.00 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 0.00 0.00 75 1.57 5.1 1.00

Secondary storm door (sliding glass — internal)

SSP-SGI 1829 x 2032 72.00 x 80.00 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 N/A N/A 75 1.57 2.6 0.50

Secondary storm window (fixed — external)

SSP-FWE 1200 x 1200 47.24 x 47.24 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 0.00 0.00 75 1.57

5.57

m3/h•m of net sash

crack perimeter

1.00

cfm/ft of net sash crack perimeter

Secondary storm window (fixed — internal)

SSP-FWI 1200 x 1200 47.24 x 47.24 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 N/A N/A 75 1.57

2.79


crack perimeter

0.50


Secondary storm window (horizontal sliding — external)

SSP-HWE 1600 x 1100 62.99 x 43.31 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 0.00 0.00 75 1.57

5.57 m3/h•m of net sash

crack perimeter

1.00


200

(Continued)





(DP)




Secondary storm window (horizontal sliding — internal)

SSP-HWI 1600 x 1100 62.99 x 43.31 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 0.00 0.00 75 1.57

5.57 m3/h•m

of net sash crack

perimeter

1.00


Secondary storm window (vertical sliding — external)

SSP-VWE 1000 x 1600 39.37 x 62.99 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 0.00 0.00 75 1.57

5.57


crack perimeter

1.00


Secondary storm window (vertical sliding — internal)

SSP-VWI 1000 x 1600 39.37 x 62.99 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 N/A N/A 75 1.57

2.79


crack perimeter

0.50


Side-hinged door

Class R-PG15-SHD 900 x 2000 35.43 x 78.74 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-SHD 900 x 2100 35.43 x 82.68 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-SHD 1000 x 2100 39.37 x 82.68 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.59 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class AW-PG40-SHD 1200 x 2400 47.24 x 94.49 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15 300 6.27 0.5 0.10

Side-hinged window Class AW-PG40-SHW 1200 x 1800 47.24 x 70.87 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15 300 6.27 0.5 0.10

Side lite

Class R-PG15-SLT 400 x 2000 15.75 x 78.74 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-SLT 400 x 2100 15.75 x 82.68 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-SLT 500 x 2100 19.69 x 82.68 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.59 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Sliding door

Class R-PG15-SD 1800 x 2000 70.87 x 78.74 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-SD 2200 x 2100 86.61 x 82.68 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-SD 2400 x 2100 94.49 x 82.68 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.5975 1.57 1.51.0 0.300.20

-75 -1.57 1.0 0.20

Class AW-PG40-SD 3100 x 2400 122.05 x 94.49 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15300 6.27 1.5 0.30

-75 -1.57 1.0 0.20

201

Top-hinged window

Class CW-PG30-TH 1200 x 1500 47.24 x 59.06 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.5975 1.57 1.50.5 0.300.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10

Class AW-PG40-TH 1500 x 2500 59.06 x 98.43 1920 40.10 L/175 2880 60.15 390 8.15300 6.27 0.5 0.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10

(Continued)





(DP)




Top-turn reversible window

Class R-PG15-TTR 1200 x 400 47.24 x 15.75 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-TTR 1200 x 800 47.24 x 31.50 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Transom

Class R-PG15-TR 1800 x 300 70.87 x 11.81 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-TR 1800 x 400 70.87 x 15.75 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-TR 2000 x 500 78.74 x 19.69 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.5975 1.57 1.50.5 0.300.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10

Tropical awning window (multiple vent)

Class R-PG15-TA 1200 x 1600 47.24 x 62.99 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-TA 1400 x 2500 55.12 x 98.43 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-TA 1400 x 2500 55.12 x 98.43 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.5975 1.57 1.50.5 0.300.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10

Tropical awning window (single vent)

Class R-PG15-TA 1200 x 600 47.24 x 23.62 720 15.04 Reported 1080 22.56 140 2.92 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class LC-PG25-TA 1400 x 700 55.12 x 27.56 1200 25.06 Reported 1800 37.59 180 3.76 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Class CW-PG30-TA 1400 x 700 55.12 x 27.56 1440 30.08 L/175 2160 45.11 220 4.5975 1.57 1.50.5 0.300.10

-75 -1.57 0.5 0.10

Tubular daylighting device — closed ceiling

TDDCC -PG30 250 dia. 9.84 dia. 1440 30.08 N/A 2880 60.15 220 4.59 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Tubular daylighting device — open ceiling

TDDOC -PG30 250 dia. 9.84 dia. 1440 30.08 N/A 2880 60.15 220 4.59 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

Unit skylight (glass glazed) SKG-PG30 1100 x 1100 43.31 x 43.31 1440 30.08 L/175 +2880/ –2160

+60.15/

– 45.11220 4.59 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

202

Unit skylight (plastic glazed) SKP-PG30 1100 x 1100 43.31 x 43.31 1440 30.08 Reported +2880/ –2160

+60.15/

– 45.11220 4.59 75 1.57 1.5 0.30

(Continued)

203


Product type Product designation Ope

ratin

g fo

rce

test

— 9

.3.1

Forc

e to

latc

h te

st (f

or la

tch)

—6.

4.5.

1

Forc

e to

eng

age

test

(for

de

adbo

lt) —

6.4

.5.2

Forc

ed-e

ntry

resi

stan

ce

Ther

mop

last

ic c

orne

r

Deg

lazi

ng te

st —

9.3

.6.3

Sash

/leaf

tors

ion

test

— 7

.3.5

.2

Sash

ver

tical

def

lect

ion

test

—9.

3.6.

4.2

Sash

/leaf

con

cent

rate

d lo

ad

Vert

ical

con

cent

rate

d

Vert

. con

cent

rate

d lo

ad te

st o

n

Sash

and

har

dwar

e lo

ad

test

— 9

.3.6

.5.2

Stab

ilizi

ng a

rm lo

ad

Hol

d-op

en a

rm/s

tay

Hin

ge te

st —

9.3

.6.5

.5

Aw

ning

, hop

per,

proj

ecte

d

Safe

ty d

rop

test

— 5

.3.7

Uni

t dea

d lo

ad te

st —

5.3

.8

Life

cyc

le te

stin

g —

7.3

.6

Ope

ratio

n/cy

clin

g-sl

am te

st

Vert

ical

load

ing

Architectural terrace door

Class AW-PG40-ATD X X X X X X X

Awning, hopper, projected window

Class R-PG15-AP X X X X

Class LC-PG25-AP X X X X

Class CW-PG30-AP X X X X

Class AW-PG40-AP X X X X X X X

Basement window Class R-PG15-BW X X

Casement window

Class R-PG15-C X X X X X

Class LC-PG25-C X X X X X

Class CW-PG30-C X X X X X

Class AW-PG40-C X X X X X X X

Dual-action side-hinged door

Class R-PG15-DASHD X X X X X X X X

Class LC-PG25-DASHD X X X X X X X X

Class CW-PG30-DASHD X X X X X X X X

Dual-action window

Class R-PG15-DAW X X X X

Class LC-PG25-DAW X X X X

Class CW-PG30-DAW X X X X

Class AW-PG40-DAW X X X X X X

(Continued)

204



ratin

g fo

rce

test

— 9

.3.1

Forc

e to

latc

h te

st (f

or la

tch)

—6.

4.5.

1

Forc

e to

eng

age

test

(for

dea

dbol

t) —

6.4

.5.2

Forc

ed-e

ntry

resi

stan

ce

Ther

mop

last

ic c

orne

r

Deg

lazi

ng te

st —

9.3

.6.3

Sash

/leaf

tors

ion

test

— 7

.3.5

.2

Sash

ver

tical

def

lect

ion

test

—9.

3.6.

4.2

Sash

/leaf

con

cent

rate

d lo

ad

Vert

ical

con

cent

rate

d

Vert

. con

cent

rate

d lo

ad te

st o

n

Sash

and

har

dwar

e lo

ad

test

— 9

.3.6

.5.2

Stab

ilizi

ng a

rm lo

ad

Hol

d-op

en a

rm/s

tay

Hin

ge te

st —

9.3

.6.5

.5

Aw

ning

, hop

per,

proj

ecte

d

Safe

ty d

rop

test

— 5

.3.7

Uni

t dea

d lo

ad te

st —

5.3

.8

Life

cyc

le te

stin

g —

7.3

.6

Ope

ratio

n/cy

clin

g-sl

am te

st

Vert

ical

load

ing

Fixed door

Class R-PG15-FD X X

Class LC-PG25-FD X X

Class CW-PG30-FD X X

Class AW-PG40-FD X X X

Fixed window

Class R-PG15-FW X X

Class LC-PG25-FW X X

Class CW-PG30-FW X X

Class AW-PG40-FW X X X

Folding door

Class R-PG15-FW X X X X X X

Class LC-PG25-FW X X X X X X

Class CW-PG30-FW X X X X X X

Greenhouse window Class R-PG15-GW X X X

Hinged rescue window

Class R-PG15-HE X X X

Horizontally or vertically pivotedwindow

Class R-PG15-HP/VP X X

Class LC-PG25-HP/VP X X

Class CW-PG30-HP/VP X X

Class AW-PG40-HP/VP X X X X X X

Horizontal sliding Class R-PG15-HS X X X X

206

window

Class LC-PG25-HS X X X X

Class CW-PG30-HS X X X X

Class AW-PG40-HS X X X X X

(Continued)

207



ratin

g fo

rce

test

— 9

.3.1

Forc

e to

latc

h te

st (f

or la

tch)

—6.

4.5.

1

Forc

e to

eng

age

test

(for

dea

dbol

t) —

6.4

.5.2

Forc

ed-e

ntry

resi

stan

ce

Ther

mop

last

ic c

orne

r

Deg

lazi

ng te

st —

9.3

.6.3

Sash

/leaf

tors

ion

test

— 7

.3.5

.2

Sash

ver

tical

def

lect

ion

test

—9.

3.6.

4.2

Sash

/leaf

con

cent

rate

d lo

ad

Vert

ical

con

cent

rate

d

Vert

. con

cent

rate

d lo

ad te

st o

n

Sash

and

har

dwar

e lo

ad

test

— 9

.3.6

.5.2

Stab

ilizi

ng a

rm lo

ad

Hol

d-op

en a

rm/s

tay

Hin

ge te

st —

9.3

.6.5

.5

Aw

ning

, hop

per,

proj

ecte

d

Safe

ty d

rop

test

— 5

.3.7

Uni

t dea

d lo

ad te

st —

5.3

.8

Life

cyc

le te

stin

g —

7.3

.6

Ope

ratio

n/cy

clin

g-sl

am te

st

Vert

ical

load

ing

Hung window — vertical sliding

Class R-PG15-H X X X X

Class LC-PG25-H X X X X

Class CW-PG30-H X X X X

Class AW-PG40-H X X X X X

Jal-awning window Class R-PG15-JA X X

Jalousie window Class R-PG15-J X X

Non-hung window — vertical sliding

Class R-PG15-VS X X X X X

Class LC-PG25-VS X X X X X

Class CW-PG30-VS X X X X X

Parallel opening window

Class R-PG15-POW X X X X X

Class LC-PG25-POW X X X X X

Class CW-PG30-POW X X X X X

Class AW-PG40-POW X X X X X X X

Roof window (glass glazed)

RWG-PG30 X* X X*

Roof window (plastic glazed)

RWP-PG30 X* X X*

(Continued)

208



ratin

g fo

rce

test

— 9

.3.1

Forc

e to

latc

h te

st (f

or la

tch)

—6.

4.5.

1

Forc

e to

eng

age

test

(for

dea

dbol

t) —

6.4

.5.2

Forc

ed-e

ntry

resi

stan

ce

Ther

mop

last

ic c

orne

r

Deg

lazi

ng te

st —

9.3

.6.3

Sash

/leaf

tors

ion

test

— 7

.3.5

.2

Sash

ver

tical

def

lect

ion

test

—9.

3.6.

4.2

Sash

/leaf

con

cent

rate

d lo

ad

Vert

ical

con

cent

rate

d

Vert

. con

cent

rate

d lo

ad te

st o

n

Sash

and

har

dwar

e lo

ad

test

— 9

.3.6

.5.2

Stab

ilizi

ng a

rm lo

ad

Hol

d-op

en a

rm/s

tay

Hin

ge te

st —

9.3

.6.5

.5

Aw

ning

, hop

per,

proj

ecte

d

Safe

ty d

rop

test

— 5

.3.7

Uni

t dea

d lo

ad te

st —

5.3

.8

Life

cyc

le te

stin

g —

7.3

.6

Ope

ratio

n/cy

clin

g-sl

am te

st

Vert

ical

load

ing

Secondary storm door (combination)

SSP-CSD X X X

Secondary storm door (jalousie)

SSP-JSD X X

Secondary storm door (sliding glass — external)

SSP-SGE X X X

Secondary storm door (sliding glass — internal)

SSP-SGI X X X

Secondary storm window (fixed — external)

SSP-FWE X X X

Secondary storm window (fixed — internal)

SSP-FWI X X X

Secondary storm window (horizontal sliding — external)

SSP-HWE X X X

Secondary storm window (horizontal sliding — internal)

SSP-HWI X X X

Secondary storm window (vertical sliding — external)

SSP-VWE X X X X

209

(Continued)

210



ratin

g fo

rce

test

— 9

.3.1

Forc

e to

latc

h te

st (f

or la

tch)

—6.

4.5.

1

Forc

e to

eng

age

test

(for

dea

dbol

t) —

6.4

.5.2

Forc

ed-e

ntry

resi

stan

ce

Ther

mop

last

ic c

orne

r

Deg

lazi

ng te

st —

9.3

.6.3

Sash

/leaf

tors

ion

test

— 7

.3.5

.2

Sash

ver

tical

def

lect

ion

test

—9.

3.6.

4.2

Sash

/leaf

con

cent

rate

d lo

ad

Vert

ical

con

cent

rate

d

Vert

. con

cent

rate

d lo

ad te

st o

n

Sash

and

har

dwar

e lo

ad

test

— 9

.3.6

.5.2

Stab

ilizi

ng a

rm lo

ad

Hol

d-op

en a

rm/s

tay

Hin

ge te

st —

9.3

.6.5

.5

Aw

ning

, hop

per,

proj

ecte

d

Safe

ty d

rop

test

— 5

.3.7

Uni

t dea

d lo

ad te

st —

5.3

.8

Life

cyc

le te

stin

g —

7.3

.6

Ope

ratio

n/cy

clin

g-sl

am te

st

Vert

ical

load

ing

Secondary storm window (vertical sliding — internal)

SSP-VWI X X X X

Side-hinged door

Class R-PG15-SHD X X X X X X

Class LC-PG25-SHD X X X X X X

Class CW-PG30-SHD X X X X X X

Class AW-PG40-SHD X X X X X X X

Side-hinged window Class AW-PG40-SHW X X X X X X X

Side lite

Class R-PG15-SLT

Class LC-PG25-SLT X X

Class CW-PG30-SLT X X

Sliding door

Class R-PG15-SD X X X X

Class LC-PG25-SD X X X X

Class CW-PG30-SD X X X X

Class AW-PG40-SD X X X X X

Top-hinged windowClass CW-PG30-TH X X X X

Class AW-PG40-TH X X X X X

(Continued)

211



ratin

g fo

rce

test

— 9

.3.1

Forc

e to

latc

h te

st (f

or la

tch)

—6.

4.5.

1

Forc

e to

eng

age

test

(for

dea

dbol

t) —

6.4

.5.2

Forc

ed-e

ntry

resi

stan

ce

Ther

mop

last

ic c

orne

r

Deg

lazi

ng te

st —

9.3

.6.3

Sash

/leaf

tors

ion

test

— 7

.3.5

.2

Sash

ver

tical

def

lect

ion

test

—9.

3.6.

4.2

Sash

/leaf

con

cent

rate

d lo

ad

Vert

ical

con

cent

rate

d

Vert

. con

cent

rate

d lo

ad te

st o

n

Sash

and

har

dwar

e lo

ad

test

— 9

.3.6

.5.2

Stab

ilizi

ng a

rm lo

ad

Hol

d-op

en a

rm/s

tay

Hin

ge te

st —

9.3

.6.5

.5

Aw

ning

, hop

per,

proj

ecte

d

Safe

ty d

rop

test

— 5

.3.7

Uni

t dea

d lo

ad te

st —

5.3

.8

Life

cyc

le te

stin

g —

7.3

.6

Ope

ratio

n/cy

clin

g-sl

am te

st

Vert

ical

load

ing

Top-turn reversible window

Class R-PG15-TTR X X X X

Class LC-PG25-TTR X X X X

Transom

Class R-PG15-TR X X

Class LC-PG25-TR X X

Class CW-PG30-TR X X

Tropical awning window (multiple vent)

Class R-PG15-TA X X

Class LC-PG25-TA X X

Class CW-PG30-TA X X

Tropical awning window (single vent)

Class R-PG15-TA X X

Class LC-PG25-TA X X

Class CW-PG30-TA X X

Tubular daylighting device — closed ceiling

TDDCC-PG30

Tubular daylighting device — open ceiling

TDDOC-PG30

Unit skylight (glass glazed)

SKG-PG30 X X X

Unit skylight (plastic glazed)

SKP-PG30 X X X

212

(Continued)

213

Table 12.2 (Concluded)

*Operating force and sash and hardware tests are not required for fixed skylight units.Notes:(1) Products shall be rated for air leakage on a pass/fail basis.(2) The values specified in this Table are the gateway entry requirements for the indicated Performance Class, product type, and Performance

Grade (PG). Optional Performance Grade (PG) requirements are specified in Clause 4.3.2.(3) For Limited Water dual-action side-hinged doors, use the minimum test sizes for dual-action doors specified in this Table.(4) For Limited Water side-hinged doors, use the minimum test sizes for side-hinged doors specified in this Table.(5) For Limited Water folding doors, use the minimum test sizes for folding doors specified in this Table.(56)Testing for specialty products is as required by the operator type.

214

ANNEX A CONTACT INFORMATION FOR STANDARDS DEVELOPMENT ORGANIZATIONS COMNote: Annex A is not a mandatory part of this Standard/Specification.The following is contact information for the standards development organizations listed in Clause 2.

The Aluminum Association, Inc.

900 19th Street, NWWashington, DC 20006 USATelephone: (202) 862-5100Fax: (202) 862-5164http://www.aluminum.org

American Architectural Manufacturers Association

1827 Walden Office Square, Suite 550Schaumburg, Illinois 60173-4268 USATelephone: (847) 303-5664Fax: (847) 303-5774http://www.aamanet.org

American National Standards Institute

25 West 43rd Street, 4th FloorNew York, New York 10036 USATelephone: (212) 642-4900Fax: (212) 398-0023http://www.ansi.org

American Society of Civil Engineers

1801 Alexander Bell DriveReston, Virginia 20191 USATelephone: (703) 295-6196Fax: (703) 295-6361http://www.asce.orgNote: The Structural Engineering Institute, a part of the American Society of Civil Engineers, has its own Web site at http://www.seinstitute.org.

ASM International

9639 Kinsman RoadMaterials Park, Ohio 44073-0002 USATelephone: (440) 338-5151 or 1-800-336-5152Fax: (440) 338-4634http://www.asm-intl.org

ASTM International

100 Barr Harbor DrivePO Box C700West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428-2959 USATelephone: (610) 832-9585Fax: (610) 832-9555http://www.astm.org

Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association

355 Lexington Avenue, 17th FloorNew York, New York 10017 USATelephone: (212) 297-2122

215

Fax: (212) 370-9047http://www.buildershardware.com

Canadian General Standards Board

Place du Portage III, 6B111 Laurier StreetGatineau, Québec K1A 1G6 CanadaTelephone: (819) 956-0894 or 1-800-665-2472Fax: (819) 956-1634http://www.pwgsc.gc.ca/cgsb

216

Canadian Standards Association

5060 Spectrum Way, Suite 100Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5N6 CanadaPhone: (416) 747-4000 or 1-800-463-6727Fax: (416) 747-2473http://www.csa.ca

Consumer Product Safety Commission

4330 East-West HighwayBethesda, Maryland 20814-4408 USATelephone: 1-800-638-2772http://www.cpsc.gov

Door & Access Systems Manufacturers’ Association, International

1300 Sumner AvenueCleveland, Ohio 44115-2851 USATelephone: (216) 241-7333Fax: (216) 241-0105http://www.dasma.com

Glass Association of North America

2945 SW Wanamaker Drive, Suite ATopeka, Kansas 66614-5321 USATelephone: (785) 271-0208Fax: (785) 271-0166http://www.glasswebsite.com

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

445 Hoes LanePiscataway, New Jersey 08854-1331 USATelephone: (732) 981-0060Fax: (732) 981-1721http://www.ieee.org

Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance

27 Goulburn AvenueOttawa, Ontario K1N 8C7 CanadaTelephone: (613) 233-1510Fax: (613) 233-1929http://www.igmaonline.org

National Fenestration Rating Council

6305 Ivy Lane, Suite 140Greenbelt, Maryland 20770 USATelephone: (301) 589-1776Fax: (301) 589-3884http://www.nfrc.org

National Patio Enclosure Association

12625 Frederick Street, Suite 1-5, #315Moreno Valley, California 92553 USATelephone: (909) 485-8881Fax: (909) 924-3078

National Sunroom Association

2945 SW Wanamaker Drive, Suite ATopeka, Kansas 66614-5321 USA

217

Telephone: (785) 271-0208Fax: (785) 271-0166http://www.nationalsunroom.org

National Wood Window & Door Association

(See Window & Door Manufacturers Association)Screen Manufacturers Association

10526 S. Ave. JChicago, Illinois 60617 USAhttp://www.smainfo.org

Steel Door Institute

c/o Wherry Associates30200 Detroit RoadCleveland, Ohio 44145-1967 USATelephone: (440) 899-0010Fax: (440) 892-1404http://www.steeldoor.org

Structural Engineering Institute

(See American Society of Civil Engineers)

Window & Door Manufacturers Association

330 N. Wabash Avenue, Suite 2000Chicago, Illinois 60611 USA;2025 M Street NW, Suite 800Washington, DC 20236 USATelephone: (312) 321-6802Fax: (312) 673-6922http://www.wdma.com

218

ANNEX B CERTIFICATION COMNote: Annex B is not a mandatory part of this Standard/Specification.

B.1 The North American Fenestration Standard is intended to be paired with recognized third party certification bodies that provide confidence to all interested parties that a product fulfills specified requirements. ISO 17065 certified bodies act as impartial and competent third parties that provide the following minimum guidelines:

Assure a representative sample of the certified product meets all required whole-product performance tests. Certified product performance testing is conducted and witnessed by independent accredited labs and repeated per

agreed upon frequency. Provide guidance and standardization for labeled performance to provide consistency and clearly represent the

expected product performance. Each manufacturing location has a quality management process that is verified through on-site third party

verification. Manufacturing, inventory, and quality management documentation is kept up to date and is checked annually by a

certified third party auditor. Ultimately the manufacturer has the responsibility of fulfilling the certification requirements outlined in NAFS but they do it

by voluntarily following their certified body’s approved processes, including but not limited to those shared above.

B.1 AAMA certification

The American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA) develops Standards for many purposes, including product certification. This Standard/Specification will form the basis for product certification of windows, doors, tubular daylighting devices (TDDs), roof windows, skylights, and secondary storm products in the AAMA Gold Label Certification Program. The AAMA Certification Program is accredited by the American National Standards Association (ANSI) and is open to eligible participants regardless of membership status. Interested parties should contact AAMA for information on product certification, inspections, and the appeals process.

B.2 WDMA certification

The Window and Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA) develops consensus Standards through technical committees representing manufacturers, component suppliers, material suppliers, and advisory members.

Any manufacturer that can demonstrate conformance to this Standard/Specification is eligible to participate in WDMA’s Hallmark Certification Program. The WDMA Hallmark Certification Program gives builders, architects, specifiers, and consumers an easily recognizable means of identifying windows, doors, tubular daylighting devices (TDDs), roof windows, skylights, and secondary storm products that have been manufactured in accordance with the appropriate WDMA and other referenced performance Standards.

Conformance of participating manufacturing plants is determined by periodic in-plant inspections by a third-party administrator. The voluntary standards, performance requirements, and procedures that are used in the operation of this program are explained in detail in the WDMA Hallmark Program Procedural Guide. The WDMA Hallmark registered logo on the certification label is used for identifying products that the licensee certifies have been manufactured in conformance with the requirements of this program and with appropriate WDMA and other referenced performance Standards.

B.3 CSA certification

This Standard/Specification is considered suitable for use for conformity assessment within the stated scope of the Standard/Specification.

219

Annex C COM Optional testsNote: Annex B is not a mandatory part of this Standard/Specification.

C.1 ANNEX C DESCRIBES THE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONDENSATION RESISTANCE, THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE, ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE AND IMPACT PERFORMANCE OF WINDOWS, DOORS AND SKYLIGHTS. THESE TESTS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE CONDUCTED TO OBTAIN A PERFORMANCE CLASS RATING UNDER NAFS, BUT IF THEY ARE CONDUCTED, THEY SHOULD BE PERFORMED AS DESCRIBED HERE.

C.2 CONDENSATION RESISTANCE When condensation resistance is to be determined, products should be evaluated under the procedures in AAMA 1503, CAN/CSA-A440.2, or NFRC 500.

The AAMA condensation resistance factor (CRF), the CSA temperature index (I), and the NFRC condensation resistance rating are rating numbers obtained under standard test conditions which allow for prediction, with reasonable accuracy, of the condensation performance of a window, door, SSP, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight. The CRF rating number that is obtained by the procedure outlined in AAMA 1503, the I rating number that is obtained by the procedure outlined in CAN/CSA-A440.2, and the condensation resistance rating that is obtained by the procedure outlined in NFRC 500 are not absolute values (i.e., the possibility exists that the rating numbers do not predict the precise condition under which, or the first location where, condensation occurs). However, they do provide a comparative performance rating for similar products when evaluated by the same method. (Users are cautioned that use of an SSP may provide unsatisfactory condensation resistance results.)

C.3 THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE When thermal performance characteristics are to be determined, products should be evaluated under the procedures in AAMA 1503, ASTM E1423, CAN/CSA-A440.2, or NFRC 100.

The total resistance to heat flow across the frame and glazing area of a window, door, TDD, roof window, or unit skylight is the sum of the inside surface-to-air resistance, the resistance of the frame and the glazing itself, and the outside surface-to-air resistance. The reciprocal of the sum of these resistances is the conductance. Product air-to-air heat conductance is also called

heat transmittance. It is the heat that is conducted through 1 m 2 of product frame area in 1 second when the temperature

difference across the product is 1K (1 ft 2 of product frame area in 1 h when the temperature difference across the product is

1°F). This is written as W/m 2 •K (Btu/h•ft 2 •°F) and is referred to as the U-value or the U-factor.

C.4 ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE

When acoustical performance characteristics are to be determined, windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights should be tested in accordance with ASTM E90, ASTM E1425, or AAMA 1801. STC and OITC ratings shall be derived from ASTM E413 and ASTM E1332, respectively. The test specimen size for windows, doors, SSPs, roof windows, and unit skylights should be as specified in ASTM E1425. The test specimen size for TDDs should be the gateway or larger sizes specified in NAFS.

The ability of windows, doors, SSPs, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights to attenuate sound transmissions is important in locations where exterior noise is excessive or disruptive. Sound attenuation shall be measured and rated either as STC (Sound Transmission Class) for interior sounds (speech, music, etc.) or OITC (Outdoor-Indoor Transmission Class) for exterior sound sources. STC is traditionally used to evaluate sound transmission through interior walls or barriers, whereas OITC is more useful for dealing with external noise, e.g., road, aircraft, and rail noises.

AAMA TIR A1 is also a useful reference on acoustical performance and requirements.

C.5 IMPACT PERFORMANCE When impact performance is to be determined, windows, doors, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights should first comply

with all of the other applicable requirements of NAFS. In addition, the product(s) should comply with either ASTM E1996 or AAMA 506. The specimen test sizes should be the largest width and height for which compliance is desired, and not be restricted by the gateway requirements of NAFS

The ability of windows, doors, TDDs, roof windows, and unit skylights to resist impact by windborne debris is important in areas where high wind events, such as hurricanes, regularly occur. The building codes or other regulations in these areas frequently require windows, doors, TDDs, roof windows, or unit skylights to be rated impact resistant or protected by impact-resistant devices.

ANNEX C STANDARDS PROGRESSION - WINDOWS, DOORS & UNIT SKYLIGHTS COMNote: Annex C is not a mandatory part of this Standard/Specification.

220

Category/Topic

AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2-97

(Windows and Glass Doors)

AAMA/WDMA 1600/I.S.7-2000

(Skylights)[Separate ANSI

Standards]

AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/NAFS-02(Windows, Glass Doors

& Skylights)[Combined ANSI Standard]

AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-05

(Windows, Doors & Skylights)[CSA format]

AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08(Windows, Doors &

Skylights)[CSA format]



General and Window Topics

Format Primarily by operator type Similar to '97 Reorganized per CSA format Same as '05

Organized by product type, Performance

Class, materials and components

Basis of Rating IP Only IP Primary (Metric Optional) Same as '02 Same as '05 Same as '08

Compliance Measurement Units

IP Primary (Metric Secondary) Metric Primary (IP Secondary) Same as '02 Same as '05 Same as '08

# of Product Operator Types 20 26 30 31 36

Operator Type Codes

H, HS, VS, AP, C, VP, HP, SHW, TH, F, DA,

BW, HE, GH, J, JA, TA, HGD, DA-HGD, SGD

Added SHW, SLT, SPAdded ATD, SHD and SD;

changed DA to DAW, F to FW and FD

Same as '05

Added POW, SSP (-CSD, -KSD, -SGE, -SGI,

-FEW, -FWI, -HWE, -HWI, -VWE, -VWI);

Changed ATD to ATW, GH to GW.

# of Performance Classifications Five: (R, LC, C, HC, AW) Same as '97 Same as '02

Four: (R, LC, CW, AW)[Requirements for CW

same as C in '05 and must meet L/175]

Same as '08

Performance Grade Caps

No upper limit on Grade (Design Pressure)

Upper limit of 60 psf above Gateway except AW Same as '02

Upper limit of PG 100 for R, LC, CW. No limit for

AW.Same as '08

Alternative Minimum Test Sizes and

minimum PG for Class R Products

Not included Added Same as '08

221

Category/Topic





Standards]









US Operating Force Force to maintain motion ONLY

Force to initiate and maintain motion

Force to maintain motion but test and record force to initiate

CW: Same as Class C in '05.

Class R Hung increased from 30 to 35 lb.

Class LC Hung increased from 35 to 40 lb.

Same as '08

Canadian Operating Force Not included Optional

Optional, but now based on "Normal Use" and

"Cleaning & Maintenance" categories

Same as '08

US Air Leakage 0.3 and 0.1 cfm/ft2 0.3 cfm/ft2 ONLY 0.3 and 0.1 cfm/ft2 CW: Same as Class C in '05. Same as '08

Canadian Air Leakage Not included Optional levels Same as '02 Optional. CW: Same as

Class C in '05. Same as '08

Frame/Sash Deflection Limits AW and HC Hung ONLY AW and HC ONLY Same as '02 CW and AW only Same as '08

Glass Deflection Limits Exception Noted Exception Noted Same as '02 Same as '05 Same as '08

Frame/Sash Permanent Deformation

0.4% (0.2% for AW) 0.4% (0.2% for AW) 0.4% for R & LC, 0.3% for C & HC, 0.2% for AW

0.4% for R & LC, 0.3% for CW, 0.2% for AW Same as '08

Forced Entry Resistance Standard

ASTM, CMBSO, or AAMA ASTM, CMBSO, or AAMA ASTM ONLY Same as '05 Same as '08

Glass Strength Standard - basis of

glass selection

ASTM E 1300-94 - use weakest glass for testing

ASTM E 1300-00 - use weakest & thinnest glass for testing



ASTM E 1300-09a- use weakest glass for testing

222

Category/Topic





Standards]









Plastic Glazing Requirements

[From 1600/I.S. 7] Light, Haze, Brittleness, Smoke, Ignition,

Combustibility, Safety glazing, Effect of

Weathering

Reference AAMA/WDMA 1600/I.S. 7

Incorporated provisions of AAMA/WDMA 1600/I.S. 7 Same as '05 Same as '08

Secondary Storm Products Not included

Added SSP (-CSD, -KSD, -SGE, -SGI, -FEW,

-FWI, -HWE, -HWI, -VWE, -VWI)

Materials Referenced

aluminum, wood and vinyl

Added cellular PVC, fiberglass, steel, fiber-reinforced PVC, and

ABS

Added flush and molded wood fiber doors, and cellulosic

composite materialsSame as '05 Same as '08

Lead content Not included0.02% max for finished framing & cladding per ASTM E1753 (not

included for hardware)

Same as '05, but expanded the explanation and added ASTM E1613 as a confirmation test if E1753 test is positive.

Updated testing for framing / cladding to parallel US EPA field testing criteria, and

expanded the criteria for testing for lead in

hardware

Wood requirements

Max. 12% moisture content. Suitable for

opaque finish. Adhesives compliant with D5572,

D5751 and D3110. Treated per I.S.4

Same as '97, but removed D3110

Same as '02, but added formula for determining moisture content. Also added requirement for treat

formulations to have a Health Canada registration no.

Same as '05, but added D4442 for determining moisture content, and removed references to "suitable for an opaque finish" and "suitable for structural performance".

Same as '08, but removed reference to

D4442.

223

Mullion Definitions and Illustrations Definition Only Examples & Illustrations Expanded Explanation Same as '05 New ratings and

designations

Primary Designator Example C‐R25 30 x 60 C‐R25 760 x 1520 (30 x 60) C‐R25 760 x 1520 (30 x 60)

Class R‐PG25: Size tested 760 × 1520 mm (30 × 60

in)‐Casement

Class R‐PG25: Size tested 760 × 1520 mm (30 × 60 in)‐Casement

Category/Topic





Standards]









Secondary Designator (optional)

Not included AddedPositive DP allowed to be

higher than negative DP or PG.

Same as '08

Secondary Designator Example Not included

Design Pressure = 2880 Pa (60 psf)

Water Penetration Resistance Test Pressure = 580 Pa (12 psf)

Canadian Air Infiltration/Exfiltration Level = A3

DP = 2880 Pa (60 psf)Water Penetration

Resistance Test Pressure = 580 Pa (12 psf)

Canadian Air Infiltration/Exfiltration Level

= A3

Same as '08

Definition of "DP" and "PG

DP = design pressure rating based on lowest

air/water/structural performance

Same as '97 Same as '02

PG = Performance Grade based on lowest

air/water/structural performance; DP = design

pressure

Same as '08

Use of Residential, Light Commercial,

Commercial, Heavy Commercial and

Architectural names in Ratings

Included Deleted

224

Specimen Structural Damage

No glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware

parts, support arms or actuating mechanisms

Added disengagements Limits retests due to glass breakage or hardware to two Same as '05 Same as '08

Deglazing Sash Movement < 100% < 90% Same as '02 Same as '05 Same as '08

Category/Topic





Standards]









Laboratory Test Report Per ASTM standards Added laboratory test report

requirements

Added drawings required by ASTM and additional ratings

supplied by mfr.

Removed drawings required by ASTM and

additional ratings languageSame as '08

Tempered Glass

Can be used for testing if it was the weakest,

thinnest glass per ASTM E 1300 to qualify other

glass types in production.

Can be used for testing if it was the weakest, thinnest glass per ASTM E 1300 to qualify other


Can be used for testing if it is the weakest per ASTM E 1300 and meets the L/175 requirement for edge deflection, to qualify other


Same as '05 Same as '08

Water Penetration Resistance

Pressure Cap12 psf 15 psf 12 psf (US); 15 psf (CAN) Same as '05 Same as '08

Transoms Not included Maximum height is 700 mm Maximum height is 800 mm Same as '05 Same as '08

Reference Standards: Title

AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2-97 Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors

AAMA/WDMA 1600/I.S.7-2000 Voluntary Specification for SKYLIGHTS

225

AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/NAFS-02

North American Fenestration Standard - Voluntary Performance Specification for Windows, Skylights and Glass Doors

AAMA/CSA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/A440-05 Standard / Specification for windows, doors and unit skylights

AAMA/CSA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/A440-08 NAFS, North American Fenestration Standard / Specification for windows, doors, and skylights.

AAMA/CSA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/A440-11 NAFS, North American Fenestration Standard / Specification for windows, doors, and skylights.

226

Category/Topic

AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2-97(Windows and Glass Doors)AAMA/WDMA 1600/I.S.7-

2000(Skylights)

[Separate ANSI Standards]


(Windows, Glass Doors & Skylights)

[Combined ANSI Standard]







Topics specific to Doors

Side-Hinged Exterior Doors Not included Added SHD Same as '05 Same as '08

Architectural Terrace Doors Added ATD Same as '05 Same as '08

US Operating Force for SHDForce to maintain motion

but test and record force to initiate

CW: Same as Class C in '05.

Measure and record force / torque to operate dead-bolt

for SHD.

Same as '08

US Air Leakage for SHD Same as for windows Same as for windows Same as for windows

Canadian Air Leakage for SHD Same as for windows Same as for windows Same as for windows

Force to Latch Requirement for SHD Added Same as '05 Same as '08

Sidelites Added & Expanded Same as '05 Changed operator designations

Side-Hinged Exterior Door Systems Operation/Cycling

R (25,000), LC (100,000), C (250,000), HC, except ATD (500,000), HC ATD

(25,000), AW, except ATD (1,000,000), AW ATD

(25,000)

R (25,000), LC (100,000), CW (250,000), AW, except ATD (500,000), AW ATD

(25,000)

Same as '08

Limited Water Rating for SHD Added Same as '05 Same as '08

Cycle/Operating Testing for SHD Added

Same as '05, but added measurement of dead-bolt

op. force.Same as '08

Hardware Water Testing for SHD

Added Same as '05 Same as '08

227

Vertical Load Testing for SHD Per AAMA 925-03 Per AAMA 925-07

(removed pass/fail criteria) Same as '08

FER Testing for Swinging Doors Added Same as '05 Same as '08

Category/Topic




(Skylights)[Separate ANSI Standards]










Topics specific to Skylights, etc.

# of Product Operator Types Two (with 4 sub-types) Three (removed sub-types) Same as '02 Four Seven

Operator Type Codes SKG, SKP (1,2,3,4) Added RW Same as '02 Added TDDAdded RWG, RWP;

changed TDD to TDDCC and TDDOC; dropped TDD

Performance Classes Three (R, C, HC) Same as '00 Same as '02 Two (R and CW) One (PG)

Performance Grade Caps No upper limit on Grade (Design Pressure) R-135; C-150; HC-none No limit Same as '05 Same as '08

Performance Grade Defined

Positive design pressure only Same as '00 Same as '02 Same as '05 Same as '08

Frame/Sash Permanent Set 0.4% of span Same as '00 Same as '02 Same as '05 Same as '08

Materials Referenced Aluminum, Wood, Vinyl, Fiberglass, Steel

Added 3 additional materials Added additional materials Same as '05 Same as '08

Tubular Daylighting Devices Not included Added TDD

Changed to two operator designations, and revised testing for closed ceiling and open ceiling types

Primary Designator Example SKP‐C30 48 x 48 SKP‐C30 50 1200 x 1200

(48 x 48)SKP‐C30 1200 x 1200 (48

x 48)

Class CW‐PG30: Size tested 1200 × 1200 mm (48

× 48 in)‐SKG

SKG‐PG30: Size tested 1200 × 1200 mm (48 × 48

in)

228

Category/Topic




(Skylights)[Separate ANSI Standards]










Secondary Designator Example Not included

Design Pressure (Download = 4800 Pa (100.0 psf); Negative

Design Pressure (Uplift) = 1680 Pa (35.0 psf); Water Penetration Resistance Test Pressure = 290 Pa

(6.0 psf)

Positive Design Pressure (DP) = 2880 Pa 60.0 psf) or DP = 2880 Pa (60.0 psf) or 2880 Pa (metric) or 60.0 psf (imperial); Negative Design Pressure (DP) = -2880 Pa -60.0 psf) or DP = -2880 Pa

(-60.0 psf) or -2880 Pa (metric) or -60.0 psf (imperial); ; Water

Penetration Resistance Test Pressure = 580 Pa

(12.0 psf)

Positive Design Pressure (DP) (Downward) = 4800 Pa (~100.3 psf); Negative

Design Pressure (DP) (Uplift) = -1680 Pa (~-35.1

psf); Water Penetration Resistance Test Pressure =

290 Pa (~6.1 psf)

Skylight Testing Orientation Lowest slope allowed Same as '00 Vertical or Sloped Same as '05 Same as '08

Skylights Structural Test Load - Glass 1.4 to 1.5 times DP Same as '00 2.0 times DP, Pos. and

Neg. Same as '05

2.0 times DP, Pos. and 1.5 times DP Neg.; not required

to apply a structural test load more than 100 psf higher than rated PG.

Skylights Structural Test Load - Plastic 1.4 to 3.0 times DP Same as '00 2.0 times DP, Pos. and

Neg. Same as '05 Same as '08

Skylights Structural Test Duration

Negative pressure 10 seconds; Positive Pressure

60 secondsSame as '00 Negative and positive

pressure 60 seconds Same as '05 Same as '08

229

0 introductionc.ymcdn.com/.../nafs_16_second_ballot_draft.docx · web viewtwo fundamental...

Documents